Ti 001 en PDF

Technical information EN
Type:
LRB 255
Serial number:
111 622
001 - 04.02.2010 / lwnfim2

Table of Content
1. GENERAL DRAWINGS
983380514 - FEED SYSTEM ROPES INST-DWG (505 094 1000 01 001)
983959114 - ATTACHMENT POINTS (587 255 1000 09 000)
993050614 - CONCRETE FEED LINE (575 001 1000 00 101)
990767214 - PULLING DEVICE (519 505 1000 00 002)
2. HYDRAULICS
983796314 - DIAGRAM HYDR (514 021 7000 01 005)
991841314 - UC HYDR (515 021 7000 00 004)
3. ELECTRICS
984511414 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (514 020 9020 06 100)
983899714 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (514 021 9000 06 002)
983834314 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (514 021 9040 06 002)
983875814 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (587 601 9000 06 303)
983998614 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (0002 552 15 15 006 000)
982757314 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM BOARD P1 (0002 556 52 01 003 001)
991751014 - SWITCH CABINET X1 (514 020 9010 00 001)
4. OPTIONS
983834414 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (590 027 9000 06 201)
917586114 - MODULE REFUELLING SYSTEM (0002 552 11 06 000 003)
955922003 - SG FREE RUNNING HYDR RFK (519 243 7000 00 100)
954183903 - CONSTANT PULL WINCH 2 HYDR RFK (518 057 7100 00 002)
983797914 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (594 005 9000 06 002)
992915114 - VIBRATOR HYDR RFK (518 341 7000 00 001)
983834514 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (590 079 9000 06 200)
992914514 - VIBRATOR COOLING HYDR (524 029 7000 00 503)
983869314 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (519 507 9000 06 100)
984424314 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (519 259 9300 06 600)
994300414 - COMPRESSOR HYDR RFK (519 259 7000 00 500)
983830214 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (526 016 9000 06 202)
984036814 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (519 401 9100 06 300)
992784414 - SUPPORT FROST VERSION HYDR RFK (519 401 7400 00 001)
990856814 - LEAD SUPPORT HYDR (565 500 7500 00 201)
990811714 - PILE DRIVE HYDR (585 010 7200 00 004)
992907514 - ROPEPULL LIMIT.WINCH2 HYDR RFK (509 172 7300 00 003)
983904214 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (518 347 9000 06 103)
983917514 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (509 172 9200 06 100)
984126714 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (575 011 9200 06 001)
954435603 - BOLTING PIVOT PIECE HYDR RFK (518 237 7300 00 003)
984090014 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (589 201 9000 06 202)
993111714 - SCREW CLEANER HYDR RFK (589 201 7000 00 201)
983338914 - CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (582 104 9000 06 004)
992653614 - DRILL HEAD HYDR RFK (582 108 7000 00 106)
5. ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTIONS
Electric pump EP-1
111 622 / 001

Table of Content
S-EP 4
Compressor
MIDI F/R 15C
SAC 120
Webasto
Fuels, Lubricants and Coolants for MAN Diesel Engines
MD 28/3/30
M1000
111 622 / 001

GENERAL DRAWINGS 1
111 622 / 001

HYDRAULICS 2
111 622 / 001

ELECTRICS 3
111 622 / 001

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: HS / LR A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: electric cabin
PROJEKT: Elektrik Kabine
C C
D D
E E
F F
issued
20.02.08 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH drawing no.:
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
1
Erstellt cabin EL Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
ind: mod.no.: date name approved
A6710 NENZING ident. no.: location of
Ind: Änd. Nr.: Datum Name geprüft
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Kabine EL Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INDEX:
A INHALTSVERZEICHNIS: A
1 cabin EL
Kabine EL
2 index
Inhaltsverzeichnis
3 gerneral arrangement plugs + junction boxes
Übersicht Stecker + Klemmkästen
4 power supply
Stromversorgung
B B
6 power supply fuses
Stromversorgung Sicherungen
9 digital input / keyboard X23
Digital Eingang / Tastatur X23
10 electric cabin
Elektrik Kabine
14 floodlights
Scheinwerfer
15 monitor cabin
Monitor Kabine
C C
16 modem, service plug
Modem, Service Schnittstelle
17 control system
Steuerrechner
18 control desk X11
Steuerpult X11
21 digital input / keyboard X23
22 joystick right module
Modul Meisterschalter rechts
D D
23 joystick left module
Modul Meisterschalter links
24 foot pedal
Fusspedal
26 plug connection
Steckerbelegung
28 components identification
Gerätebezeichnung
30 name plate fuse list
Schild Sicherungsaufstellung
E E
32 device register
Geräteverzeichnis
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
2
Erstellt index Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Inhaltsverzeichnis Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
cabin switch cabinet X1
Kabine Schaltschrank X1
A +X1 A
CU1.LAN3
6+2
X1.065.X2 control system
+X23 +X22 Steuerrechner CU1.COM2
+X24 9 X1.077.X3 9 +X1 +X1
monitor MS RE Master 4
H71 CU1.LAN1 9
/15.C3 +X23 6+2
panel X23 18 X1.077.X1
Tastatur X23 X1.065.X3 9
+X23 +X22
B X1.077.X2 B
9 cabin console right
8
6+2
CU1.CAN 8
H71.PWS
+X24
+X24
H71.LAN
Kabine Konsole rechts +X1
X77.P X77.S
+X1 +X1
+X23 +X24 18 18
8 X23.1 10
XLAN1
LAN1 X25 MO1.B
9
X20.P X20.S +X1
CAN1 +X1 +X1 CAN1
36 36
opt. GSM modem
Opt. GSM Modem
CAN2/3/4
C C
X1.070.X3 9
foot pedal 2
Fusspedal 2
X21.P X21.S
+X1 +X1
X1.070.X2 cabin oben 36 36
9 X11.S
Kabine oben
+X1 36
CAN1
CAN1
X22.P X22.S
+X1 +X1
cabin Fussraum 36 36
D X1.069.X3 9 Kabine Fussraum X12.S D
+X1 36
superstructure
foot pedal 1
Fusspedal 1
Oberwagen
X13.S
+X1 36
X1.069.X2 9
X3.P
CAN1
+X10 +P1
9 24 X14.S
X1.067.X2 relay module P1
+X10 +X1 36
+X11 Relais Modul P1 spare
E X1.067.X3 X1.067.X4 X3.S E
Reserve
+X10 9 MS LI 3 control desk X11 25 control panel X12
Steuerpult X11 Steuerpult X12
X19.P X19.S X15.S
+X1 36 36 +X1 +X1 36
cabin console left
Kabine Konsole links
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
3
Erstellt gerneral arrangement plugs + junction boxes Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Übersicht Stecker + Klemmkästen Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
L+F4
L+F1
L2
A L1 A
LMM
16Q
16Q
RD 10Q
RD 25Q
WH 6Q
conductor rail
BK
BK
electric superstructure Stromschiene
Elektrik Oberwagen
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
MM M M 10A 50A 50A 13A 13A 13A 20A 10A
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B B
M M M M
10Q
10Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q LB+F8
/11.A1
34
35
34
36
X11.S X13.S
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
C 2.5Q LB+F7 C
/7.D1
2.5Q LB+F7
/7.D1
74
77
71
87 87 30 30 30
+P1 +P1 +P1 P1
K1 K2 K21 K22 K23
/5.F5 /5.F6 /5.F1 /5.F2 /5.F3
30 30 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a
D D
73
72
76
75
79
78
1.5Q
1.5Q
10Q
10Q
LIM
/6.A1
1.5Q LD+
/12.A1
1.5Q LD+
/13.A1
1.5Q
LP
/6.A1
E E
LED+
/8.A1
LI
/7.A1
XF LB+
1
/5.A1
LB+
/17.B1
X11.S
7
gear box oil cooling
F Verteilergetriebe Ölkühlung F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
4
Erstellt power supply Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Stromversorgung Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LB+ LB+
/4.E8 /12.A1
A A
X11.S
engine running
1
Motor läuft
emergency stop superstructure
Not Aus Oberwagen
X11.S X11.S
5
B B
X20.S
5
LIF44
/7.D1
X20.P LIF44
/7.D1
5
21 13
X19.S
9
+X22 emergency stop cabin
S2 NotAus Kabine X19.P
X20.P
X20.S
11
9
22 14
entry lever
L30 Einstiegshebel
/7.D1 1 3
33 33 +4A
C S1 C
30
P0 1 2 2 4
+X22
S1 lower position, closed
ignition start key Stellung unten geschlossen
10
Zündstartschalter
12
X19.P
X19.S
10
58 15 50a
6
X20.P
X20.S
6
LISK
D /17.A1 D
L50a
/9.A1
LS1
/9.A1
15
5
K3
/5.F6
18 16
P1
86 86 86
K3
+P1 +P1 +P1 86 86 /5.F7

K21 K22 K23 A1 B1 DIP Switches

E /5.F2 + /5.F3 + /5.F4 + K1 K2 K3 Func. Time E
/5.F5 + /5.F6 + /5.F7
85 85 85 A2
LMP1 85 85 1.0s10sRV
/11.C1
10s
LED green
supply o.k.
+P1 +P1 +P1 M LED yellow
K21 K22 K23 K3 relais activ
/5.E2 /5.E2 /5.E3 /5.E6
/4.D5
87a 30
/4.D5
87a 30
/4.D6
87a 30 K1 K2 16
87 87 87 /5.E5 /5.E6 /5.E6 18 15
87 30 87 30 26
/4.D4 /4.D4
28 25
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
5
Erstellt power supply Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LIM
/4.E8
LP
/4.E8
A A
+ +
F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26 F31 F32 F33 F34 F35 F36
P2 10A 10A 5A 10A 5A 5A P3 5A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
B B
21
XF
21
XF LIMF31
/9.A1
C C
LPF26
/10.C1
LPF25
/10.C1
16
33
20
11
X11.S X12.S X15.S X11.S
7
LPF24
/10.A1
LPF24
/11.A1
D D
Modul Analog Eingang 2.042
Modul Digital Eingang 2.033
Modul Digital Eingang 2.034
analog input module 2.042
digital input module 2.033
digital input module 2.034
counter module 057, 059
counter module 057, 059
Zähler Modul 057, 059
Zähler Modul 057, 059
LPF23
Versorgung Ausleger
power supply boom
/18.F1
LPF22
/11.A1
X19.S
1
LPF22
/12.A1
X19.P
1
LPF21
/10.A1
LPF21
/12.A1
E LPF21 E
/11.A1
LPF21 X11.S X12.S X15.S X11.S
10
21
32
34
12
6
8
/23.D1
MM MM
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
6
Erstellt power supply fuses Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Stromversorgung Sicherungen Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LI
/4.E8
A A
F41 F42 F43 F44 F45 F46 F47 F48 F49 F50 F51 F52 F53 F54 F55 F56
P4 10A 15A 15A 10A 10A 10A 5A 10A 15A 15A 15A 15A 10A 10A 10A 10A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
B B
48
55
56
XF XF XF
86 86
48
30 30

K1.1 K1.2 2.5Q K1.1 K1.2
2.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
/7.C1 + /7.C1 + /7.C1 /7.C1 LIF55
87 87a 87 87a /16.A1
85 85
LIF54
/13.A1
M M
C LIF51 C
/14.A1
87a 30 87a 30 LIF50
/7.C3 /7.C4 /14.A1
87 87
LIF49
/14.A1
LIF44 LIF48
/5.B8 /9.A1
LIF44 LIF48
/5.B8 /16.C1
L30 LIF47
/5.C4 /15.D1
LB+F7 CAN3/4+
/4.C8 /17.E5
LB+F7
D /4.C8 D
CAN1/2+
/17.E5
2.5Q
2.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
17
18
29
36
32
14
15
16
31
X11.S X11.S X12.S X20.S X11.S X12.S

3
auxiliary heating (air) refuelling system digital output module 2.009

R1
Versorgung +24VDC
supply +24VDC
E common rail standard Standheizung (Luft) Betankungsanlage Modul Digital Ausgang 2.009 E

Common Rail Standart 220Ohm
power supply engine electronic 2
Stromversorgung Motorelektronik
X11.S X12.S
33
20
X12.S X12.S
32
35
30
X11.S
9
1.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
alternator D+ signal
M M M Lichtmaschine D+ Signal M M
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
7
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A LED+ A
/4.E8
F71 F72 F73 F74 F75 F76 F77 F78 F79 F80 F81 F82 F83 F84 F85 F86
P7 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 7.5A 15A
B B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1.5Q
82
85
86
XF XF XF
C C
LED+F85
/13.B1
LED+F85
/13.A1
30
13
14
15
22
25
26
13
14
15
16
10
21
X11.S X12.S X15.S
9
Sicherheitsventil Freifall HW
security valve freefall HG
D D
Modul Analog Ausgang 2.017
Modul Analog Ausgang 2.018
Modul Digital Ausgang 2.019
analog output module 2.017
analog output module 2.018
digital output module 2.019
digital output module 2.009 digital output module 2.010
Modul Digital Ausgang 2.009 Modul Digital Ausgang 2.010
E E
X12.S X15.S
17
18
19
17
18
19
23
24
27
28
20
11
12
M M M M M
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
8
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X19.S
X19.P
X19.P
X19.S
LIMF31 0.75Q 0.75Q,0.75Q LMONT
/6.B8 /13.A1
A LIF48 17 17 0.75Q 18 18 A
/7.D8
LS1 16 16 0.75Q 0.75Q
/5.D8
L50a 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q
/5.D8
0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q

19 19 0.75Q
M +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12

S1 13 21 43 31 X2
S2 13 21 43 31 X2
S3 13 21 43 31 X2
S4 13 21 43 31 X2
S15 13 21 43 31 X2
S14 13 21 43 31 X2
14 22 44 32 X1 14 22 44 32 X1 14 22 44 32 X1 14 22 44 32 X1 14 22 44 32 X1 14 22 44 32 X1
B B
0.75Q
0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q
+X12
0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q
S13 13 21 43 31 X2
14 22 44 32 X1
20
22
23
30
21
C X19.P X19.P X19.P X19.P X19.P C
X19.S X19.S X19.S X19.S X19.S
21
22
20
23
30
0.75Q
0.75Q
M
17
12
X77.S
2
7
1
X77.P
17
2
12
3
7
1
0.75Q 0.75Q
D D
+X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23
24
25
17
12
X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X1.077.X1 X19.P
2
7
1
X19.S
24
25
17
2
12
3
7
1
+X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23

X1.077 X1.077 X1.077 X1.077 X1.077 X1.077 X1.077 X1.077
/21.B3 /21.B3 /21.B3 /21.B3 /21.B3 /21.B3 /21.C3 /21.D3
%IX1.077.33 %IX1.077.34 %IX1.077.35 %IX1.077.36 %IX1.077.38 %IX1.077.39 %IX1.077.44 0/24V
aus
out
ein
in
E engine start entry lever closed set up unsecured free fall bypass LML interlock control mode selection ground for the inputs E
Motorstart Einstiegshebel geschlossen Montagebetrieb Ungesicherter Freifall Überbrückung LMB Interlocksteuerung Vorwahl Betriebsart Masse für die Eingänge
20
15
X13.S
2
fall back support in/out
Rückfallstützen Ein/Ausfahren
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
9
Erstellt digital input / keyboard X23 Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Digital Eingang / Tastatur X23 Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LPF21
/6.E4
LPF24
/6.D4
+X1
A M A
14
17
20
11
+X1
+P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 E2A.S
P1 P1
2
1
K2 K3 K5 K6 E2A.P
2
1
/19.F1 /19.F2 /19.F3 /19.F4
87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a +X1
B + B
+X1 24VDC
E2
12VDC
5A
+
13
16
15
19
18
22
12
21
+X1
E2B.S
2
1
E2B.P
2
1
+X1
LPF25
/6.D4
C C
LPF26
/6.C4
+X1 +X1
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 M M
10
X21.S X19.S X21.S X19.S
5
5
6
7
8
X21.P X19.P X21.P X19.P +X1
14
15
10
D
11
D
5
5
6
7
8
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 X20.S
X20.P
13
14
15
11
12
+X1
M1.X M3.X
4
2
1
2
4
4
1
+X21
E1.A
4
5
6
7
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 +
E1.B
E 1 E
+X21
2 LS1
31b
53a
31b
53a
53
53
+ +
31
31
3
4 3
M M M M +X21
5
6
4
M1 M2 M3 M4 5
E1 7 6 +
8
LS2
screen wiper front screen washer front screen wiper top screen washer top
Scheibenwischer vorne Scheibenwischerpumpe vorne Scheibenwischer oben Scheibenwischerpumpe oben
radio
Radio
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
10
Erstellt electric cabin Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Elektrik Kabine Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LPF24 LPF24
/6.D4 /12.A1
LB+F8
/4.C8
A LPF22 LPF22 A
/6.D4 /12.A1
LPF21
/6.E4
L16
/23.E1
+X1
2
X19.P
X19.S 2 1.5Q 1.5Q
+X1
80
23
53
56
59
8
+P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30

B B
P1 86 K24 K7 K16 K17 K18
/11.C1 /19.F5 /18.F3 /18.F4 /18.F5
+P1 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a

K24
/11.C1 +
85 L12
/18.F1
LMP1 LMP1
/5.E4 /14.B7
82
25
24
55
54
58
57
60
81
61
+P1
K24
/11.B1
C 87a 30 +X1 +X1 C
/11.B2
+X1 X22.S X22.S
6
87
X22.S
3
X22.P X22.P
6
X22.P +X1 +X1 +X1
3
+X1 M
M12.X
3
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
5 3
+ +
375Hz 500Hz
H4 +X1 M
10
M12
11
X22.S
8
9
84W 84W
X22.P
10
D
11
D
8
9
+X1
2 4 1
M12.X M12.X
1
+X1
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
4
X22.P
X22.S
4
+X1 *
+X1 +X1
12
7
+X1 M5.X X22.P X22.P
2
3
4
1
X11.S
6
1 2 3 4 X22.S
7
+X1
I II III
E M
E
+X1 M5 +X1

M M
blower cabin control valve heating
lighting superstructure internal Lüfter Kabine Steuerventil Heizung
horn Beleuchtung Oberwagen innen
F Hupe F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
11
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LB+
/5.A8
LPF22
/6.E4
A LPF22 A
/11.A8
LPF24
/11.A8
LD+
/4.E8
LPF21 +X1
23
/6.E4
X22.S
X22.P
23
+X1
1.5Q
1
X13.S X11.S S3

22
24
B H3 B
+X1 +X1 2
/12.C1
DIP Switches
1
2 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
24
X21.S X19.S X20.S X22.P
9
3
1
4 X21.P X19.P X20.P X22.S
24
3
9
1
5 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
6
1Q
X4.S
1
+ +X1 +X1
volume X4.P
19
11
1
C X21.S X21.S C
0/24VDC
0/24VDC
+24VDC
+24VDC
H3
Tone 15
+
Tone 5
1 +X22
+X13 X21.P X21.P
19
/12.B2
11
+X1 P1 I1 +X1 +X1
M
2 3 + + XH2.S M1 h
1
XH2.P 2 31
1
1 2 1 2
1Q
+
H2 +X1 +X1
10
4
X19.P X20.P +X1
X19.S X20.S E1 E1
10
4
D D
+X1 +X1 10W 21W 10W 21W
+X1
13
22
21
X22.P XH2.P
X22.S XH2.S
21
3 4 3 4
22
+X1
1.5Q
2
X4.P +X1
12
X4.S X21.P
2
X21.S
12
+X1
+X1
2
E X21.P E
X21.S
2
+X1
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
M M M M M M M
sounder LML flashlight switch cabinet fan hour meter cigarette lighter cabin lightning inside lighting switch cabinet room

LMB Schallgeber Blitzlicht Schaltschranklüfter Betriebsstundenzähler Zigarettenanzünder Kabinenbeleuchtung innen Beleuchtung Schaltschrankraum
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
12
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LIF54
/7.C8
LD+
/4.E8
A A
1.5Q
LMONT
/9.A8
LED+F85
/8.D7
LED+F85
/8.C7
1.5Q
35
38
44
62
32
41
+X1
X22.S
X22.P 1
B B
1
30 30 30 30 30 30
+X1 P1
K10 K11 K12 K13 K19 K9
/20.F2 /20.F3 /20.F4 /20.F5 /18.F6 /20.F1
87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a
+4F +4F
S1.X S2.X
1
1
1 1
tg pressure switch +4F +4F
FW Druckschalter S1 P S2 P
37
36
40
39
43
42
46
45
64
63
34
33
2 2
S1.X S2.X
2
+4F +4F +X1
16
C X22.S C
1.5Q
X22.P
16
+X1 +X1
2
X22.P
+X1 30
X22.S +4K 1
2
+X1 S1 K32

2 87 87a
+X1
1.5Q
1.5Q
17
X22.P
X22.S
17
+X1 +X1
X77.S
5
D +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 D

X77.P
13
25
10
13
12
11
5
X11.S X11.S X11.S X11.S X13.S X13.S X19.S
5
+X1
1
supply control panel
Versorgung Bedienungspult
cylinder out
Zylinder einfahren
Zylinder ausfahren
Fahrwerkschnellgang
cylinder in
rope pull in winch
tg fast speed
Seileinziehwinde
pressure switch air condition drivers seat
+X23 Druckschalter Klimaanlage Fahrersitz
X1.077.X1
5
5
+X23
X1.077
E /21.B3 X13.S X19.S E
14
2
4
%IX1.077.37 +X1 +X1
1.5Q
X11.S X11.S
29
12
pressure switch travelling gear +X1 +X1

86
Druckschalter Fahrwerk
+X1
K32
+
85
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1

M M M M M
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
13
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+P1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LIF51
/7.C8
LIF50
/7.C8
LIF49
/7.C8
9
26
29
83
A A
+P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30
86
P1 K8.1 K8.2 K25
/19.F6 /19.F7 /14.C7
+P1
87 87a 87 87a 87 87a K25
/14.C7 +
85
LMP1 LMP1
/11.C2 /18.E3
28
27
30
85
84
31
B 1.5Q 1.5Q
B
+X1 13 +X1 1.5Q
15
X21.S X21.S +X1
17
X21.P X21.P X21.S
13
15
+P1 +X1
1.5Q
1.5Q
+X1 +X1 X21.P
25
17
+X1 K25 X20.S
+4A +4A /14.A7
X1.S X2.S +4A 87a 30
1
1
/14.A6 additional heating
X1.P X2.P X3.S 87
1
Zusatzheizung
1
1
+4A +4A X3.P
1
+4A
C C
X1.S X1.S X2.S X2.S
3
3
1
1
X1.P X1.P X2.P X2.P X3.S +X1 +X1
31
3
3
1
1
X11.S X11.S
8
X3.P
1
E1.X E11.X E2.X E21.X E3.X
1
1
floodlight superstructure
1 1 1 1 1 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen
Verdrahtung komplett mit 1.5²
E1 E11 E2 E21 E3

wiring completely with 1.5²
D 2 2 2 2 2 D
X11.S X11.S
36
28
E1.X E11.X E2.X E21.X E3.X +X1 +X1
2
2
2
2
X1.P X1.P X2.P X2.P X3.P
1.5Q
1.5Q
X1.S X1.S X2.S X2.S X3.S
2
2
4
+4A +4A +4A

2
X1.P X2.P X3.P

X1.S X2.S X3.S
2
E +4A +4A +4A E
+X1 +X1 +X1

14
16
18
X21.P X21.P X21.P

X21.S X21.S X21.S
14
16
18
+X1 +X1 +X1

+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
M M M M M
floodlight cabin left floodlight cabin right cabin floodlight winch

F Scheinwerfer Kabine links Scheinwerfer Kabine rechts Kabine Windenbeleuchtung F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
14
Erstellt floodlights Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Scheinwerfer Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4B von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
monitor
B B
Monitor
PWS LAN
RS232_RXD
RS232_TXD
TTY_RXD+
TTY_TXD+
TTY_RXD
TTY_TXD
C C
GND
H71
+V
/3.B1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
H71.PWS H71.LAN
8
1
2
3
6
1
X20.S
X20.P
D D
+X1
+X1
LIF47
/7.D8
16 16
18 18
GN 0.14Q LAN36
/17.D1
WHGN 0.14Q LAN33

/17.D1
OG 0.14Q LAN32
/17.D1
WHOG 0.14Q LAN31
/17.D1
E E
+X1
M
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
15
Erstellt monitor cabin Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Monitor Kabine Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X24 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LIF55
/7.C8
A A
GSM modem EL RFK
GSM Modem EL NRS
+X1 +X1
MO1.B
MO1.A
3
M
+X1
1 2 3 4
+24V GND IGN 1 0.5Q LCOM21
/17.E2
2 1 0.5Q LCOM22
B /17.E2 B
3 2 0.5Q LCOM23
/17.E2
4 3 0.5Q LCOM24
/17.E2
5 4 0.5Q LCOM25
+X1 GSM / GPS MODEM /17.E2
6 5 0.5Q LCOM26
MO1 /17.F2
7 6 0.5Q LCOM27
/17.F2
8 7 0.5Q LCOM28
ANTENNA /17.F2
9 8 0.5Q LCOM29
/17.F2
GSM GPS 9
C C
X20.S
X20.P
+X1
+X1
LIF48
/7.D8
20 20
21 21
+X1
M
D D
X23.1
additional desk X25
Zusatzpult X25 J
H 0.75Q RSRXD
RXD /21.E2
D 0.75Q RSTXD
TXD /21.E2
E 0.75Q RSGND
GND /21.E2
K
E E
XLAN1
+X23
service plug WHOG 0.14Q LAN11

/17.B1
Service Schnittstelle 1 OG 0.14Q LAN12
/17.B1
2 WHGN 0.14Q LAN13
/17.B1
3 GN 0.14Q LAN16
/17.B1
6
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
16
Erstellt modem, service plug Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modem, Service Schnittstelle Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X24 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
control system
CU1
Steuerrechner
CU1.CAN
CU1.PWR
A A
GND
MCC MASTER
X20.S
X20.P
LISK 1 1
/5.D8 IGN0
2 2
IGN1
3
IGN2
PWR CAN1L
4 BU 1Q CAN1L
/21.E2
M 4 4 2 2
LB+ 5 5
CASE
24VDC
CAN1 CAN1H
5 RD 1Q CAN1H
/4.F8 /21.E2
6 6 5 3 3
X12.S
CU1.LAN1 CAN2L
3 BU 1Q
LAN11 3 2
/16.E8
LAN12 1 1 CAN2 CAN2H
6 RD 1Q
B /16.F8 B
LAN13 2 2 6 3
X15.S
/16.F8
3 3
4
5
LAN1 2 BU 1Q
CAN3L
LAN16 6 2 2
/16.F8
6 7 CAN3 CAN3H
7 RD 1Q
8 7 3
X15.S
1 BU 1Q
CAN4L
1 1 34
2 CAN4 CAN4H
8 RD 1Q
C 3 8 35 C
4
5
LAN2
6
7
8
CU1.LAN3
LAN31
/15.E8
LAN32 1 1
/15.E8
LAN33 2 2
/15.E8
3 3
D
4
5
LAN3 D
LAN36
/15.E8
6 6
7 COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4
8
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CU1.COM2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
X15.S
CAN3/4+
/7.D8
1
33
E 4 E
X12.S
LCOM21 36
/16.B8
LCOM22
/16.B8
LCOM23 CAN1/2+
/16.B8 /7.D8
LCOM24 1
X20.S
X20.P
/16.B8
LCOM25 4
/16.B8
LCOM26
/16.B8
LCOM27 CAN1/2+
/16.B8 /21.E2
LCOM28 1 1 CAN1
/16.B8 /21.E2
LCOM29 4 4
/16.C8
M M M M
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
17
Erstellt control system Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Steuerrechner Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+X1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X11
A T16 A
X3.S +X11
16
17
18
19
21
22
23
20
24
4
1
PE
+X11 PE
B B
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
+X1
15
X19.P
X19.S
15
+X1
C C
D D
91
22
23
16
17
18
19
20
24
21
4
1
X3.P
Relais K23
Relais K24
Relais K25
relay K23
relay K24
relay K25
P1 86 86 86 86

K16 K17 K18 K19
/18.E3 + /18.E4 + /18.E5 + /18.E6 +
E 85 85 85 85 E
LMP1 LMP1
/14.B7 /19.E1
10
92
2
1
K16 K17 K18 K19

/18.E3 /18.E4 /18.E5 /18.E6
87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30
/11.B4 /11.B4 /11.B5 /13.B6
87 87 87 87
/6.D4
LPF23 +X1
M
L12
/11.B8
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
18
Erstellt control desk X11 Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Steuerpult X11 Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+P1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X11
A T2 T3 T5 T6 T7 T8 A
X3.S
2
8
+X11
B B
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
C C
D D
2
8
X3.P
P1 86 86 86 86 86 86 86

K2 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8.1 K8.2
/19.E1 + /19.E2 + /19.E3 + /19.E4 + /19.E5 + /19.E6 + /19.E7 +
E E
85 85 85 85 85 85 85
LMP1 LMP1
/18.E7 /20.E1
K2 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8.1 K8.2

/19.E1 /19.E2 /19.E3 /19.E4 /19.E5 /19.E6 /19.E7
87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30
/10.B2 /10.B3 /10.B4 /10.B5 /11.B3 /14.A2 /14.A4
87 87 87 87 87 87 87
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
19
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+P1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X11
A T9 T10 T11 T12 T13 T14 T15 A
X3.S
10
13
14
15
11
12
+X11 9
B B
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
0.5Q
C C
D D
10
13
14
15
12
11
9
X3.P
P1 86 86 86 86 86 86 86

K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15
/20.E1 + /20.E2 + /20.E3 + /20.E4 + /20.E5 + /20.E6 + /20.E7 +
E E
85 85 85 85 85 85 85
LMP1 LMP1
/19.E8
K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15

/20.E1 /20.E2 /20.E3 /20.E4 /20.E5 /20.E6 /20.E7
87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30 87a 30
/13.B6 /13.B3 /13.B4 /13.B4 /13.B5
87 87 87 87 87 87 87
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
20
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+P1 von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
phys. addr. pin sheet/col. description
Phys. Addr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung
engine start
%IX1.077.33 1 /9.E2
Motorstart
entry lever closed
%IX1.077.34 2 /9.E2
Einstiegshebel geschlossen
set up
%IX1.077.35 3 /9.E3
Montagebetrieb
X1.077.PE
unsecured free fall
+X23 %IX1.077.36 4 /9.E4
Ungesicherter Freifall
B B
pressure switch travelling gear
%IX1.077.37 5 /13.E2
Druckschalter Fahrwerk
bypass LML
%IX1.077.38 6 /9.E4
Überbrückung LMB
interlock control
%IX1.077.39 7 /9.E5
Interlocksteuerung
no rope tension limitation hg1
%IX1.077.40 8 keine Seilzugbegrenzung HW1
+X1
24
no rope tension limitation hg2
X20.P %IX1.077.41 9 keine Seilzugbegrenzung HW2
X20.S
24
presel. ground compaction hg1
+X1 %IX1.077.42 10 Vorwahl Rammsteuerung HW1
C presel. ground compaction hg2
C
%IX1.077.43 11 Vorwahl Rammsteuerung HW2
mode selection
%IX1.077.44 12 /9.E6
Vorwahl Betriebsart
preselection mooring operation
%IX1.077.45 13 Vorwahl Mooringbetrieb
%IX1.077.46 14
ext. preselection hammer
+X1 %IX1.077.47 15 externe Vorwahl Hammer
M
preselection switch off by slack rope
%IX1.077.48 16 Vorwahl Schlappseilabschaltung
D ground for the inputs D
0/24V 17 /9.E7
Masse für die Eingänge
0/24V 18
+X23
X1.077 keyboard modul X23
Tastaturmodul X23
X1.077.X3
CAN1/2+ 0.75Q 0.75Q CAN1+
/17.F8 24V+ 24V+ /22.C1
CAN1L BU 0.5Q 1 1 1 1 BU 0.5Q CAN1L
/17.A8 CAN_L +X23 CAN_L /22.C1
E 2 2 2 2 E
BSL BSL
RSRXD 0.75Q 3 3
/16.E8 RXD RXD
RSTXD 0.75Q 4 4 4
/16.E8 TXD TXD
RSGND 0.75Q 5 5 5
/16.E8 GND(5V) GND(5V)
CAN1H RD 0.5Q 6 6 6 RD 0.5Q CAN1H
/17.B8 CAN_H CAN_H /22.D1
CAN1 0.75Q 7 7 7 7 0.75Q CAN1
/17.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /22.D1
8 8 8 8
SPARE SPARE
9 9
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
21
Erstellt digital input / keyboard X23 Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Digital Eingang / Tastatur X23 Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+X22
X1.065
B B
X1.065.X2
X1.065.X3
+X22
+X22
C C
CAN1+ 0.75Q CAN1+
/21.E7 24V+ 24V+ /23.C1
CAN1L 1 1 1 1 BU 0.5Q CAN1L
/21.E7 CAN_L CAN_L /23.C1
2 2 2 2
BSL BSL
3 3
RXD RXD
4 4
TXD TXD
5 5
GND(5V) GND(5V)
CAN1H 6 6 RD 0.5Q CAN1H
/21.E7 CAN_H CAN_H /23.D1
CAN1 7 7 7 7 0.75Q CAN1
/21.E7 GND(24V) GND(24V) /23.D1
8 8 8 8
SPARE SPARE
9 9
D D
E E
joystick
Meisterschalter
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
22
Erstellt joystick right module Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Meisterschalter rechts Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+X10
X1.067
B B
X1.067.X2
X1.067.X3
+X10
+X10
C C
CAN1+ 0.75Q CAN1+
/22.C8 24V+ 24V+ /24.C1
/22.C8 CAN_L CAN_L /24.C1
2 2 2 2
BSL BSL
3 3
RXD RXD
4 4
TXD TXD
5 5
GND(5V) GND(5V)
/22.D8 CAN_H CAN_H /24.D1
CAN1 7 7 7 7 0.75Q CAN1
/22.D8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /24.D1
8 8 8 8
SPARE SPARE
9 9
D D
X1.067.X4
+X10
LPF21 24V+
/6.E4
A A
hardwired
button
festverdrahtet
Druckknopf
CAN input
GND
Can Eingang
E L16 signal E
/11.A2
B B
joystick
Meisterschalter
additional devices
F Zusatzeinrichtungen F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
23
Erstellt joystick left module Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Meisterschalter links Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X1.069.X1
B B
X1.069.X2
X1.069.X3
C C
CAN1+ 0.75Q CAN1+
/23.C8 24V+ 24V+ /25.C1
/23.C8 CAN_L CAN_L /25.C1
2 2 2 2
BSL BSL
3 3
RXD RXD
4 4
TXD TXD
5 5
GND(5V) GND(5V)
/23.D8 CAN_H CAN_H /25.D1
CAN1 7 7 7 7 0.75Q CAN1
/23.D8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /25.D1
8 8 8 8
SPARE SPARE
9 9
D D
E E
foot pedal
Fusspedal
additional devices
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
24
Erstellt foot pedal Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Fusspedal Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X1.070.X1
B B
X1.070.X2
X1.070.X3
C C
CAN1+
/24.C8 24V+ 24V+
CAN1L 1 1 1 1
/24.C8 CAN_L CAN_L
2 2 2 2
BSL BSL
3 3 3
RXD
120Ohm
RXD
4 4 4
TXD TXD
5 5 5
GND(5V) GND(5V)
CAN1H 6 6 6
/24.D8 CAN_H CAN_H
CAN1 7 7 7 7
/24.D8 GND(24V) GND(24V)
8 8 8 8
SPARE SPARE
9 9 9
D D
E E
foot pedal
Fusspedal
additional devices
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
25
Erstellt foot pedal Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Fusspedal Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
C
E
B
A
Ind:
ind:
X22.P
X22.S
X21.P
X21.S
X20.P
X20.S
X19.P
X19.S
/13.B2 /13.B2 /12.C2 /12.B2 /17.F8 /17.F8
mod.no.: date
1 1 1 1 1 1
Änd. Nr.: Datum
/13.C2 /13.C2 /12.E2 /12.E2 /17.A8 /17.A8 /6.E2 /6.D2
2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1
1
1
/11.C3 /11.C3 /10.D2 /10.D2 /17.B8 /17.B8 /11.B1 /11.B1

3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
/11.D3 /11.D3 /10.D2 /10.D2 /17.F8 /17.F8 /12.C4 /12.B4
4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3
Name
name
/11.C7 /11.C7 /10.D2 /10.D2 /5.B2 /5.B2 /12.D4 /12.D4
5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4
/11.C7 /11.C7 /10.D2 /10.D2 /5.D2 /5.D2 /10.D3 /10.D3
6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5
/11.E7 /11.E7 /10.D4 /10.D4 /5.D2 /5.D2 /10.D3 /10.D3
7 7 7 7 7 7 6 6
issued
Erstellt
geprüft
/11.D4 /11.D4 /10.D4 /10.D4 /5.D2 /5.D2 /10.D5 /10.D5
approved
8 8 8 8 8 8 7 7
/11.D4 /11.D4 /10.D4 /10.D4 /12.C5 /12.B5 /10.D5 /10.D5
9 9 9 9 9 9 8 8
/11.D5 /11.D5 /10.D5 /10.D5 /12.D5 /12.D5 /5.C7 /5.B7
10 10 10 10 10 10 9 9
/11.D5 /11.D5 /12.C6 /12.C6 /10.D7 /10.D7 /5.C7 /5.D7
11 11 11 11 11 11 10 10
/11.E7 /12.E6 /12.E6 /10.D7 /5.C7
12 12 12 12 12 12 11 11
/12.D1 /14.B2 /14.B2 /10.D7 /5.C7
13 13 13 13 13 13 12 12
/14.E2 /14.E2 /10.D7 /10.D7 /13.D7
14 14 14 14 14 14 13 13
/14.B3 /14.B3 /10.D7 /10.D7 /13.E7
20.02.08 lwnkas1
15 15 15 15 15 15 14 14
2
2
/13.C6 /13.C6 /14.E3 /14.E3 /15.D3 /15.D2 /18.C8 /18.C8

16 16 16 16 16 16 15 15
/13.D6 /13.D6 /14.B4 /14.B4 /9.A2 /9.A1
17 17 17 17 17 17 16 16
/14.E4 /14.E4 /15.D3 /15.D2 /9.A2 /9.A1
18 18 18 18 18 18 17 17
/12.C6 /12.C6 /9.A8 /9.A8
19 19 19 19 19 19 18 18
/16.C2 /16.C2 /9.A2 /9.A1
20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19
/12.D1 /12.D1 /16.C2 /16.C2 /9.C2 /9.C2
21 21 21 21 21 21 20 20
/12.D2 /12.D2 /9.C3 /9.C3
22 22 22 22 22 22 21 21
/12.B6 /12.A6 /9.C4 /9.C4
23 23 23 23 23 23 22 22
/12.B6 /12.C6 /21.C1 /21.C1 /9.C5 /9.C5
24 24 24 24 24 24 23 23
/14.B8 /9.D7 /9.E7
25 25 25 25 25 25 24 24
/9.D8 /9.E8
26 26 26 26 26 26 25 25
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
27 27 27 27 27 27 26 26
3
3
28 28 28 28 28 28 27 27
A6710 NENZING
29 29 29 29 29 29 28 28
30 30 30 30 30 30 29 29
/9.C6 /9.C6
31 31 31 31 31 31 30 30
/7.E4
32 32 32 32 32 32 31 31
/5.C3 /5.C3
LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH

33 33 33 33 33 33 32 32
34 34 34 34 34 34 33 33
35 35 35 35 35 35 34 34
36 36 36 36 36 36 35 35
36 36
plug connection
Steckerbelegung
4
4
X77.P
X77.S
+4B
+4B
+X23
XLAN1
X1.P
X1.S
/9.D2 /9.D2
1 1
/14.C2 /14.C2 /16.E2 /9.D2 /9.D2
1 1 1 2 2
/14.D2 /14.E2 /16.F2 /9.D3 /9.D3
2 2 2 3 3
/14.C2 /14.C2 /16.F2 /9.D4 /9.D4
5
5
3 3 3 4 4
/14.D2 /14.E2 /13.D2 /13.D2
4 4 4 5 5
/9.D4 /9.D4
5 6 6
/16.F2 /9.D5 /9.D5
6 7 7
7 8 8
8 9 9
+4B
+4B
X3.P
X3.S
10 10
/14.C4 /14.C4
1 1 11 11
/14.D4 /14.E4 /9.D6 /9.D6
2 2 12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
+4B
+4B
+X24
X23.1
X2.P
X2.S
6
6
/9.D7 /9.D7
17 17
/14.C3 /14.C3 /16.E2
1 1 H 18 18
/14.D3 /14.E3
2 2 B
/14.C4 /14.C4
Identnr.:
3 3 C
ident. no.:
/14.D4 /14.E4 /16.E2

drawing no.:
4 4 D
Zeichnungsnr.:
/16.E2
E
F
G
/16.E2
J
XH2.P
XH2.S
+4A
+4A
A
/12.C2 /12.C2 /16.E2
1 1 K
/12.D2 /12.D2
2 2
7
7
984511414
514 020 9020 06 100
Ort
Anlage
location
assembly group
8
8
+X1
=KB
of
von
Blatt
sheet
33
26
F
C
E
B
A
F
C
E
B
A
Ind:
ind:
mod.no.: date
Änd. Nr.: Datum
1
1
Name
name
issued
Erstellt
geprüft
approved
X15.S
X13.S
X12.S
X11.S
/17.E7 /13.D6 /17.E7 /5.A2

1 1 1 1
/17.B8 /13.E6 /17.B8 /5.B2
2 2 2 2
/17.B8 /13.D6 /17.B8 /7.E2
3 3 3 3
/17.E7 /13.E6 /17.E7 /7.E2
4 4 4 4
/13.D6 /6.D6 /5.B5
5 5 5 5
/6.E6 /11.E3
20.02.08 lwnkas1
6 6 6 6
2
2
/6.D7 /6.D6 /4.F5

7 7 7 7
/6.E7 /6.E6 /14.C5
8 8 8 8
/8.D6 /6.D7 /7.E4
9 9 9 9
/8.D6 /6.E7 /13.D4
10 10 10 10
/8.E6 /6.D7 /13.D5
11 11 11 11
/8.E6 /13.D5 /6.E7 /13.E4
12 12 12 12
/8.D4 /8.D2 /13.D3
13 13 13 13
/8.D4 /8.D2 /7.E5
14 14 14 14
/8.D5 /9.E8 /8.D2 /7.E6
15 15 15 15
/8.D5 /7.E6 /6.D5
16 16 16 16
/8.E4 /8.E2 /7.E1
17 17 17 17
Copyright (c)
/8.E4 /8.E2 /7.E1
Urheberrecht (c)
18 18 18 18
/8.E5 /8.E2
3
3
19 19 19 19
/8.E5 /9.E7 /7.E6 /6.D8
A6710 NENZING
20 20 20 20
/8.D3 /6.E8
21 21 21 21
/12.B1 /8.D3
22 22 22 22
/8.E3
23 23 23 23
/8.E3 /12.B2

24 24 24 24
/8.D3 /13.D3
25 25 25 25
/8.D4
26 26 26 26
/8.E3
27 27 27 27
/8.E4 /14.D6
28 28 28 28
/7.E2 /13.E3
29 29 29 29
/7.E2 /8.D1
30 30 30 30
/7.E3 /14.C6
plug connection
31 31 31 31
Steckerbelegung
4
4
/7.E3 /6.E5
32 32 32 32
/17.E7 /6.D6 /7.E5
33 33 33 33
/17.C8 /4.C2 /6.E6 /4.C2
34 34 34 34
/17.C8 /7.E2 /4.C2
35 35 35 35
/17.E7 /4.C2 /7.E3 /14.D5
36 36 36 36
5
5
6
6
Identnr.:
ident. no.:
drawing no.:
Zeichnungsnr.:
7
7
984511414
514 020 9020 06 100
Ort
Anlage
location
assembly group
8
8
+X1
=KB
of
von
Blatt
sheet
33
27
F
C
E
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS IDENTIFICATION
Bezeichnung elektrischer Geräte
A A
CABLES COMPONENTS & INSTRUMENTS LOCATION

Kabel Geräte & Instrumente Ort
1 W 20 . 1 =DS + 4H S01 X... panel..., junction box...
Schaltschrank..., Klemmkasten...
sequential number kind of item, sequential number 4... field device
laufende Nummer Art des Betriebsmittels, laufende Nummer externe Geräte
to location location, function group ..1 sequential number
zum Einbauort Einbauort, Funktionsgruppe laufende Nummer
from location assembly group
B B
vom Einbauort Anlage
ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR CODE FOR CABLE CORES

Anlage Funktionsgruppe Art des Betriebsmittels Farb Code für Kabeladern
AL boom A general control A amplifier BK black

Ausleger Allgemeine Steuerung Verstärker SW Schwarz
AW drive wagon B lighting and heating B converter BN brown
C Antriebswagen Beleuchtung und Heizung Umformer C
BR Braun
DB slewing platform C clamping cylinder / casing oszillator C capacitor
RD red
Drehbühne Anpresszylinder / Verrohrungsmaschine Kondensator
DS slewing column D slewing gear D binary elements RT Rot
Drehsäule Drehwerk Binäre Elemente OG orange
ET external E luffing gear E anything else OR Orange
Extern Wippwerk Verschiedenes YE yellow
FB travelling beam F travelling gear F protective devices GE Gelb
Fahrbalken Fahrwerk Schutzeinrichtungen GN green
FS drivers cabin G grab control G generators, power supplies
GN Grün
Fahrerhaus Greifersteuerung Generatoren, Stromversorgungen
GE generator H hoisting gear (main) H indicating devices BU blue
Generator Hubwerk ( Haupt) Anzeigegeräte BL Blau
GS base column K trolley gear K contactors, relais VT violet
D Grundsäule Katzfahrwerk Schütze, Relais VI Violett D
HW hoisting gear L steering L inductance GY grey
Hubwerk Lenkung Induktivität GR Grau
KB cabin M mill M motors
WH withe
Kabine Fräse Motoren
WS Weiss
KZ trolley N cable drum P test devices
PK pink
Katze Kabeltrommel Prüfeinrichtungen
MA mast Q strut cylinder / outrigger Q power switch gears RS Rosa
Mast Abstützung / Schwenkholme Starkstromgeräte TQ turquoise
MH engine room S spreader R resistors TK Türkis
Maschinenhaus Spreader Widerstände GNYE green/yellow
OW superstructure T additional devices S switches GNGE Grün/Gelb
Oberwagen Zusatzeinrichtungen Schalter SR silver
QT girder V drilling devices T transformers
Silber
E Querträger Bohrgerät Transformatoren E
RK slewing head X whip hoist gear V semiconductors
Rollenkopf Hilfshubwerk Halbleiter
ST strut Y tugger winch W cables, transmission paths
Stütze Beruhigungswinde Kabel, Übertragungswege
TM tower Z closing winch X terminal strips, plugs, sockets
Turm Schliesswinde Klemmleisten, Stecker, Steckdosen
TK tank Y valves
Tank Ventile
UW under carriage
Unterwagen
ZA aggregate
Aggregat
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
28
Erstellt components identification Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Gerätebezeichnung Identnr.: 984511414 Ort
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
MODULE IDENTIFICATION
Bezeichnung der Elektronik Module
%IX1.033.1
channel no.
Kanal Nr.
module no.
B Modul Nr. B
canline no.
CanLinie Nr.
digital input module digital input module
Digitale EingangsModule Digitale EingangsModule
%IX
digital input module
Digitale EingangsModule
%IW analog input module
analog input module
Analoge EingangsModule
C C
%QX
digital output module
Digitale AusgangsModule digital output module
%QW
Digitale AusgangsModule
analog output module
Analoge AusgangsModule
%ID
input counter module analog output module
D Zähler EingangsModule D
X1.033.1 interface socket input or output signals
Anschlussstecker Eingangs oder Ausgangs Signale input counter module
X1.033.2 interface socket canbus input Zähler EingangsModule
Anschlussstecker Can Bus Eingang
X1.033.3 interface socket canbus output
Anschlussstecker Can Bus Ausgang
E E
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group
=KB
sheet
29
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
FUSE LIST FUSE LIST
Sicherungsliste Sicherungsliste
NAME: RANGE: ADJUST.: DEVICES: NAME: RANGE: ADJUST.: DEVICES:
Name: Bereich: Einstell.: Geräte: Name: Bereich: Einstell.: Geräte:
+X1F1 10A / main fuse, control system +X1F36 10A / supply module 034, 043
Hauptsicherung, Steuerrechner Versorgung Module 034, 043
+X1F2 50A / main fuse +X1F41 10A / power supply engine electronic
Hauptsicherung Stromversorgung Motorelektronik
B B
+X1F5 13A / main fuse +X1F44 10A / entry lever
Hauptsicherung Einstiegshebel
+X1F6 13A / main fuse +X1F45 10A / canbus
Hauptsicherung CANBus
+X1F7 20A / main fuse +X1F46 10A / canbus
Hauptsicherung CANBus
+X1F8 10A / blower cabin +X1F47 5A / monitor
C C
Lüfter Kabine Monitor
+X1F21 10A / fan switch cabinet, horn +X1F48 10A / keyboard cabin
Lüfter Schaltschrank, Hupe Tastatur Kabine
+X1F22 10A / lighting +X1F49 15A / floodlight cabin
Beleuchtung Scheinwerfer Kabine
+X1F23 5A / control desk X11 +X1F50 15A / floodlight superstructure
Steuerpult X11 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen
+X1F24 10A / cigarette lighter, screen washer +X1F51 15A / floodlight superstructure
Zigarettenanzünder, Scheibenwaschanlage Scheinwerfer Oberwagen
+X1F25 5A / screen wiper front +X1F52 15A / fuel tank system
D D
Scheibenwischer vorne Betankungsanlage
+X1F26 5A / screen wiper top +X1F53 10A / module digital output 009
Scheibenwischer oben Ausgangsmodul digital 009
+X1F31 5A / power supply boom, fallback support +X1F54 10A / drivers seat
Versorgung Ausleger, Rückfallstütze Fahrersitz
+X1F32 10A / counter module 057, 059 +X1F55 10A / GSM modem EL RFK
Zähler Modul 057, 059 GSM Modem EL NRS
+X1F33 10A / module digital input 033 +X1F56 10A / additional devices
Eingangsmodul digital 033 Zusatzeinrichtungen
+X1F34 10A / module analog input 041 +X1F71 10A / module digital output 009
E E
Eingangsmodul analog 041 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
+X1F35 10A / module analog input 042 +X1F72 10A / module digital output 009
Eingangsmodul analog 042 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
installation note the fuse list has to be placed inside the relevant switch cabinet on a good visible location
Installationshinweis: Die Sicherungsliste muss innen im jeweiligen Schaltschrank gut sichtbar platziert werden.
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
assembly group sheet
30
Erstellt name plate fuse list Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Schild Sicherungsaufstellung Identnr.: 984511414 Ort von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
FUSE LIST
Sicherungsliste
NAME: RANGE: ADJUST.: DEVICES:
Name: Bereich: Einstell.: Geräte:
+X1F73 10A / module digital output 009
Ausgangsmodul digital 009
+X1F74 10A / module analog output 017
Ausgangsmodul analog 017
B B
C C
+X1F82 10A / additional devices
Zusatzeinrichtungen
+X1F85 7.5A / control panel cabin
D D
Bedienungspult Kabine
+X1F86 15A / additional devices
Zusatzeinrichtungen
E E
installation note the fuse list has to be placed inside the relevant switch cabinet on a good visible location
Installationshinweis: Die Sicherungsliste muss innen im jeweiligen Schaltschrank gut sichtbar platziert werden.
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
31
Erstellt name plate fuse list Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Schild Sicherungsaufstellung Identnr.: 984511414 Ort von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
device name assembly location sheet/col. description device name assembly location sheet/col. description
Gerätename Anlage Ort Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Gerätename Anlage Ort Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung
control system main fuse
A CU1 =KB +X1 /17.A2/983773914 Steuerrechner F4 =KB +X1 /4.B5/983773914 Hauptsicherung A
cabin lightning inside power supply engine electronic
E1 =KB +4A /12.C6/983773914 Kabinenbeleuchtung innen F41 =KB +X1 /7.A2/983773914 Stromversorgung Motorelektronik
floodlight cabin left power supply engine electronic
E1 =KB +4B /14.D2/983773914 Scheinwerfer Kabine links F42 =KB +X1 /7.A2/983773914 Stromversorgung Motorelektronik
lighting switch cabinet room power supply engine electronic
E1 =KB +X1 /12.C7/983773914 Beleuchtung Schaltschrankraum F43 =KB +X1 /7.A3/983773914 Stromversorgung Motorelektronik
radio entry lever
E1 =KB +X21 /10.E7/983773914 Radio F44 =KB +X1 /7.A3/983773914 Einstiegshebel
B floodlight cabin left canbus B
E11 =KB +4B /14.D2/983773914 Scheinwerfer Kabine links F45 =KB +X1 /7.A3/983773914 CANBus
floodlight cabin right canbus
E2 =KB +4B /14.D3/983773914 Scheinwerfer Kabine rechts F46 =KB +X1 /7.A4/983773914 CANBus
opt. power supply unit 24VDC/12VDC monitor
E2 =KB +X1 /10.B7/983773914 Opt. Netzgerät 24VDC/12VDC F47 =KB +X1 /7.A4/983773914 Monitor
floodlight cabin right keyboard cabin
E21 =KB +4B /14.D4/983773914 Scheinwerfer Kabine rechts F48 =KB +X1 /7.A4/983773914 Tastatur Kabine
cabin floodlight winch floodlight cabin
E3 =KB +4B /14.D4/983773914 Kabine Windenbeleuchtung F49 =KB +X1 /7.A5/983773914 Scheinwerfer Kabine
C main fuse control system main fuse C
F1 =KB +X1 /4.B4/983773914 Hauptsicherung Steuerrechner F5 =KB +X1 /4.B5/983773914 Hauptsicherung
main fuse floodlight superstructure
F2 =KB +X1 /4.B4/983773914 Hauptsicherung F50 =KB +X1 /7.A5/983773914 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen
fan switch cabinet, horn, exiting resistor floodlight superstructure
F21 =KB +X1 /6.A2/983773914 Lüfter Schaltschrank, Hupe, Erregerwiderstand F51 =KB +X1 /7.A5/983773914 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen
lighting fuel tank system
F22 =KB +X1 /6.A2/983773914 Beleuchtung F52 =KB +X1 /7.A6/983773914 Betankungsanlage
control desk X11 module digital output 009
F23 =KB +X1 /6.A2/983773914 Steuerpult X11 F53 =KB +X1 /7.A6/983773914 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
D cigarette lighter, screen washer drivers seat D
F24 =KB +X1 /6.A3/983773914 Zigarettenanzünder, Scheibenwaschanlage F54 =KB +X1 /7.A6/983773914 Fahrersitz
screen wiper front GSM modem EL RFK
F25 =KB +X1 /6.A3/983773914 Scheibenwischer vorne F55 =KB +X1 /7.A7/983773914 GSM Modem EL NRS
screen wiper top additional devices
F26 =KB +X1 /6.A3/983773914 Scheibenwischer oben F56 =KB +X1 /7.A7/983773914 Zusatzeinrichtungen
main fuse main fuse
F3 =KB +X1 /4.B4/983773914 Hauptsicherung F6 =KB +X1 /4.B6/983773914 Hauptsicherung
power supply boom, fallback support main fuse
F31 =KB +X1 /6.A5/983773914 Versorgung Ausleger, Rückfallstütze F7 =KB +X1 /4.B6/983773914 Hauptsicherung
E counter module 057, 059 module digital output 009 E
F32 =KB +X1 /6.A6/983773914 Zähler Modul 057, 059 F71 =KB +X1 /8.B2/983773914 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
module digital input 033 module digital output 009
F33 =KB +X1 /6.A6/983773914 Eingangsmodul digital 033 F72 =KB +X1 /8.B2/983773914 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
module analog input 041 module digital output 009
F34 =KB +X1 /6.A6/983773914 Eingangsmodul analog 041 F73 =KB +X1 /8.B2/983773914 Ausgangsmodul digital 009
module analog input 042 module analog output 017
F35 =KB +X1 /6.A7/983773914 Eingangsmodul analog 042 F74 =KB +X1 /8.B3/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 017
supply module 034, 043 module analog output 017
F36 =KB +X1 /6.A7/983773914 Versorgung Module 034, 043 F75 =KB +X1 /8.B3/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 017
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
32
Erstellt device register Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Geräteverzeichnis Identnr.: 984511414 Ort von
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
module analog output 018 GSM modem EL RFK
A F76 =KB +X1 /8.B3/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 MO1 =KB +X1 /16.B4/983773914 GSM Modem EL NRS A
module analog output 018 hour meter
F77 =KB +X1 /8.B4/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 P1 =KB +X13 /12.C4/983773914 Betriebsstundenzähler
module analog output 018 exiting resistor
F78 =KB +X1 /8.B4/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 R1 =KB +X1 /7.E4/983773914 Erregerwiderstand
module analog output 018 entry lever
F79 =KB +X1 /8.B4/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 S1 =KB +4A /5.C7/983773914 Einstiegshebel
blower cabin tg pressure switch
F8 =KB +X1 /4.B7/983773914 Lüfter Kabine S1 =KB +4F /13.B2/983773914 FW Druckschalter
B module analog output 018 air condition B
F80 =KB +X1 /8.B5/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 S1 =KB +4K /13.C6/983773914 Klimaanlage
module analog output 018 ignition start key
F81 =KB +X1 /8.B5/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 018 S1 =KB +X22 /5.C2/983773914 Zündstartschalter
additional devices tg pressure switch
F82 =KB +X1 /8.B5/983773914 Zusatzeinrichtungen S2 =KB +4F /13.B2/983773914 FW Druckschalter
module analog output 019 emergency stop cabin
F83 =KB +X1 /8.B6/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 019 S2 =KB +X22 /5.B2/983773914 NotAus Kabine
module analog output 019
F84 =KB +X1 /8.B6/983773914 Ausgangsmodul analog 019
C control panel cabin C
F85 =KB +X1 /8.B6/983773914 Bedienungspult Kabine
additional devices
F86 =KB +X1 /8.B7/983773914 Zusatzeinrichtungen
flashlight
H2 =KB +4A /12.D2/983773914 Blitzlicht
horn
H4 =KB +4A /11.D3/983773914 Hupe
monitor
H71 =KB +X24 /15.A5/983773914 Monitor
D cigarette lighter D
I1 =KB +X22 /12.C5/983773914 Zigarettenanzünder
loudspeaker
LS1 =KB +4A /10.E8/983773914 Lautsprecher
loudspeaker
LS2 =KB +4A /10.E8/983773914 Lautsprecher
screen wiper front
M1 =KB +4A /10.E2/983773914 Scheibenwischer vorne
switch cabinet fan
M1 =KB +X1 /12.C3/983773914 Schaltschranklüfter
E control valve heating E
M12 =KB +4A /11.D7/983773914 Steuerventil Heizung
screen washer front
M2 =KB +4A /10.E3/983773914 Scheibenwischerpumpe vorne
screen wiper top
M3 =KB +4A /10.E4/983773914 Scheibenwischer oben
screen washer top
M4 =KB +4A /10.E5/983773914 Scheibenwischerpumpe oben
blower cabin
M5 =KB +4A /11.E4/983773914 Lüfter Kabine
F F
issued
514 020 9020 06 100
33
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LRB 255 A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: electric superstructure LRB 255
PROJEKT: Elektrik Oberwagen LRB 255
C C
D D
E E
F F
76611 03.10.08 lwnkas1

issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH circuit diagram drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 1
02
Erstellt Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage
ind: mod.no.: date name approved A6710 NENZING ident. no.: location of
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Stromlaufplan Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INDEX:
1 circuit diagram 39 electric superstructure
Stromlaufplan Elektrik Oberwagen
2 index 40 power supply
Inhaltsverzeichnis Stromversorgung
3 components identification 41 central power unit EL
Gerätebezeichnung Zentralaggregat EL
5 general arrangement module 42 digital output module 009
Übersicht Module Modul Digital Ausgang 009
B B
6 general hydraulic 43 digital output module 010
Allgemeine Hydraulik Modul Digital Ausgang 010
9 inputs hoisting gear 1 + inputs crowd winch 44 analog output module 017
Eingänge Hubwinde 1 + Eingänge Vorschubwinde Modul Analog Ausgang 017
12 outputs hoisting gear 1 + outputs crowd winch 45 analog output module 018
Ausgänge Hubwinde 1 + Ausgänge Vorschubwinde Modul Analog Ausgang 018
13 inputs hoisting gear 2 + inputs main winch 46 analog output module 019
Eingänge Hubwinde 2 + Eingänge Hauptwinde Modul Analog Ausgang 019
15 outputs hoisting gear 2 + outputs main winch 47 analog input module 033
Ausgänge Hubwinde 2 + Ausgänge Hauptwinde Modul Analog Eingang 033
C C
16 inputs luffing gear + inputs auxiliary winch 48 digital input module 034
Eingänge Einziehwinde + Eingänge Hilfswinde Modul Digital Eingang 034
17 outputs luffing gear + outputs auxiliary winch 49 analog input module 041
Ausgänge Einziehwinde + Ausgänge Hilfswinde Modul Analog Eingang 041
18 inputs slewing gear 50 analog input module 042
Eingänge Drehwerk Modul Analog Eingang 042
19 outputs slewing gear 51 counter module 057
Ausgänge Drehwerk Zähler Modul 057
20 load moment limit + load capacity display 52 counter module 059
Lastmomentbegrenzung + Traglastanzeige Zähler Modul 059
D D
22 electric boom 53 plug connection
Elektrik Ausleger Steckerbelegung
23 inputs leader adjustment 54 checklist electric safety devices
Eingänge Mäklerverstellung Checkliste El. Sicherheitseinrichtungen
25 outputs leader adjustment 55 device register
Ausgänge Mäklerverstellung Geräteverzeichnis
27 additional leader sustain cylinder z8 58 modification index
Zusatz Mäklerfussabstützung Z8 Änderungsindex
28 inputs vibrator / hammer / drilling drive / crowd cylinder
Eingänge Rüttler / Hammer / Bohrantrieb / Vorschubzylinder
E E
29 outputs vibrator / hammer / drilling drive / crowd cylinder
Ausgänge Rüttler / Hammer / Bohrantrieb / Vorschubzylinder
30 additional vibrator
Zusatz Rüttler
32 additional vibrator oil cooling
Zusatz Rüttlerölkühlung
33 additional drilling drives
Zusatz Bohrantriebe
38 lighting crane
F Beleuchtung Kran F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH index drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Erstellt Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt 2
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A

B B


BR Braun
RD red
GN Grün
WH withe
WS Weiss
PK pink
Silber
TK tank Y valves
Tank Ventile
UW under carriage
Unterwagen
ZA aggregate
Aggregat
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH components identification drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
MODULE IDENTIFICATION
Bezeichnung der Elektronik Module
%IX1.033.1
channel no.
Kanal Nr.
module no.
B Modul Nr. B
canline no.
CanLinie Nr.
digital input module digital input module
Digitale EingangsModule Digitale EingangsModule
%IX
digital input module
Digitale EingangsModule
%IW analog input module
analog input module
C C
%QX
digital output module
Digitale AusgangsModule digital output module
%QW
Digitale AusgangsModule
analog output module
%ID
input counter module analog output module
D Zähler EingangsModule D
X1.033.1 interface socket input or output signals
Anschlussstecker Eingangs oder Ausgangs Signale input counter module
X1.033.2 interface socket canbus input Zähler EingangsModule
Anschlussstecker Can Bus Eingang
X1.033.3 interface socket canbus output
Anschlussstecker Can Bus Ausgang
E E
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH components identification drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
bulkhead plate superstructure 10 10
Schottplatte Oberwagen X2.009.X1 X2.009 X2.033.X1 X2.033
A 70 /42.E1 70 /47.E1 A
10 10
X1.S
43 10 10
X2.010.X1 X2.010 X2.034.X1 X2.034
70 /43.E1 70 /48.E1
+4T
X12.S 10 10
47
B B
+4T 10 10
X13.S X2.017.X1 X2.017 X2.041.X1 X2.041
25 70 /44.E1 70 /49.E1
CAN2
10 10
+4T module
X14.S
17 Modul
10 10
X2.018.X1 X2.018 X2.042.X1 X2.042
C +4T 70 /45.E1 70 /50.E1 C
X17.S
25 10 10
10 10
X2.019.X1 X2.019 X2.057.X1 X2.057
70 /46.E1 70 /51.E1
switch cabinet X1 10 10
Schaltschrank X1
=KB
D +X1 D
X11.P 10
36 X2.059.X1 X2.059
70 /52.E1
=KB
+X1 10
X12.P
36
ZA.X4.S
=KB 4
+X1
X13.P W2
E 36 E
CAN2 CAN2 ZA.X2.P
=KB central aggregate
+X1 12 Zentralaggregat
X14.P
36
=KB ZA.X1.S
+X1
X15.P 12
36
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH gerneral arrangement plugs + junction boxes drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Übersicht Stecker + Klemmkästen Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S +24V +24V +24V S +24V
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.041
29
30
16
2
/47.B4 /47.B4 /47.B4 /49.A4
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.041.X1
2
16
29
30
B B
/9.B4
XSP33.57 4
B42.1
br sw bl
C C
+4T
3 4 5
C
A
S20.X S11.X
6 1 3
85°C
50°C
C A
+4T A +4T 13 R
S20 P S57 P S13 S11 S15 B42
B 14 420mA
5 bar A B 2,5 bar 7 5 2 4 110°C B 1 2 low=4mA
S20.X S11.X high=20,7mA
B
B
+4T
D D
20
21
19
10
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.041.X1
6
4
21
6
19
20
10
4
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.041
E /47.A1 /47.B1 /47.B1 /47.B1 /47.A5 /49.A1 E
%IX2.033.03 %IX2.033.06 %IX2.033.07 %IX2.033.08 %IX2.033.19 %IW2.041.01
hydraulic filter feed pressure ok return flow filter ok content of hydraulic tank ok gear oil temperature ok enable free fall content diesel tank
Hydraulikfilter Speisedruck ok Rückflussfilter ok Inhalt Hydrauliköltank ok Getriebeöltemperatur ok Freigabe Freifall Inhalt Dieseltank
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH general hydraulic drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Allgemeine Hydraulik Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
enable cylinder adjustment flashlight movement buzzer sounder LML stop engine running winch synchronisation release LS signal leaderpump release leaderpump hydraulic oil heater

Freigabe für Zylinderverstellung Blitzlicht Bewegungs Summer Schallgeber LMBStop Motor läuft Windengleichlauf Freigabe LS Signal Mäklerpumpe Freigabe Mäklerpumpe Hydraulikölheizung
%QX2.009.07 %QX2.009.30 %QX2.009.31 %QX2.009.32 %QX2.009.29 %QX2.009.15 %QX2.009.08 %QX2.009.26 %QX2.009.14
X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009

20
51
52
53
50
48
21
37
47
/42.B1 /42.C5 /42.C5 /42.C5 /42.C5 /42.C1 /42.B1 /42.B5 /42.C1
B B
X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
51
21
52
20
53
50
48
37
47
X2.S
1
X2.P
1
C C
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T

Y44.X Y12.X Y73.X Y41.X Y71.X
1
1
1 1 1 1 1
+4T 1 +4T +4T +4T +4T
Y44 =KB H1 =KB =KB Y12 Y73 Y41 Y71
+X1 +X1 +X1
24
22
2
5
2 X11.P X13.P X11.P 2 2 2 2
Y44.X Y12.X Y73.X Y41.X Y71.X
2
2
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T
D D
2
X2.P
X2.S
2
E E
31
69
45
40
63
17
X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
31
69
45
40
63
17
X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009
/42.D4 /42.D8 /42.D4 /42.D4 /42.E5 /42.D1
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V
additional devices
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
P P
lock travelling gear LUDV pump 1 LUDV pump 2 LUDV pump 3 pressure control LUDV pump 1+2 pressure control LUDV pump 3
Fahrwerkssperre LUDV Pumpe 1 LUDV Pumpe 2 LUDV Pumpe 3 Drucksteuerung LUDV Pumpe 1+2 Drucksteuerung LUDV Pumpe 3
%QX2.010.26 %QW2.017.07 %QW2.017.08 %QW2.018.04 %QW2.018.06 %QW2.018.11
X2.010 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018 X2.018 X2.018

37
20
21
19
10
7
/43.B5 /44.B1 /44.B1 /45.B1 /45.B1 /45.A5
B B
X2.010.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X11.P
21
37
20
19
10
30
+X1
=KB
C C
+4F +4H +4G
A
Y5.X Y1.X Y2.X Y4.X Y15.X Y17.X Y6.X Y6.X
1
1
1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1
+4F +4H +4G
Y5 Y1 Y2 Y4 Y15 Y17 Y6 Y6
2 2 B 2 2 2 2 2
Y5.X Y1.X Y2.X Y4.X Y15.X Y17.X Y6.X Y6.X
2
2
B
+4F +4H +4G

D D
E =KB E
+X1
34
63
62
63
59
61
54
X2.010.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X11.P
61
62
63
63
59
54
X2.010 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018 X2.018 X2.018
/43.E5 /44.B4 /44.B4 /45.B4 /45.B4 /45.B8
0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V security valve freefall HG1 security valve freefall HG2
S S S Sicherheitsventil Freifall HW1 Sicherheitsventil Freifall HW2
depends on type of machine
F abhängig vom Gerätetyp F
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V +24V +24V +24V 0/24V
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033
31
42
57
58
28
54
/47.C4 /47.B8 /47.B4 /47.B4 /47.A8 /47.C8
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1
31
42
57
58
28
54
B B
XSP33.57 1 XSP33.58 1 XSP33.28 1
/9.B4 /9.B5 /9.B7 +4T
46
XSP33.57 2 XSP33.58 2 XSP33.28 2 X12.S
+4H
B7.X
6
+4H
C S45 X1.S 6 X1.S C
7
+ sig.
S1.1
+4H 3 +4H 3
+4H
S14 P S30 P
1 4 3 2 B7
4 4
S1.2
S1.4
S45.X 5,5 bar 60 bar
1
2
4
+4H
7 8
B7.X
8
+4H
L57.1
/11.D3
D D
33
34
35
46
22
38
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1
22
33
34
35
46
38
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033
/47.B1 /47.C1 /47.C1 /47.C1 /47.B5 /47.C5
%IX2.033.10 %IX2.033.11 %IX2.033.12 %IX2.033.13 %IX2.033.21 %IX2.033.27
hg1 HG1 standstill monitor HG1 feed pressure ok HG1 brake pressure ok HG1 upper limit switch ok HG1 lower limit switch o.k.
HW1 Stillstandswächter HW1 Speisedruck ok HW1 Bremsdruck ok HW1 Endschalter oben ok HW1 Endschalter unten o.k.
p
E STOP
feed p E
cw upper limit switch CW ok lower limit switch CW ok
Endschalter oben VW ok Endschalter unten VW ok
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs hoisting gear 1 + inputs crowd winch drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Hubwinde 1 + Eingänge Vorschubwinde Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V 0/24V +24V
X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.041
31
61
43
15
/49.C4 /49.A4 /49.D4 /49.B4
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1
31
61
15
43
B B
0 400 bar 0 400 bar
P P
+4H +4H
C B1 420mA B5 420mA C
+ sig. + sig.
A C B A C B
B1.X B5.X
B
A
A
+4H +4H
D D
19
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1
5
5
19
X2.041 X2.041
E /49.A1 /49.B1 E
%IW2.041.02 %IW2.041.06
hg1 system pressure hg1 brake pressure hg1
Systemdruck HW1 Bremsdruck HW1
P P
additional devices
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V
X2.057 X2.057
68
70
/51.C8 /51.B8
X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1
68
70
B B
RPM
+4H
B7
X1.S X1.S
11
C C
12
+ 0 A B
2 1 5 3 4
B7.X
1
2
4
+4H
L57.1
/9.D3
25
24
D X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1 D
4
9
4
25
24
9
X2.057 X2.057 X2.057 X2.057 X2.057
/51.A1 /51.B5 /51.B5 /51.A5 /51.A5
%ID2.057.1A %ID2.057.8B %ID2.057.8A %ID2.057.5A %ID2.057.5B
hg1 impulse counter hg1 rope lenght sensor chanel B hg1 rope lenght sensor chanel A hg1
Impulszähler HW1 Seillängenmessung Kanal B HW1 Seillängenmessung Kanal A HW1
E E
cw rope length indication ch A CW
Seillängenmessung Kanal A VW
rope length indication ch B CW
Seillängenmessung Kanal B VW
additional devices
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
cw cw P cw
crowd winch lowering crowd winch lifting
VW senken VW heben pressure control CW brake crowd winch trimot crowd winch
Drucksteuerung VW Bremse Vorschubwinde Trimot Vorschubwinde
B
hg1 hg1 P hg1
B
hoisting gear 1 lifting hoisting gear 1 lowering hoisting gear 1 trimot pressure control hg1 brake hoisting gear 1 hoisting gear 1 clutch
Hubwinde 1 heben Hubwinde 1 senken Hubwinde 1 Trimot Drucksteuerung HW1 Bremse Hubwerk 1 Hubwinde 1 Kupplung
%QW2.017.01 %QW2.017.02 %QW2.017.11 %QW2.018.01 %QX2.009.01 %QX2.009.02 %QX2.009.22 %QX2.009.18
X2.017 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009
23
10
4
9
/44.A1 /44.A1 /44.A5 /45.A1 /42.A1 /42.A1 /42.B5 /42.A5
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
4
10
23
9
X14.P
C C
=KB
+X1
+4H +4H +4H +4H +4H +4H 12
Y1.X Y2.X Y20.X Y8.X Y5.X Y15.X
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
+4H +4H +4H +4H +4H +4H
Y1 Y2 Y20 Y8 Y5 Y15
15
16
2 2 2 2 2 2 X1.S X1.S
Y1.X Y2.X Y20.X Y8.X Y5.X Y15.X
2
2
+4H +4H +4H +4H +4H +4H
D D
E E
31
54
17
17
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
3
31
2
17
54
17
3
X2.017 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018 X2.009 X2.009
/44.A4 /44.B4 /44.B8 /45.A4 /42.D1 /42.D1
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V S 0/24V 0/24V
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs hoisting gear 1 + outputs crowd winch drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Hubwinde 1 + Ausgänge Vorschubwinde Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V
X2.033 X2.033
61
44
/47.D4 /47.B4
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1
61
44
B B
/9.B4 /9.B5 /9.B7

XSP33.57 3 XSP33.58 3 XSP33.28 3
+4G
B7.X
6
+4G
C S45 X1.S 6 C
3
+ sig.
S1.1
+4G 3 +4G 3
+4G
S14 P S30 P
1 4 3 2 B7
4 4
S1.2
S1.4
S45.X 5,5 bar 60 bar
1
2
4
3
+4G
7 8
B7.X
8
+4G
L57.4
/14.D5
D D
47
48
49
23
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1
8
47
48
49
23
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033
E /47.C1 /47.C1 /47.C1 /47.A5 /47.B5 E
%IX2.033.14 %IX2.033.15 %IX2.033.16 %IX2.033.17 %IX2.033.22
HG2 standstill monitor HG2 feed pressure ok HG2 brake pressure ok HG2 upper limit switch ok HG2 lower limit switch o.k.
HW2 Stillstandswächter HW2 Speisedruck ok HW2 Bremsdruck ok HW2 Endschalter oben ok HW2 Endschalter unten o.k.
p
STOP
feed p
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs hoisting gear 2 + inputs main winch drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Hubwinde 2 + Eingänge Hauptwinde Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V 0/24V +24V S 0/24V +24V
X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.057 X2.057
45
62
44
67
56
16
/49.C4 /49.B4 /49.D4 /49.B4 /51.C8 /51.B8
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1
62
45
16
44
67
56
B B
RPM
0 400 bar 0 400 bar
P P +4G
+4G +4G B7
C B1 420mA B5 420mA C
+ sig. + sig. + 0 A B
A C B A C B 2 1 5 3 4
B1.X B5.X B7.X
1
2
C
4
A
A
+4G +4G +4G
L57.4
/13.D3
D 20 D
20
23
22
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1
6
22
6
20
20
23
X2.041 X2.041 X2.057 X2.057 X2.057
E /49.A1 /49.B1 /51.B1 /51.B5 /51.B5 E
%IW2.041.03 %IW2.041.07 %ID2.057.4A %ID2.057.7B %ID2.057.7A
system pressure hg2 brake pressure hg2 impulse counter hg2 rope lenght sensor chanel B hg2 rope lenght sensor chanel A hg2
Systemdruck HW2 Bremsdruck HW2 Impulszähler HW2 Seillängenmessung Kanal B HW2 Seillängenmessung Kanal A HW2
P P
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs hoisting gear 2 + inputs main winch drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Hubwinde 2 + Eingänge Hauptwinde Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
P
hoisting gear 2 lifting hoisting gear 2 lowering hoisting gear 2 trimot pressure control hg2 hoisting gear 2 brake normal speed hoisting gear 2 clutch
Hubwinde 2 heben Hubwinde 2 senken Hubwinde 2 Trimot Drucksteuerung HW2 Hubwinde 2 Bremse Normalgang Hubwinde 2 Kupplung
%QW2.017.03 %QW2.017.04 %QW2.017.12 %QW2.018.02 %QX2.009.03 %QX2.009.04
X2.017 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018 X2.009 X2.009
11
6
7
/44.A1 /44.B1 /44.B5 /45.A1 /42.A1 /42.B1
B B
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
11
6
7
C C
+4G +4G +4G +4G +4G +4G

Y1.X Y2.X Y20.X Y8.X Y5.X Y15.X
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
+4G +4G +4G +4G +4G +4G
Y1 Y2 Y20 Y8 Y5 Y15
2 2 2 2 2 2
Y1.X Y2.X Y20.X Y8.X Y5.X Y15.X
2
2
+4G +4G +4G +4G +4G +4G
D D
E E
45
59
64
31
12
13
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
31
12
45
59
64
13
X2.017 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018 X2.009 X2.009
/44.B4 /44.B4 /44.B8 /45.B4 /42.D1 /42.D1
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V S 0/24V 0/24V
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs hoisting gear 2 + outputs main winch drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Hubwinde 2 + Ausgänge Hauptwinde Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S +24V
X2.033
13
/47.A8
X2.033.X1
13
B B
X1.S X1.S
6
C C
+4E 11 13
S6
12 14
24
25
D X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 D
9
9
24
25
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033
/47.A5 /47.B5 /47.B5
%IX2.033.18 %IX2.033.23 %IX2.033.24
lg upper limit switch LG
Endschalter oben EZW
E E
aux aux. winch upper limit switch
Hilfswinde Endschalter oben
aux. winch lower limit switch
Hilfswinde Endschalter unten
F abhängig vom Gerätetyp F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs luffing gear + inputs auxiliary winch drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Einziehwinde + Eingänge Hilfswinde Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
aux aux
aux. winch lifting aux. winch lowering aux. winch brake
Hilfswinde heben Hilfswinde senken Bremse Hilfswinde
lg lg
B B
luffing gear 1 lifting luffing gear 1 lowering brake luffing gear
Einziehwinde 1 heben Einziehwinde 1 senken Bremse Einziehwerk
%QW2.017.09 %QW2.017.10 %QX2.009.05 %QX2.009.13
X2.017 X2.017 X2.009 X2.009
46
18
8
9
/44.A5 /44.A5 /42.B1 /42.C1
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1
8
18
46
C C
+4E +4E +4E
14
Y1.X Y2.X Y5.X X1.S
1
1
1 1 1
+4E +4E +4E
Y1 Y2 Y5
2 2 2
Y1.X Y2.X Y5.X
2
2
+4E +4E +4E
D D
E E
26
40
16
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.009.X1
26
40
16
X2.017 X2.017 X2.009
/44.A8 /44.B8 /42.D1
S 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs luffing gear + outputs auxiliary winch drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Einziehwinde + Ausgänge Hilfswinde Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V 0/24V +24V S 0/24V +24V 0/24V +24V
X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.042 X2.042 X2.042 X2.042
59
29
60
30
31
17
15
2
/49.C4 /49.B4 /49.C4 /49.B4 /50.C4 /50.A4 /50.C4 /50.A4
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1
31
2
59
29
60
30
17
15
B B
0 400 bar 0 400 bar 0 400 bar 0 400 bar

P P P P
+4D +4D +4D +4D
C B11 420mA B21 420mA B12 420mA B22 420mA C
+ sig. + sig. + sig. + sig.
A C B A C B A C B A C B
B11.X B21.X B12.X B22.X
C
B
A
A
+4D +4D +4D +4D
D D
18
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1

7
5
7
18
5
X2.041 X2.041 X2.042 X2.042
E /49.B1 /49.B1 /50.A1 /50.A1 E
%IW2.041.04 %IW2.041.05 %IW2.042.01 %IW2.042.02
system pressure slewing gear right 1 system pressure slewing gear left 1 system pressure slewing gear right 2 system pressure slewing gear left 2
Systemdruck Drehwerk rechts 1 Systemdruck Drehwerk links 1 Systemdruck Drehwerk rechts 2 Systemdruck Drehwerk links 2
P P P P
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs slewing gear drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Drehwerk Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
slewing gear right slewing gear left slewing gear brake

Drehwerk rechts Drehwerk links Drehwerk Bremse
%QW2.017.05 %QW2.017.06 %QX2.009.06
X2.017 X2.017
18
19
19
/44.B1 /44.B1 /42.B1
B B
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.009.X1
18
19
19
X13.P
+X1
=KB
C 21 C
+4D +4D +4D

Y1.X Y2.X Y5.X
1
1
1 1 1
+4D +4D +4D
Y1 Y2 Y5
2 2 2
Y1.X Y2.X Y5.X
2
2
+4D +4D +4D
D D
E E
60
61
26
X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.009.X1
61
60
26
X2.017 X2.017
/44.B4 /44.B4 /42.E1
S 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs slewing gear drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Drehwerk Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S +24V 0/24V
X2.041 X2.041
58
63
/49.B4 /49.D4
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1
58
63
B B
C
XB1.S XB1.S
XB1.S X1.S X1.S
10
19
C C
21
10
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1
8
21
10
X2.041 X2.041 X2.041
/49.B1 /49.A5 /49.A5
%IW2.041.08 %IW2.041.09 %IW2.041.11
force sensor main boom left angle sensor main boom bottom
D D
Kraftmessachse Hauptausleger links Winkelgeber Hauptausleger unten
F
cw system pressure CW lifting
Systemdruck VW heben
E
P E
hg2 force sensor main winch
Kraftmessachse Hauptwinde
F
additional devices
76611 03.10.08 lwnkas1

issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH load moment limit + load capacity display drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 20
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Lastmomentbegrenzung + Traglastanzeige Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S +24V 0/24V
X2.042 X2.042
45
16
/50.B4 /50.C4
X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1
16
45
B XB2.S XB2.S B
3
1
X1.S XB2.S X1.S X1.S
21
13
20
XSPX42.6 3 XSPX42.6 2
/21.C5 /21.C5
C C
XSPX42.6 1
19
X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1
7
6
19
X2.042 X2.042 X2.042
/50.A1 /50.B1 /50.B1
%IW2.042.03 %IW2.042.04 %IW2.042.06
force sensor main boom right angle sensor main boom top
D D
Kraftmessachse Hauptausleger rechts Winkelgeber Hauptausleger oben
F
cw system pressure CW lowering force sensor crowd winch
Systemdruck VW senken Kraftmessachse Vorschubwinde
E
P F E
aux force transmitter auxiliary winch
Kraftmesslasche Hilfswinde
F
additional devices only for machines with redundant LML system
F Zusatzeinrichtungen Nur für Geräte mit redundanter LMB F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH load moment limit + load capacity display drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Lastmomentbegrenzung + Traglastanzeige Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
measuring supply 0/24V
helicopter warning light
Helikopterwarnleuchte
Versorgung 0/24VDC
Versorgung +24VDC
Messmasse 0/24V
rope pull in winch
Seileinziehwinde
supply 0/24VDC
supply +24VDC
B B
X1.S X1.S X1.S
41
42
18
26
17
C C
D D
=KB =KB
+X1 +X1
32
34
16
19
12
X2.042.X1 X11.P X13.P
9
9
X2.042
E /50.A5 E
%IW2.042.10
wind speed sensor main boom
Windmesser Hauptausleger
additional devices
70690 18.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH electric boom drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 22
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Elektrik Ausleger Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S +24V +24V 0/24V +24V
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033
41
55
65
2
/47.B8 /47.B8 /47.C8 /47.A4
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1
41
2
55
65
B B
+4T +4T +4T
16
X14.S X14.S X12.S
1
C C
+4T 11 13
S14 X14.S X14.S X14.S X14.S X1.S
11
12
9
10
4
12 14 +4T +4T +4T +4T
D D
36
50
51
32
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1
5
51
32
36
50
5
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033
E /47.B5 /47.C5 /47.C5 /47.A1 /47.A1 /47.B1 E
%IX2.033.25 %IX2.033.29 %IX2.033.30 %IX2.033.01 %IX2.033.02 %IX2.033.09
limit switch Z4 bolt locked Z11 bolt unlocked Z11 bolt locked Z12 bolt unlocked Z12 lower limit switch Z5
Endschalter Z4 Bolzen eingefahren Z11 Bolzen ausgefahren Z11 Bolzen eingefahren Z12 Bolzen ausgefahren Z12 Endschalter unten Z5
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs leader adjustment drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Mäklerverstellung Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V
X2.042 X2.042
66
55
/50.D8 /50.B8
X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1
66
55
B B
0 400 bar
P
+4T
B3 420mA
+ sig.
C C
A C B
B3.X X14.S X1.S X14.S
39
8
A
+4T +4T +4T
23
20
21
D X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 D
21
23
20
X2.042 X2.042 X2.042
/50.B5 /50.B1 /50.B1
%IW2.042.14 %IW2.042.07 %IW2.042.08
system pressure leader pump inclinometer xaxis inclinometer yaxis
Systemdruck Mäklerpumpe Neigungsmesser XAchse Neigungsmesser YAchse
E
P x y
E
wind speed sensor luffing jib
Windmesser Kopf Wippspitze
F F
70690 18.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs leader adjustment, electric boom drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 24
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Mäklerverstellung, Elektrik Ausleger Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Z2 out Z2 in Z4 out Z4 in Z6 left Z6 right Z5 out Z5 in Z3 left Z3 right
Z2 ausfahren Z2 einfahren Z4 ausfahren Z4 einfahren Z6 links Z6 rechts Z5 ausfahren Z5 einfahren Z3 links Z3 rechts
%QW2.019.01 %QW2.019.02 %QW2.019.03 %QW2.019.04 %QW2.019.05 %QW2.019.06 %QW2.019.07 %QW2.019.08 %QW2.019.10 %QW2.019.09
X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019
20
21
18
19
4
8
/46.A1 /46.A1 /46.A1 /46.B1 /46.B1 /46.B1 /46.B1 /46.B1 /46.A5 /46.A5
B B
X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1
21
4
18
19
20
8
C C
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T
10
15
16
X12.S X12.S X12.S X12.S X12.S X12.S X12.S X12.S X12.S X12.S
3
9
D D
E E
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs leader adjustment drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Mäklerverstellung Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
leader bolt Z11 unlock leader bolt Z12 unlock gallows adj. Z17 left / in gallows adj. Z17 right / out pile guide open pile guide close

Mäklerbolzen Z11 entriegeln Mäklerbolzen Z12 entriegeln Galgenverstellung Z17 links / ein Galgenverstellung Z17 rechts / aus Pfahlführung öffnen Pfahlführung schließen
%QX2.010.01 %QX2.010.02 %QX2.010.03 %QX2.010.16 %QX2.010.09 %QX2.010.10
X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010
49
32
33
4
6
/43.A1 /43.A1 /43.A1 /43.C1 /43.B1 /43.B1
B B
X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1
32
4
49
33
C C
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T
13
14
12
11
17
18
X12.S X12.S X12.S X12.S X12.S X12.S
X12.S X14.S
45
15
+4T +4T
D D
E E
54
44
X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1

3
3
54
44
X2.010 X2.010 X2.010

/43.D1 /43.E4 /43.D4
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs leader adjustment drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Z8 in Z8 out
Mastabstütz. einf. Mastabstütz. ausf.
%QW2.019.12 %QW2.019.11
X2.019 X2.019
11
10
/46.B5 /46.A5
B B
X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1
11
10
C C
+4V +4V
Y36.X Y37.X
1
1 1
+4V +4V
X1.S Y36 Y37
8
2 2
Y36.X Y37.X
2
+4V +4V
D D
X2.033.X1
7
7
X2.033
E /47.B1 E
%IX2.033.04
64
54
X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1
pressure switch sustain Z8
64
54
Druckschalter Fußabstütz. Z8
X2.019 X2.019
p /46.B8 /46.B8
S 0/24V 0/24V
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH additional leader sustain cylinder z8 drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatz Mäklerfussabstützung Z8 Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V 0/24V +24V 0/24V +24V
X2.042 X2.042 X2.042 X2.042 X2.042 X2.042
60
30
68
69
67
56
/50.C4 /50.B4 /50.D8 /50.B8 /50.D8 /50.B8
X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1
60
30
68
69
67
56
B B
0 400 bar 0 400 bar 0 400 bar

P P P
+4V +4V +4V
B4 420mA B1 420mA B2 420mA
+ sig. + sig. + sig.
C C
A C B A C B A C B
B4.X C B1.X B2.X
B
A
A
+4V +4V +4V
D D
25
24
18
X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1

18
25
24
X2.042 X2.042 X2.042
E /50.B1 /50.B5 /50.B5 E
%IW2.042.05 %IW2.042.16 %IW2.042.15
syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr. 1 syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr./cs 2 syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr. 3
Systemdr. Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 1 Systemdr.Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr./Vorsch.Sys.2 Systemdr.Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 3
P P P
VdW: casing VdW: casing VdW: auger
F VdW: Rohr VdW: Rohr VdW: Schnecke F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs vibrator / hammer / drilling drive / crowd cylinder drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Rüttler / Hammer / Bohrantrieb / Vorschubzylinder Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
drilling drive left P1 drilling drive right P1 drilling drive left P2 drilling drive right P2 drilling drive left P3 drilling drive right P3

Bohrantrieb links P1 Bohrantrieb rechts P1 Bohrantrieb links P2 Bohrantrieb rechts P2 Bohrantrieb links P3 Bohrantrieb rechts P3
hammer P1 hammer P2 hammer P3

B B
Hammer P1 Hammer P2 Hammer P3
vibrator P1 vibrator P2 vibrator P3

Rüttler P1 Rüttler P2 Rüttler P3
C
p C
crowdcyl. Z19 lowering crowdcyl. Z19 lifting pressure control CC

Vorschubzyl. Z19 senken Vorschubzyl. Z19 heben Drucksteuerung VZ
%QW2.018.15 %QW2.018.16 %QW2.018.12 %QW2.018.13 %QW2.019.15 %QW2.019.16 %QW2.019.14
X2.018 X2.018 X2.018 X2.018 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019

24
25
22
24
25
23
/45.B5 /45.B5 /45.B5 11 /45.B5 /46.B5 /46.B5 /46.B5
X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1
11
22
24
25
24
25
23
D D
+4V +4V +4V +4V +4T +4T +4V

Y33.X Y32.X Y31.X Y30.X Y50.X Y51.X Y28.X
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
+4V +4V +4V +4V +4T +4T +4V
Y33 Y32 Y31 Y30 Y50 Y51 Y28
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Y33.X Y32.X Y31.X Y30.X Y50.X Y51.X Y28.X
2
2
+4V +4V +4V +4V +4T +4T +4V
E E
67
68
64
65
67
68
66
X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1 X2.019.X1
67
68
64
65
67
68
66
X2.018 X2.018 X2.018 X2.018 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019
/45.B8 /45.B8 /45.B8 /45.B8 /46.B8 /46.B8 /46.B8
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V

additional devices VdW: casing VdW: casing VdW: auger
F Zusatzeinrichtungen VdW: Rohr VdW: Rohr VdW: Schnecke F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs vibrator / hammer / drilling drive / crowd cylinder drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Rüttler / Hammer / Bohrantrieb / Vorschubzylinder Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
S 0/24V +24V
X2.042 X2.042
26
13
/50.C8 /50.A8
X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1
26
13
B B
0 400 bar
P
+4V
C B3 420mA C
+ sig.
A C B
B3.X
B
A
+4V
D D
X2.042.X1
8
8
X2.042
E /50.A5 E
%IW2.042.09
system pressure clamping jaw closing
Systemdruck Klemmzange schließen
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH additional vibrator drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatz Rüttler Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
release clamping jaw clamping jaw closing release clamping jaw + excenter drive clamping jaw opening excentric drive out excentric drive in reinforcement vibrator

Freigabe Klemmzange Klemmzange schliessen Freigabe Klemmzange + Exzenter Klemmzange öffnen Excenter ausfahren Excenter einfahren Armierungsrüttler
%QX2.009.27 %QX2.009.25 %QX2.009.28 %QX2.010.28 %QX2.010.08 %QX2.010.07 %QW2.018.03
X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.018

38
36
39
39
21
20
6
/42.C5 /42.B5 /42.C5 /43.C5 /43.B1 /43.B1 /45.A1
B B
X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.018.X1
21
38
36
39
39
20
6
C C
+4V +4V +4V +4V +4V +4V +4V

Y40.X Y43.X Y75.X Y44.X Y42.X Y41.X Y29.X
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
+4V +4V +4V +4V +4V +4V +4V
Y40 Y43 Y75 Y44 Y42 Y41 Y29
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Y40.X Y43.X Y75.X Y44.X Y42.X Y41.X Y29.X
2
2
+4V +4V +4V +4V +4V +4V +4V
D D
E E
64
62
65
65
40
31
45
X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.018.X1
31
62
64
65
65
40
45
X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.018
/42.E5 /42.D5 /42.D8 /43.D8 /43.D4 /43.D4 /45.B4
S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V S 0/24V
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH additional vibrator drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatz Rüttler Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A L7 A
/39.B1
+4T
19
X12.S
B B
thermostat 1 vibrator oil cooling
Thermostat 1 Rüttlerölkühlung
thermostat 2 vibrator oil cooling
Thermostat 2 Rüttlerölkühlung
C C
X12.S
20
+4T
D +4T D
Y77.X
1
1
+4T vibrator oil cooling
Y77 Rüttlerölkühlung
2
Y77.X
2
+4T
E E
=KB
+X1
36
X13.P
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH additional vibrator oil cooling drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatz Rüttlerölkühlung Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VdW information
VdW Information
drilling drive 1 = VdW auger drive
A Bohrantrieb 1 = VdW Schneckenantrieb A
drilling drive 2 = VdW casing drive
Bohrantrieb 2 = VdW Rohrantrieb
B B
C C
X13.S X13.S X13.S
11
5
6
+4T +4T +4T
D 39 D
38
37
X2.034.X1 X2.034.X1 X2.034.X1
39
38
37
X2.034 X2.034 X2.034
E /48.C5 /48.C5 /48.B5 E
%IX2.034.28 %IX2.034.27 %IX2.034.26
additional devices 1 additional devices 2 additional devices 3
Zusatzeinrichtungen 1 Zusatzeinrichtungen 2 Zusatzeinrichtungen 3
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH additional drilling drives drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatz Bohrantriebe Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VdW information
VdW Information
S +24V 0/24V
X2.033 X2.033
27
26
/47.A8 /47.C8
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1
27
26
B B
+4T +4T
X13.S X13.S 24
1
C C
X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S
2
8
14
17
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T
LN1
/37.B1
LN2
/37.B1
D D
39
11
18
18
X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.033.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.057.X1 X2.057.X1
6
11
18
39
18
X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.041 X2.057 X2.057
E /47.B5 /47.B1 /47.C5 /49.A5 /51.A1 /51.B1 E
%IX2.033.20 %IX2.033.05 %IX2.033.28 %IW2.041.10 %ID2.057.2A %ID2.057.3A
oilflow drilling drive 1 gear box temp. drilling drive 1 drilling drive mounted concrete pressure speed sensor drilling dr.1 speed sensor drilling dr.2
Ölfluß Bohrantrieb 1 Getriebeöltemp. Bohrantrieb 1 Bohrantrieb montiert Betondruck Drehzahlsensor Bohrantr.1 Drehzahlsensor Bohrantr.2
p
additional devices
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VdW information
VdW Information
gear box drilling drive 1 trimot drilling drive 1 free turn drilling dr.1
Schaltgetriebe Bohrantr.1 Trimot Bohrantrieb 1 Freilauf Bohrantr.1
%QX2.009.11 %QX2.009.12 %QX2.010.29
X2.009 X2.009 X2.010
34
35
50
/42.C1 /42.C1 /43.C5
B B
X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.010.X1
34
35
50
C C
+4T +4T +4T
16
15
19
X13.S X13.S X13.S
D D
E E
additional devices
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VdW information
VdW Information
worm cleaner out / left worm cleaner in / right free turn worm cleaner gear box drilling drive 2 VdW shift cyl. drive out VdW shift cyl. drive in
Schneckenputzer ausf. / links Schneckenputzer einf. / rechts Freilauf Schneckenputzer Schaltgetriebe Bohrantr.2 Relativversch. Zyl. ausf. Relativversch. Zyl. einf.
%QX2.010.04 %QX2.010.05 %QX2.010.13 %QX2.010.25 %QX2.010.23 %QX2.010.24
X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010
46
36
24
25
18
7
/43.B1 /43.B1 /43.C1 /43.B5 /43.B5 /43.B5
B B
X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1
18
46
36
24
25
C C
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T

21
22
20
21
22
13
X12.S X12.S X14.S X13.S X13.S X13.S
X13.S
23
+4T
D D
E E
62
X2.010.X1
62
X2.010
/43.D5
S 0/24V
additional devices
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
LN2
/34.D8
X14.P
2
B B
X14.P +X1
1
LN1 +X1 =KB
/34.D8
=KB
XSPX13.14 1 5 XSPX13.17 1 5
C C
2 3 4 2 3 4
D D
22
23
X2.059.X1 X2.059.X1 X2.059.X1 X2.059.X1 X2.059.X1 X2.059.X1
4
22
4
23
X2.059 X2.059 X2.059 X2.059 X2.059 X2.059
E /52.A1 /52.A1 /52.A5 /52.A5 /52.B5 /52.B5 E
%ID2.059.1A %ID2.059.2A %ID2.059.5A %ID2.059.5B %ID2.059.7A %ID2.059.7B
period puls sensor 1 period puls sensor 2 period difference sensor 1 period difference sensor 2 sensor 1 sensor 2
Periodendauer Sensor 1 Periodendauer Sensor 2 Periodendifferenz Sensor 1 Periodendifferenz Sensor 2 Sensor 1 Sensor 2
t t
additional devices
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A X11.P X11.P X11.P A
31
6
8
+X1 +X1 +X1
=KB =KB =KB
1.5Q
1.5Q
XSPX11.6 1 XSPX11.8 1 XSPX11.31 1
B B
/38.B1 /38.B1 /38.B1 /38.B4 /38.B4 /38.B4 /38.B6 /38.B6 /38.B6

XSPX11.6 2 XSPX11.6 4 XSPX11.6 3 XSPX11.8 2 XSPX11.8 3 XSPX11.8 4 XSPX11.31 2 XSPX11.31 3 XSPX11.31 4
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
+4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4T
28
E11.X E21.X E31.X E4.X E5.X E51.X E6.X E61.X X12.S
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
C +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B C
E11 E21 E31 E4 E5 E51 E6 E61
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
E11.X E21.X E31.X E4.X E5.X E51.X E6.X E61.X X12.S
2
44
+4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4B +4T
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
XMX11.35 2 XMX11.35 4 XMX11.35 3 XMX11.36 2 XMX11.36 3 XMX11.36 4 XMX11.28 2 XMX11.28 3 XMX11.28 4
D /38.E1 /38.E1 /38.E1 /38.D4 /38.D4 /38.D4 /38.D6 /38.D6 /38.D6 D
XMX11.36 1 XMX11.28 1
XMX11.35 1
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
E E
machine room lighting right floodlight superstructure right floodlight base boom
=KB Maschinenraumbeleuchtung rechts =KB Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts =KB Scheinwerfer Grundarm
+X1 +X1 +X1
35
36
28
X11.P machine room lighting aggregate X11.P floodlight superstructure right X11.P spot light superstructure
Maschinenraumbeleuchtung Aggregat Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts Suchscheinwerfer Oberwagen
machine room lighting left floodlight rear ballast floodlight superstructure right

Maschinenraumbeleuchtung links Scheinwerfer Heckballast Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH lighting crane drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Beleuchtung Kran Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
cabin EL
Kabine EL
X11.P X11.P X13.P X13.P
1
2
22
2
7
14
15
33
4
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
=KB =KB =KB =KB
L7
B /32.A6 B
21
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
S3
22
A
S15.X
A
S15
+X2
85°C X3.S E1.X T1.X
2
1
1
C
S15.X X3.P 2 3 1 2
C
1
2
+X2
C C
P M
1.5Q
E1
T1
4 1
21
+X2 E1.X
1
4
S1
M15.X
2
22
2
M15 M ~90W
D D
air condition (opt.)
1 Klimaanlage (Opt.)
M15.X
1
1.5Q
XMX11.35 6
/38.E1
E E
gear box oil cooling
Verteilergetriebe Ölkühlung
additional devices
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH electric superstructure drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Elektrik Oberwagen Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+ +
F1 F2 F3 F4

100A 100A 100A 50A
P1
+ 1 2 3 4
B B
+
170Ah
G2
+ BLANK 95Q
BK 35Q
RD 10Q
C C
170Ah
L+
L+F3 central power unit EL
G1
L+F2
L Zentralaggregat EL
BKks 95Q
D D
3 3 3
S1
battery main switch 4 4 4 904 L+F4
Batteriehauptschalter 901 L+F1 cabin EL
WH 6Q 913 LMM
911 L1 Kabine EL
912 L2
BKks 95Q
BK 16Q
BK 16Q
E E
M 1 M 2 M 3 M 4
abhängig vom Gerätetyp
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH power supply drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X11.P X11.P X12.P X12.P X14.P
31
31
2
32
32
3
17
18
29
30
35
33
34
+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
=KB =KB =KB =KB =KB
B B
C
S24.X

Y3.X
1
1 1 1
S24 S55 P S56 P
Y3 B12
2 2
C C
2 1 2 + sig.
Y3.X B12.X S24.X
1
2
B
A
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
RD
BU
D D
=ZA
10
11
12
9
1
ZA.X1.S ZA.X4.S ZA.X1.S ZA.X1.S A701.X1 ZA.X2.P
9
4
1
1
1 2 3 4
power supply power supply CR canline power supply fan drive level of cooling water air filter 2 dirty

Stromversorgung Stromversorgung CR CanLinie Stromversorgung A701 Lüfter Antrieb Kühlwasserniveau Luftfilter 2 verschmutzt
=ZA temperature of hydraulic oil air filter 1 dirty

Hydrauliköltemperatur Luftfilter 1 verschmutzt
E E
heating fuel oil filter
Dieselfilterheizung
central power unit EL
Zentralaggregat EL
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH central power unit EL drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zentralaggregat EL Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
phys. addr. pin sheet/col. description phys. addr. pin sheet/col. phys. addr. pin sheet/col. description phys. addr. pin sheet/col.
Phys. Addr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Phys. Addr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Phys. Addr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Phys. Addr. Pin Blatt/Pfad
brake hoisting gear 1 pressure limitator Einziehwerk
%QX2.009.01 4 /12.C6
Bremse Hubwerk 1
+24V 1 /42.F1 %QX2.009.17 8 Druckbegrenzung Einziehwerk +24V 14 /42.F2
A A
hoisting gear 1 clutch trimot crowd winch
%QX2.009.02 5 /12.C7
Hubwinde 1 Kupplung
%QX2.009.18 9 /12.C8
Trimot Vorschubwinde
hoisting gear 2 brake normal speed
%QX2.009.03 6 /15.B7
Hubwinde 2 Bremse Normalgang
%QX2.009.19 10
hoisting gear 2 clutch
%QX2.009.04 7 /15.B8
Hubwinde 2 Kupplung
%QX2.009.20 11
brake luffing gear
%QX2.009.05 18 /17.C6
Bremse Einziehwerk
+24V 15 /42.F1 %QX2.009.21 22 +24V 28 /42.F2
slewing gear brake brake crowd winch
%QX2.009.06 19 /19.B6
Drehwerk Bremse
%QX2.009.22 23 /12.C7
Bremse Vorschubwinde
enable cylinder adjustment
%QX2.009.07 20 /7.B1
Freigabe für Zylinderverstellung
%QX2.009.23 24
B B
release LS signal leaderpump release casing oscillator
%QX2.009.08 21 /7.B6
Freigabe LS Signal Mäklerpumpe
%QX2.009.24 25 Freigabe Verrohrungsmaschine
clamping jaw closing
%QX2.009.09 32 +24V 29 /42.F2 %QX2.009.25 36 /31.B2
Klemmzange schliessen
+24V 42 /42.F3
release leaderpump
%QX2.009.10 33 %QX2.009.26 37 /7.B7
Freigabe Mäklerpumpe
gear box drilling drive 1 release clamping jaw
%QX2.009.11 34 /35.B2
Schaltgetriebe Bohrantr.1
%QX2.009.27 38 /31.B1
Freigabe Klemmzange
trimot drilling drive 1 release clamping jaw + excenter drive
%QX2.009.12 35 /35.B3
Trimot Bohrantrieb 1
%QX2.009.28 39 /31.B3
Freigabe Klemmzange + Exzenter
aux. winch brake engine running
%QX2.009.13 46 /17.C7
Bremse Hilfswinde
+24V 43 /42.F2 %QX2.009.29 50 /7.B5
Motor läuft
+24V 56 /42.F3
C hydraulic oil heater flashlight C
%QX2.009.14 47 /7.B8
Hydraulikölheizung
%QX2.009.30 51 /7.B2
Blitzlicht
winch synchronisation movement buzzer
%QX2.009.15 48 /7.B5
Windengleichlauf
%QX2.009.31 52 /7.B3
Bewegungs Summer
sounder LML stop
%QX2.009.16 49 %QX2.009.32 53 /7.B4
Schallgeber LMBStop
0/24V 2 /12.E6 0/24V 30 /42.F3 0/24V 57 0/24V 65 /31.E3
0/24V 3 /12.E7 0/24V 31 /7.E1 0/24V 58 0/24V 66
0/24V 12 /15.E7 0/24V 40 /7.E6 0/24V 59 0/24V 67 /42.F4
D 0/24V 13 /15.E8 0/24V 41 /42.F4 0/24V 60 /42.F4 0/24V 68 D
0/24V 16 /17.E6 0/24V 44 0/24V 61 0/24V 69 /7.E3
0/24V 17 /7.E8 0/24V 45 /7.E5 0/24V 62 /31.E2 0/24V 70
0/24V 26 /19.E6 0/24V 54 0/24V 63 /7.E7
0/24V 27 0/24V 55 0/24V 64 /31.E1
digital output module 009 cod. B
X2.009
Digitale AusgangsModule 009 Kod. B
E X12.P =KB E
X2.009.X2 X2.009.X3
+X1 +X1
ZA.X2.P
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
=KB X12.P 24V+ WH 0.5Q CAN2+

24V+ /43.E5
/5.A6 1 H H H H GN 0.5Q CAN2L
CAN_L CAN_L /43.E5
B B B B
SPARE SPARE
RD 1Q C C
29
43
28
42
56
30
41
60
67
RXD
15
14
X2.009.X1 RXD
1
11 BU 1Q D D
TXD TXD
12 E E
SPARE SPARE
1
41
42
15
29
43
14
28
56
30
60
67
F F YE 0.5Q CAN2H
CAN_H CAN_H /43.F5
X2.009 G G G G BN 0.5Q CAN2
=KB GND(24V) GND(24V) /43.F5
/42.A4 /42.B4 /42.B4 /42.C4 /42.A8 /42.B8 /42.B8 /42.C8 /42.D4 /42.D4 /42.D5 /42.D8 4 J J J J
+X1 BSL BSL
A A
S +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V X12.P GND(5V) GND(5V)
F K K F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH digital output module 009 drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Digital Ausgang 009 Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
leader bolt Z11 unlock
%QX2.010.01 4 /26.B2
Mäklerbolzen Z11 entriegeln
+24V 1 /43.F1 %QX2.010.17 8 +24V 14 /43.F2
A A
leader bolt Z12 unlock
%QX2.010.02 5 /26.B3
Mäklerbolzen Z12 entriegeln
%QX2.010.18 9
gallows adj. Z17 left / in
%QX2.010.03 6 /26.B4
Galgenverstellung Z17 links / ein
%QX2.010.19 10
worm cleaner out / left
%QX2.010.04 7 /36.B2
Schneckenputzer ausf. / links
%QX2.010.20 11
worm cleaner in / right
%QX2.010.05 18 /36.B3
Schneckenputzer einf. / rechts
+24V 15 /43.F1 %QX2.010.21 22 +24V 28 /43.F2
%QX2.010.06 19 %QX2.010.22 23
excentric drive in VdW shift cyl. drive out
%QX2.010.07 20 /31.B6
Excenter einfahren
%QX2.010.23 24 /36.B6
Relativversch. Zyl. ausf.
B B
excentric drive out VdW shift cyl. drive in
%QX2.010.08 21 /31.B5
Excenter ausfahren
%QX2.010.24 25 /36.B6
Relativversch. Zyl. einf.
pile guide open gear box drilling drive 2
%QX2.010.09 32 /26.B6
Pfahlführung öffnen
+24V 29 /43.F2 %QX2.010.25 36 /36.B5
Schaltgetriebe Bohrantr.2
+24V 42 /43.F3
pile guide close lock travelling gear
%QX2.010.10 33 /26.B7
Pfahlführung schließen
%QX2.010.26 37 /8.B1
Fahrwerkssperre
%QX2.010.11 34 %QX2.010.27 38
clamping jaw opening
%QX2.010.12 35 %QX2.010.28 39 /31.B5
Klemmzange öffnen
free turn worm cleaner free turn drilling dr.1
%QX2.010.13 46 /36.B4
Freilauf Schneckenputzer
+24V 43 /43.F2 %QX2.010.29 50 /35.B6
Freilauf Bohrantr.1
+24V 56 /43.F3
C C
%QX2.010.14 47 %QX2.010.30 51
%QX2.010.15 48 %QX2.010.31 52
gallows adj. Z17 right / out
%QX2.010.16 49 /26.B5
Galgenverstellung Z17 rechts / aus
%QX2.010.32 53
0/24V 2 0/24V 30 /43.F3 0/24V 57 0/24V 65 /31.E5
0/24V 3 /26.E2 0/24V 31 /31.E6 0/24V 58 0/24V 66
0/24V 12 0/24V 40 /31.E5 0/24V 59 0/24V 67 /43.F4
D 0/24V 13 0/24V 41 /43.F4 0/24V 60 /43.F4 0/24V 68 D
0/24V 16 0/24V 44 /26.E4 0/24V 61 0/24V 69
0/24V 17 0/24V 45 0/24V 62 /36.E5 0/24V 70
0/24V 26 0/24V 54 /26.E3 0/24V 63 /8.E1
0/24V 27 0/24V 55 0/24V 64

digital output module 010 cod. B
X2.010
Digitale AusgangsModule 010 Kod. B
E X15.P E
X2.010.X2 X2.010.X3
+X1
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
=KB CAN2+ 24V+ WH 0.5Q CAN2+

/42.E8 24V+ /44.E5
/5.B6 CAN2L H H H H GN 0.5Q CAN2L
/42.E8 CAN_L CAN_L /44.E5
B B B B
SPARE SPARE
C C
29
43
28
42
56
30
41
60
67
RXD
15
14
X2.010.X1 RXD
1
D D
TXD TXD
E E
SPARE SPARE
1
41
42
15
29
43
14
28
56
30
60
67
CAN2H F F YE 0.5Q CAN2H

/42.F8 CAN_H CAN_H /44.F5
X2.010 CAN2 G G G G BN 0.5Q CAN2
/42.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /44.F5
/43.A4 /43.B4 /43.B4 /43.C4 /43.A8 /43.B8 /43.B8 /43.C8 /43.D4 /43.D4 /43.D5 /43.D8 J J J J
BSL BSL
A A
S +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V GND(5V) GND(5V)
F K K F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH digital output module 010 drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Digital Ausgang 010 Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
hoisting gear 1 lifting luffing gear 1 lifting
%QW2.017.01 4 /12.C2
Hubwinde 1 heben
+24V 1 /44.F1 %QW2.017.09 8 /17.C2
Einziehwinde 1 heben
+24V 14 /44.F1
A A
hoisting gear 1 lowering luffing gear 1 lowering
%QW2.017.02 5 /12.C2
Hubwinde 1 senken
0/24V 3 /44.F2 %QW2.017.10 9 /17.C3
Einziehwinde 1 senken
0/24V 12 /44.F2
hoisting gear 2 lifting hoisting gear 1 trimot
%QW2.017.03 6 /15.B2
Hubwinde 2 heben
0/24V 17 /12.E2 %QW2.017.11 10 /12.C3
Hubwinde 1 Trimot
0/24V 26 /17.E2
hoisting gear 2 lowering hoisting gear 2 trimot
%QW2.017.04 7 /15.B3
Hubwinde 2 senken
0/24V 31 /12.E2 %QW2.017.12 11 /15.B4
Hubwinde 2 Trimot
0/24V 40 /17.E3
slewing gear right casing oscillator control P1
%QW2.017.05 18 /19.B3
Drehwerk rechts
0/24V 45 /15.E2 %QW2.017.13 22 Verrohrungsmaschine Regelung P1
0/24V 54 /12.E3
slewing gear left casing oscillator control P2
%QW2.017.06 19 /19.B4
Drehwerk links
0/24V 59 /15.E3 %QW2.017.14 23 Verrohrungsmaschine Regelung P2
0/24V 64 /15.E4
LUDV pump 1
%QW2.017.07 20 /8.B2
LUDV Pumpe 1
0/24V 60 /19.E3 %QW2.017.15 24 0/24V 65
B B
LUDV pump 2
%QW2.017.08 21 /8.B3
LUDV Pumpe 2
0/24V 61 /19.E4 %QW2.017.16 25 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 /8.E2 0/24V 67
0/24V 63 /8.E3 0/24V 68
nc 2 nc 38 nc 55
nc 13 nc 39 nc 56
nc 15 nc 41 nc 57
C C
nc 16 nc 42 nc 58
nc 27 nc 43 nc 69
nc 28 nc 44 nc 70
nc 29 nc 46
nc 30 nc 47
nc 32 nc 48
D nc 33 nc 49 D
nc 34 nc 50
nc 35 nc 51
nc 36 nc 52
nc 37 nc 53
analog output module 017 cod. D
X2.017
Analoge AusgangsModule 017 Kod. D
E X12.P E
X2.017.X2 X2.017.X3
+X1
21
22
23
24

/43.E8 24V+ /45.E5
/5.B6 CAN2L H H H H GN 0.5Q CAN2L
B B B B
SPARE SPARE
C C
RXD
14
12
X2.017.X1 RXD
3
1
D D
TXD TXD
E E
SPARE SPARE
1
12
14

/43.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /45.F5
/44.A4 /44.A8 /44.A4 /44.A8 J J J J
BSL BSL
A A
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V GND(5V) GND(5V)
F K K F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH analog output module 017 drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Analog Ausgang 017 Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
pressure control hg1 superstructure brace cylinder extension
%QW2.018.01 4 /12.C4
Drucksteuerung HW1
+24V 1 /45.F1 %QW2.018.09 8 Oberwagen Abstützzylinder ausfahren
+24V 14 /45.F1
A A
pressure control hg2 superstructure brace cylinder retraction
%QW2.018.02 5 /15.B5
Drucksteuerung HW2
0/24V 3 /45.F2 %QW2.018.10 9 Oberwagen Abstützzylinder einfahren
0/24V 12 /45.F2
reinforcement vibrator pressure control LUDV pump 3
%QW2.018.03 6 /31.B8
Armierungsrüttler
0/24V 17 /12.E4 %QW2.018.11 10 /8.B6
Drucksteuerung LUDV Pumpe 3
0/24V 26
LUDV pump 3 drilling drive left P2
%QW2.018.04 7 /8.B4
LUDV Pumpe 3
0/24V 31 /15.E5 %QW2.018.12 11 /29.D3
Bohrantrieb links P2
0/24V 40
drilling drive right P2
%QW2.018.05 18 0/24V 45 /31.E8 %QW2.018.13 22 /29.D4
Bohrantrieb rechts P2
0/24V 54 /8.E6
pressure control LUDV pump 1+2
%QW2.018.06 19 /8.B5
Drucksteuerung LUDV Pumpe 1+2
0/24V 59 /8.E4 %QW2.018.14 23 0/24V 64 /29.F3
drilling drive left P1
%QW2.018.07 20 0/24V 60 %QW2.018.15 24 /29.D2
0/24V 65 /29.F4
B B
drilling drive right P1
%QW2.018.08 21 0/24V 61 /8.E5 %QW2.018.16 25 /29.D3
0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67 /29.F2
0/24V 63 0/24V 68 /29.F3
nc 2 nc 38 nc 55
nc 13 nc 39 nc 56
nc 15 nc 41 nc 57
C C
nc 16 nc 42 nc 58
nc 27 nc 43 nc 69
nc 28 nc 44 nc 70
nc 29 nc 46
nc 30 nc 47
nc 32 nc 48
D nc 33 nc 49 D
nc 34 nc 50
nc 35 nc 51
nc 36 nc 52
nc 37 nc 53
X2.018
E X12.P E
X2.018.X2 X2.018.X3
+X1
25
26
27
28

/44.E8 24V+ /46.E5
/5.C6 CAN2L H H H H GN 0.5Q CAN2L
B B B B
SPARE SPARE
C C
RXD
14
12
X2.018.X1 RXD
3
1
D D
TXD TXD
E E
SPARE SPARE
1
12
14

/44.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /46.F5
/45.A4 /45.A8 /45.A4 /45.A8 J J J J
BSL BSL
A A
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V GND(5V) GND(5V)
F K K F
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Z2 out Z3 right
%QW2.019.01 4 /25.B1
Z2 ausfahren
+24V 1 /46.F1 %QW2.019.09 8 /25.B8
Z3 rechts
+24V 14 /46.F1
A A
Z2 in Z3 left
%QW2.019.02 5 /25.B2
Z2 einfahren
0/24V 3 /46.F2 %QW2.019.10 9 /25.B7
Z3 links
0/24V 12 /46.F2
Z4 out Z8 out
%QW2.019.03 6 /25.B3
Z4 ausfahren
0/24V 17 %QW2.019.11 10 /27.B6
Mastabstütz. ausf.
0/24V 26
Z4 in Z8 in
%QW2.019.04 7 /25.B4
Z4 einfahren
0/24V 31 %QW2.019.12 11 /27.B5
Mastabstütz. einf.
0/24V 40
Z6 left
%QW2.019.05 18 /25.B4
Z6 links
0/24V 45 %QW2.019.13 22 0/24V 54 /27.E6
Z6 right pressure control CC
%QW2.019.06 19 /25.B5
Z6 rechts
0/24V 59 %QW2.019.14 23 /29.D8
Drucksteuerung VZ
0/24V 64 /27.E5
Z5 out drilling drive left P3
%QW2.019.07 20 /25.B6
Z5 ausfahren
0/24V 60 %QW2.019.15 24 /29.D6
0/24V 65
B B
Z5 in drilling drive right P3
%QW2.019.08 21 /25.B6
Z5 einfahren
0/24V 61 %QW2.019.16 25 /29.D7
0/24V 66 /29.F8
0/24V 62 0/24V 67 /29.F6
0/24V 63 0/24V 68 /29.F7
nc 2 nc 38 nc 55
nc 13 nc 39 nc 56
nc 15 nc 41 nc 57
C C
nc 16 nc 42 nc 58
nc 27 nc 43 nc 69
nc 28 nc 44 nc 70
nc 29 nc 46
nc 30 nc 47
nc 32 nc 48
D nc 33 nc 49 D
nc 34 nc 50
nc 35 nc 51
nc 36 nc 52
nc 37 nc 53
X2.019
E X15.P E
X2.019.X2 X2.019.X3
+X1
11
12
9
10

/45.E8 24V+ /47.E5
/5.D6 CAN2L H H H H GN 0.5Q CAN2L
B B B B
SPARE SPARE
C C
RXD
14
12
X2.019.X1 RXD
3
1
D D
TXD TXD
E E
SPARE SPARE
1
12
14

/45.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /47.F5
/46.A4 /46.A8 /46.A4 /46.A8 J J J J
BSL BSL
A A
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V GND(5V) GND(5V)
F K K F
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
bolt locked Z12 HG2 upper limit switch ok
%IX2.033.01 4 /23.E5
Bolzen eingefahren Z12
+24V 1 /47.E1 %IX2.033.17 8 /13.E6
HW2 Endschalter oben ok
+24V 14 /47.E1
A A
bolt unlocked Z12 upper limit switch LG
%IX2.033.02 5 /23.E6 +24V 2 /23.A7 %IX2.033.18 9 /16.D4 +24V 13 /16.A4
Bolzen ausgefahren Z12 Endschalter oben EZW
hydraulic filter feed pressure ok enable free fall
%IX2.033.03 6 /6.E2 +24V 15 %IX2.033.19 10 /6.E6 +24V 27 /34.A2
Hydraulikfilter Speisedruck ok Freigabe Freifall
pressure switch sustain Z8 oilflow drilling drive 1
%IX2.033.04 7 /27.E3 +24V 16 /6.A2 %IX2.033.20 11 /34.E2 +24V 28 /9.A7
Druckschalter Fußabstütz. Z8 Ölfluß Bohrantrieb 1
gear box temp. drilling drive 1 HG1 lower limit switch o.k.
%IX2.033.05 18 /34.E2 +24V 29 /6.A3 %IX2.033.21 22 /9.E7 +24V 41 /23.A2
Getriebeöltemp. Bohrantrieb 1 HW1 Endschalter unten o.k.
return flow filter ok HG2 lower limit switch o.k.
%IX2.033.06 19 /6.E3
Rückflussfilter ok
+24V 30 /6.A5 %IX2.033.22 23 /13.E7
HW2 Endschalter unten o.k.
+24V 42 /9.A2
content of hydraulic tank ok aux. winch upper limit switch
%IX2.033.07 20 /6.E4
Inhalt Hydrauliköltank ok
+24V 43 %IX2.033.23 24 /16.D5
+24V 55 /23.A3
B B
gear oil temperature ok aux. winch lower limit switch
%IX2.033.08 21 /6.E5
Getriebeöltemperatur ok
+24V 44 /13.A2 %IX2.033.24 25 /16.D6
+24V 56
lower limit switch Z5 limit switch Z4
%IX2.033.09 32 /23.E7
Endschalter unten Z5
+24V 57 /9.A4 %IX2.033.25 36 /23.E2
Endschalter Z4
+24V 69
HG1 standstill monitor
%IX2.033.10 33 /9.E3
HW1 Stillstandswächter
+24V 58 /9.A5 %IX2.033.26 37 +24V 70
HG1 feed pressure ok lower limit switch CW ok
%IX2.033.11 34 /9.E4 0/24V 3 /47.E2 %IX2.033.27 38 /9.E8 0/24V 12 /47.E2
HW1 Speisedruck ok Endschalter unten VW ok
HG1 brake pressure ok drilling drive mounted
%IX2.033.12 35 /9.E5 0/24V 17 %IX2.033.28 39 /34.E3 0/24V 26 /34.A2
HW1 Bremsdruck ok Bohrantrieb montiert
HG1 upper limit switch ok bolt locked Z11
%IX2.033.13 46 /9.E6 0/24V 31 /9.A1 %IX2.033.29 50 /23.E3 0/24V 40
HW1 Endschalter oben ok Bolzen eingefahren Z11
C HG2 standstill monitor bolt unlocked Z11 C
%IX2.033.14 47 /13.E3 0/24V 45 %IX2.033.30 51 /23.E4 0/24V 54 /9.A8
HW2 Stillstandswächter Bolzen ausgefahren Z11
HG2 feed pressure ok
%IX2.033.15 48 /13.E4 0/24V 59 %IX2.033.31 52 0/24V 64
HW2 Speisedruck ok
HG2 brake pressure ok
%IX2.033.16 49 /13.E5 0/24V 60 %IX2.033.32 53 0/24V 65 /23.A4
HW2 Bremsdruck ok
0/24V 61 /13.A2 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67
0/24V 63 0/24V 68
D D
digital input module 033 cod. A
X2.033
Digitale EingangsModule 033 Kod. A
E E
X2.033.X2 X2.033.X3
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V CAN2+ WH 0.5Q CAN2+
/46.E8 24V+ 24V+ /48.E5
/5.A8 /47.A4 /47.A8 /47.C4 /47.C8 CAN2L H H H H GN 0.5Q CAN2L
X2.033 B B B B
SPARE SPARE
C C
14
12
3
1
RXD RXD
D D
TXD TXD
X2.033.X1 E E
1
12
14
SPARE SPARE
CAN2 G G G G BN 0.5Q CAN2
/46.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /48.F5
J J J J
BSL BSL
=KB A A
GND(5V)
7
F +X1 K GND(5V) K F
X12.P
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH analog input module 033 drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Analog Eingang 033 Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
%IX2.034.01 4 +24V 1 /48.E1 %IX2.034.17 8 +24V 14 /48.E1
A A
%IX2.034.02 5 +24V 2 %IX2.034.18 9 +24V 13
fault central lubrication
%IX2.034.03 6 +24V 15 %IX2.034.19 10 +24V 27
Störung Zentralschmierung
%IX2.034.04 7 +24V 16 %IX2.034.20 11 +24V 28
%IX2.034.05 18 +24V 29 %IX2.034.21 22 +24V 41
%IX2.034.06 19 +24V 30 %IX2.034.22 23 +24V 42
%IX2.034.07 20 +24V 43 %IX2.034.23 24 +24V 55

B B
%IX2.034.08 21 +24V 44 %IX2.034.24 25 +24V 56
clamping jaw pressure ok
%IX2.034.09 32 +24V 57 %IX2.034.25 36 Klemmzangendruck ok
+24V 69
additional devices 3
%IX2.034.10 33 +24V 58 %IX2.034.26 37 /33.E5
Zusatzeinrichtungen 3
+24V 70
%IX2.034.11 34 0/24V 3 /48.E2 %IX2.034.27 38 /33.E5 0/24V 12 /48.E2
%IX2.034.12 35 0/24V 17 %IX2.034.28 39 /33.E4 0/24V 26
pressure switch superstructure brace cylinder extension
%IX2.034.13 46 0/24V 31 %IX2.034.29 50 0/24V 40
Druckschalter Oberwagen Abstützzylinder ausfahren
C pressure switch superstructure brace cylinder retraction C
%IX2.034.14 47 0/24V 45 %IX2.034.30 51 0/24V 54
Druckschalter Oberwagen Abstützzylinder einfahren
%IX2.034.15 48 0/24V 59 %IX2.034.31 52 0/24V 64
%IX2.034.16 49 0/24V 60 %IX2.034.32 53 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67
0/24V 63 0/24V 68
D D
digital input module 034 cod. A
X2.034
Digitale EingangsModule 034 Kod. A
E E
X2.034.X2 X2.034.X3
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V CAN2+ WH 0.5Q CAN2+
/47.E8 24V+ 24V+ /49.E5
/5.B8 /48.A4 /48.A8 /48.C4 /48.C8 CAN2L H H H H GN 0.5Q CAN2L
B B B B
SPARE SPARE
X2.034 C C
14
12
3
1
RXD RXD
D D
TXD TXD
X2.034.X1 E E
1
12
14
SPARE SPARE
/47.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /49.F5
=KB =KB J J J J
BSL BSL
+X1 +X1 A A
GND(5V)
7
F X15.P X15.P K GND(5V) K F
issued
15.12.06 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH digital input module 034 drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Modul Digital Eingang 034 Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
content diesel tank angle sensor main boom bottom
%IW2.041.01 4 /6.E8
Inhalt Dieseltank
+24V 1 /49.E1 %IW2.041.09 8 /20.D5
Winkelgeber Hauptausleger unten
+24V 14 /49.E1
A A
system pressure hg1 concrete pressure
%IW2.041.02 5 /10.E4
Systemdruck HW1
+24V 2 /6.A7 %IW2.041.10 9 /34.E5
Betondruck
+24V 13
system pressure hg2 force sensor main winch
%IW2.041.03 6 /14.E2
Systemdruck HW2
+24V 15 /10.A4 %IW2.041.11 10 /20.D6
Kraftmessachse Hauptwinde
+24V 27
system pressure slewing gear right 1 amplitude vibrator
%IW2.041.04 7 /18.E2
Systemdruck Drehwerk rechts 1
+24V 16 /14.A2 %IW2.041.12 11 Schwingweite Rüttler
+24V 28
system pressure slewing gear left 1 ext. volume control hammer
%IW2.041.05 18 /18.E4
Systemdruck Drehwerk links 1
+24V 29 /18.A2 %IW2.041.13 22 ext. Mengenregelung Hammer
+24V 41
brake pressure hg1 system pressure pump 1
%IW2.041.06 19 /10.E6
Bremsdruck HW1
+24V 30 /18.A4 %IW2.041.14 23 Systemdruck Pumpe 1
+24V 42
brake pressure hg2 system pressure pump 2
%IW2.041.07 20 /14.E4
Bremsdruck HW2
+24V 43 /10.A6 %IW2.041.15 24 Systemdruck Pumpe 2
+24V 55
B B
force sensor main boom left frequency vibrator
%IW2.041.08 21 /20.D4
Kraftmessachse Hauptausleger links
+24V 44 /14.A4 %IW2.041.16 25 Frequenz Rüttler
+24V 56
+24V 57 +24V 69
+24V 58 /20.A3 +24V 70
0/24V 3 /49.E2 0/24V 12 /49.E2
0/24V 17 0/24V 26
0/24V 31 /10.A3 0/24V 40

C C
0/24V 45 /14.A1 0/24V 54
0/24V 59 /18.A1 0/24V 64
0/24V 60 /18.A3 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 /10.A5 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 /14.A3 0/24V 67
0/24V 63 /20.A4 0/24V 68

D nc 32 nc 37 nc 48 nc 53 D
nc 33 nc 38 nc 49
nc 34 nc 39 nc 50
nc 35 nc 46 nc 51
nc 36 nc 47 nc 52
analog input module 041 cod. C
X2.041
Analoge EingangsModule 041 Kod. C
E E
X2.041.X2 X2.041.X3
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V CAN2+ WH 0.5Q CAN2+
/48.E8 24V+ 24V+ /50.E5
/5.B8 /49.A4 /49.A8 /49.C4 /49.C8 CAN2L H H H H GN 0.5Q CAN2L
X2.041 B B B B
SPARE SPARE
C C
14
12
3
1
RXD RXD
D D
TXD TXD
X2.041.X1 E E
1
12
14
SPARE SPARE
/48.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /50.F5
J J J J
BSL BSL
=KB A A
10
GND(5V)
9
F +X1 K GND(5V) K F
X12.P
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
system pressure slewing gear right 2 system pressure clamping jaw closing
%IW2.042.01 4 /18.E6
Systemdruck Drehwerk rechts 2
+24V 1 /50.E1 %IW2.042.09 8 /30.E5
Systemdruck Klemmzange schließen
+24V 14 /50.E1
A A
system pressure slewing gear left 2 wind speed sensor main boom
%IW2.042.02 5 /18.E8
Systemdruck Drehwerk links 2
+24V 2 /18.A6 %IW2.042.10 9 /22.E3
Windmesser Hauptausleger
+24V 13 /30.A5
force sensor main boom right
%IW2.042.03 6 /21.D5
Kraftmessachse Hauptausleger rechts
+24V 15 /18.A8 %IW2.042.11 10 +24V 27
angle sensor main boom top
%IW2.042.04 7 /21.D6
Winkelgeber Hauptausleger oben
+24V 16 /21.A4 %IW2.042.12 11 +24V 28
syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr. 1 concrete pressure 2
%IW2.042.05 18 /28.E3
Systemdr. Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 1
+24V 29 %IW2.042.13 22 Betondruck 2
+24V 41
force sensor crowd winch system pressure leader pump
%IW2.042.06 19 /21.D7
Kraftmessachse Vorschubwinde
+24V 30 /28.A3 %IW2.042.14 23 /24.D4
Systemdruck Mäklerpumpe
+24V 42
inclinometer xaxis syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr. 3
%IW2.042.07 20 /24.D5
Neigungsmesser XAchse
+24V 43 %IW2.042.15 24 /28.E7
Systemdr.Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 3
+24V 55 /24.A4
B B
inclinometer yaxis syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr./cs 2
%IW2.042.08 21 /24.D7
Neigungsmesser YAchse
+24V 44 %IW2.042.16 25 /28.E5 +24V
Systemdr.Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr./Vorsch.Sys.2
56 /28.A7
+24V 57 +24V 69 /28.A5
+24V 58 +24V 70
0/24V 3 /50.E2 0/24V 12 /50.E2
0/24V 17 /18.A5 0/24V 26 /30.A4
0/24V 31 /18.A7 0/24V 40

C C
0/24V 45 /21.A5 0/24V 54
0/24V 59 0/24V 64
0/24V 60 /28.A2 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 0/24V 66 /24.A3
0/24V 62 0/24V 67 /28.A6
0/24V 63 0/24V 68 /28.A4
D nc 32 nc 37 nc 48 nc 53 D
nc 33 nc 38 nc 49
nc 34 nc 39 nc 50
nc 35 nc 46 nc 51
nc 36 nc 47 nc 52
analog input module 042 cod. C
X2.042
Analoge EingangsModule 042 Kod. C
E E
X2.042.X2 X2.042.X3
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V CAN2+ WH 0.5Q CAN2+
/49.E8 24V+ 24V+ /51.E5
/5.C8 /50.A4 /50.A8 /50.C4 /50.C8 CAN2L H H H H GN 0.5Q CAN2L
X2.042 B B B B
SPARE SPARE
C C
14
12
3
1
RXD RXD
D D
TXD TXD
X2.042.X1 E E
1
12
14
SPARE SPARE
/49.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /51.F5
J J J J
BSL BSL
=KB A A
11
12
GND(5V) GND(5V)
F +X1 K K F
X12.P
issued
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
impulse counter hg1 rope length indication ch A CW
%ID2.057.1A 4 /11.D3
Impulszähler HW1
+24V 1 /51.E1 %ID2.057.5A 8 /11.D6
Seillängenmessung Kanal A VW
+24V 14 /51.E1
A A
rope length indication ch B CW
%ID2.057.1B 5 +24V 15 %ID2.057.5B 9 /11.D7
Seillängenmessung Kanal B VW
+24V 28
speed sensor drilling dr.1
%ID2.057.2A 6 /34.E7
Drehzahlsensor Bohrantr.1
+24V 29 %ID2.057.6A 10 +24V 42
%ID2.057.2B 7 +24V 43 %ID2.057.6B 11 +24V 56 /14.A6

speed sensor drilling dr.2 rope lenght sensor chanel A hg2
%ID2.057.3A 18 /34.E8
Drehzahlsensor Bohrantr.2
+24V 57 %ID2.057.7A 22 /14.E7
Seillängenmessung Kanal A HW2
+24V 70 /11.A4
rope lenght sensor chanel B hg2
%ID2.057.3B 19 0/24V 3 /51.E2 %ID2.057.7B 23 /14.E6
Seillängenmessung Kanal B HW2
0/24V 12 /51.E2
impulse counter hg2 rope lenght sensor chanel A hg1
%ID2.057.4A 20 /14.E5
Impulszähler HW2
0/24V 17 %ID2.057.8A 24 /11.D5
Seillängenmessung Kanal A HW1
0/24V 26
B B
rope lenght sensor chanel B hg1
%ID2.057.4B 21 0/24V 31 %ID2.057.8B 25 /11.D4
Seillängenmessung Kanal B HW1
0/24V 40
0/24V 45 0/24V 54
0/24V 59 0/24V 64
0/24V 60 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67 /14.A5

C C
0/24V 63 0/24V 68 /11.A3
nc 2 nc 37 nc 51
nc 13 nc 38 nc 52
nc 16 nc 39 nc 53
nc 27 nc 41 nc 55
nc 30 nc 44 nc 58
D nc 32 nc 46 nc 69 D
nc 33 nc 47
nc 34 nc 48
nc 35 nc 49
nc 36 nc 50
counter module 057 cod. A
X2.057
Zähler Modul 057 Kod. A
E E
X2.057.X2 X2.057.X3
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V CAN2+ WH 0.5Q CAN2+
/50.E8 24V+ 24V+ /52.E5
/5.D8 /51.A4 /51.A8 /51.B4 /51.B8 CAN2L H H H H GN 0.5Q CAN2L
X2.057 B B B B
SPARE SPARE
C C
14
12
3
1
RXD RXD
D D
TXD TXD
X2.057.X1 E E
1
12
14
SPARE SPARE
L5 L6 CAN2H F F YE 0.5Q CAN2H
/52.F1 /52.F1 /50.F8 CAN_H CAN_H /52.F5
L33 L34 CAN2 G G G G BN 0.5Q CAN2
/52.F1 /52.F1 /50.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V) /52.F5
J J J J
BSL BSL
=KB A A
33
34
GND(5V)
5
F +X1 K GND(5V) K F
X12.P
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH counter module 057 drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zähler Modul 057 Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
period puls sensor 1 period difference sensor 1
%ID2.059.1A 4 /37.E2
Periodendauer Sensor 1
+24V 1 /52.E1 %ID2.059.5A 8 /37.E4
Periodendifferenz Sensor 1
+24V 14 /52.E1
A A
period difference sensor 2
%ID2.059.1B 5 +24V 15 %ID2.059.5B 9 /37.E5
Periodendifferenz Sensor 2
+24V 28
period puls sensor 2
%ID2.059.2A 6 /37.E3
Periodendauer Sensor 2
+24V 29 %ID2.059.6A 10 +24V 42
%ID2.059.2B 7 +24V 43 %ID2.059.6B 11 +24V 56

concrete volume 1 sensor 1
%ID2.059.3A 18 Betonmenge 1
+24V 57 %ID2.059.7A 22 /37.E6
Sensor 1
+24V 70
sensor 2
%ID2.059.3B 19 0/24V 3 /52.E2 %ID2.059.7B 23 /37.E7
Sensor 2
0/24V 12 /52.E2
concrete volume 2
%ID2.059.4A 20 Betonmenge 2
0/24V 17 %ID2.059.8A 24 0/24V 26
B B
%ID2.059.4B 21 0/24V 31 %ID2.059.8B 25 0/24V 40
0/24V 45 0/24V 54
0/24V 59 0/24V 64
0/24V 60 0/24V 65
0/24V 61 0/24V 66
0/24V 62 0/24V 67
C C
0/24V 63 0/24V 68
nc 2 nc 37 nc 51
nc 13 nc 38 nc 52
nc 16 nc 39 nc 53
nc 27 nc 41 nc 55
nc 30 nc 44 nc 58
D nc 32 nc 46 nc 69 D
nc 33 nc 47
nc 34 nc 48
nc 35 nc 49
nc 36 nc 50
counter module 059 cod. A
X2.059
Zähler Modul 059 Kod. A
E E
X2.059.X2 X2.059.X3
S +24V +24V 0/24V 0/24V CAN2+
/51.E8 24V+ 24V+
/5.D8 /52.A4 /52.A8 /52.B4 /52.B8 CAN2L H H H
/51.E8 CAN_L CAN_L
X2.059 B B B B
SPARE SPARE
C C
14
12
3
1
120Ohm
RXD RXD
D D
TXD TXD
X2.059.X1 E E
1
12
14
SPARE SPARE
CAN2H F F
/51.F8 CAN_H CAN_H
L5 CAN2 G G G G
/51.F2 /51.F8 GND(24V) GND(24V)
L33 J J J
/51.F2 BSL BSL
L6 A A
/51.F3 GND(5V) GND(5V)
F L34 K K F
/51.F3
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH counter module 059 drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zähler Modul 059 Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
A
E
B
D
C
01
70690
X2.P
X2.S
=KB
X15.P
=KB
X14.P
=KB
X13.P
=KB
X12.P
=KB
X11.P
+X1
+X1
+X1
+X1
+X1
/7.C3 /7.C3 /37.B3 /39.B5 /42.E5 /39.B3
ind: mod.no.: date

1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ind: Änd. Nr.: Datum

/7.D3 /7.D3 /37.B7 /39.B7 /41.A2 /39.B3
18.03.08
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1
1
/39.B6 /41.A3 /41.A1

3 3 3 3 3
/39.B7 /42.F5 /41.A1
4 4 4 4 4
name
Name
/39.B6 /51.F1 /7.D5
lwnkas1
5 5 5 5 5
/51.F2 /38.A1
6 6 6 6 6
/48.F1 /47.F1 /39.B2
7 7 7 7 7
issued
Erstellt
geprüft
/48.F2 /47.F2 /38.A4
approved
8 8 8 8 8
/46.E1 /49.F1 /41.A1
9 9 9 9 9
ZA.X1.S
/46.E1 /49.F2
10 10 10 10 10
/41.D3 /46.E2 /50.F1
1 11 11 11 11 11
/41.D3 /46.E2 /12.C7 /22.E7 /50.F2
2 12 12 12 12 12
/43.E1 /42.E1
3 13 13 13 13 13
/41.D4 /43.E2 /42.E2 /39.B3
4 14 14 14 14 14
/41.D1 /43.E2 /42.E2 /39.B4
5 15 15 15 15 15
15.12.05 lwnkas1
/43.E3 /42.E3 /22.E5
2
2
6 16 16 16 16 16
/41.D3 /43.E3 /42.E3 /41.A2
7 17 17 17 17 17
/41.D4 /43.E4 /42.E4 /41.A2
8 18 18 18 18 18
/41.D1 /43.E4 /42.E4 /22.E5
9 19 19 19 19 19
/41.D1 /43.E4 /42.E4
10 20 20 20 20 20
/41.D2 /19.C6 /44.E1
11 21 21 21 21 21
/41.D3 /7.D4 /44.E1 /39.B4
12 22 22 22 22 22
/44.E2
23 23 23 23 23
/44.E2 /7.D2
A6710
24 24 24 24 24
/45.E1
25 25 25 25 25
/45.E1
26 26 26 26 26
Copyright (c)
/45.E2
Urheberrecht (c)
27 27 27 27 27
/45.E2 /38.E6
28 28 28 28 28
3
3
/41.A3
NENZING
29 29 29 29 29
ZA.X2.P
/41.A3 /8.B7
30 30 30 30 30
/41.D5 /41.A4 /41.A3 /38.A6
1 31 31 31 31 31
/41.D6 /41.A5 /41.A4 /22.E5
2 32 32 32 32 32
/41.D6 /41.A5 /51.F1 /39.B4
3 33 33 33 33 33
/41.D6 /41.A5 /22.E6 /51.F2 /8.E8
4 34 34 34 34 34
/41.D7 /41.A4 /38.E1
5 35 35 35 35 35
/41.D7 /32.F4 /38.E4
6 36 36 36 36 36
/41.D7
7
/41.D8
8
/41.D8
9
LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH plug connection

10
Steckerbelegung
/42.E5
4
4
11
/42.F5
12
+4T
+4T
+4T
ZA.X4.S
X14.S
X13.S
X12.S
X1.S
/41.D2 /23.C3 /34.C2 /23.C7 /22.B5

1 1 1 1 1
/41.D2 /34.C3 /16.C5
2 2 2 2 2
/25.C1 /13.C6
3 3 3 3 3
5
5
/25.C2 /23.C7
4 4 4 4 4
/33.C4 /25.C3 /9.C6
5 5 5 5
/33.C5 /25.C4 /16.C6
6 6 6 6
/24.C5 /34.C2 /25.C4 /9.C8
7 7 7 7
/24.C7 /34.C2 /25.C5 /27.D3
8 8 8 8
/23.C3 /34.C5 /25.C6
9 9 9 9
/23.C4 /25.C6 /20.C5
10 10 10 10
/23.C5 /33.C5 /26.C5 /11.C6
11 11 11 11
/23.C6 /26.C4 /11.C7
12 12 12 12
/36.C4 /26.C2 /21.B6
13 13 13 13
/34.C7 /26.C3 /17.C7
14 14 14 14
/26.D4 /35.C3 /25.C7 /12.D7
15 15 15 15
/23.C4 /35.C2 /25.C8 /12.D8
6
6
16 16 16 16
/34.C8 /26.C6 /22.B6
PE 17 17 17
/26.C7 /22.B5
18 18 18
/35.C6 /32.B4 /20.C6
Identnr.:
19 19 19
ident. no.:
/36.C5 /32.C4 /21.B7

drawing no.:
20 20 20
Zeichnungsnr.:
/36.C6 /36.C2 /21.B4

21 21 21
/36.C7 /36.C3
22 22 22
/36.D5
23 23 23
/34.C2
24 24 24
25 25
/22.B5
PE 26 26
27 27
/38.C8
28 28
7
7
29 29
30 30
31 31
983899714
32 32
33 33
514 021 9000 06 002
34 34
35 35
36 36
Ort
37 37
Anlage
location
38 38
/24.C6
39 39
assembly group
40 40
/22.B3
41 41
8
8
/22.B7
+4A
42 42
=OW
43 PE
/38.C8
44
/26.D2
of
45
von
/9.C8
sheet
46
PE
57
Blatt 53
F
A
E
B
D
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
completed checklist to be filed in crane file
A A
Ausgefüllte Einstellungsanweisung verbleibt im Kranakt
identification sheet/col. recommended adjustment as built adjustment teststand signature as built adjustment yard signature
Bezeichnung Blatt/Pfad Einstellung Soll Einstellung Ist Prüfstand Unters. Einstellung Ist Übergabe Unters.
=OW+4AS3 /39.B3 Functionstest

B Funktionstest B
=OW+4AS11 /6.C5 Functionstest

Funktionstest
Funktionstest
=OW+4AS15 /39.B2 Functionstest
Funktionstest
C Funktionstest C
Funktionstest
=OW+4AS57 /6.C3 2,5 bar
=OW+4ES6 /16.C4 Functionstest

Funktionstest
=OW+4GS14 /13.C4 5,5 bar
D D
=OW+4GS30 /13.C5 60 bar
=OW+4HS14 /9.C4 5,5 bar
=OW+4HS30 /9.C5 60 bar
=OW+4TS14 /23.C2 Functionstest

Funktionstest
E =OW+4TS20 /6.C2 5 bar E
=OW+X2S1 /39.D3 Functionstest

Funktionstest
commissioning eng. name signature date order no.:

Monteur Name Unterschrift Datum Auftragsnr.:
F F
issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH checklist electric safety devices drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Checkliste El. Sicherheitseinrichtungen Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
system pressure hg2 floodlight superstructure right
A B1 =OW +4G /14.C2/983899714 Systemdruck HW2 E51 =OW +4B /38.C5/983899714 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts A
system pressure hg1 floodlight superstructure right
B1 =OW +4H /10.C4/983899714 Systemdruck HW1 E6 =OW +4B /38.C6/983899714 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts
syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr./cs 2 spot light superstructure
B1 =OW +4V /28.C5/983899714 Systemdr.Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr./Vorsch.Sys.2 E61 =OW +4B /38.C7/983899714 Suchscheinwerfer Oberwagen
system pressure slewing gear right 1 gear oil cooler
B11 =OW +4D /18.C2/983899714 Systemdruck Drehwerk rechts 1 M15 =OW +4A /39.D2/983899714 Getriebeölkühler
temperature of hydraulic oil battery main switch
B12 =OW +4A /41.C6/983899714 Hydrauliköltemperatur S1 =OW +4A /40.D2/983899714 Batteriehauptschalter
B system pressure slewing gear right 2 emergency stop upper carriage B
B12 =OW +4D /18.C6/983899714 Systemdruck Drehwerk rechts 2 S1 =OW +X2 /39.D3/983899714 NotAus Oberwagen
syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr. 3 gear oil temperature ok
B2 =OW +4V /28.C7/983899714 Systemdr.Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 3 S11 =OW +4A /6.C5/983899714 Getriebeöltemperatur ok
system pressure slewing gear left 1 content of hydraulic tank ok
B21 =OW +4D /18.C3/983899714 Systemdruck Drehwerk links 1 S13 =OW +4A /6.C4/983899714 Inhalt Hydrauliköltank ok
system pressure slewing gear left 2 HG2 feed pressure ok
B22 =OW +4D /18.C7/983899714 Systemdruck Drehwerk links 2 S14 =OW +4G /13.C4/983899714 HW2 Speisedruck ok
system pressure leader pump HG1 feed pressure ok
B3 =OW +4T /24.C4/983899714 Systemdruck Mäklerpumpe S14 =OW +4H /9.C4/983899714 HW1 Speisedruck ok
C system pressure clamping jaw closing limit switch Z4 C
B3 =OW +4V /30.C4/983899714 Systemdruck Klemmzange schließen S14 =OW +4T /23.C2/983899714 Endschalter Z4
syst.press. vib./hammer/drilling dr. 1 temperature switch gear oil
B4 =OW +4V /28.C3/983899714 Systemdr. Rüttler/Hammer/Bohrantr. 1 S15 =OW +4A /39.B2/983899714 Temperaturschalter Getriebeöl
content diesel tank enable free fall
B42 =OW +4A /6.D8/983899714 Inhalt Dieseltank S15 =OW +4T /6.C6/983899714 Freigabe Freifall
content diesel tank hydraulic filter feed pressure ok
B42.1 =OW +4A /6.C8/983899714 Inhalt Dieseltank S20 =OW +4T /6.C2/983899714 Hydraulikfilter Speisedruck ok
brake pressure hg2 level of cooling water
B5 =OW +4G /14.C3/983899714 Bremsdruck HW2 S24 =OW +4A /41.C7/983899714 Kühlwasserniveau
D brake pressure hg1 emergency stop aggregate D
B5 =OW +4H /10.C5/983899714 Bremsdruck HW1 S3 =OW +4A /39.B3/983899714 NotAus Dieselmotor
rope length sensor 2 HG2 brake pressure ok
B7 =OW +4G /14.C7/983899714 Seillängengeber 2 S30 =OW +4G /13.C5/983899714 HW2 Bremsdruck ok
rope length sensor 2 HG1 brake pressure ok
B7 =OW +4G /13.C7/983899714 Seillängengeber 2 S30 =OW +4H /9.C5/983899714 HW1 Bremsdruck ok
rope length sensor 1 HG2 standstill monitor
B7 =OW +4H /11.C5/983899714 Seillängengeber 1 S45 =OW +4G /13.C3/983899714 HW2 Stillstandswächter
rope length sensor HG1 standstill monitor
B7 =OW +4H /9.C7/983899714 Seillängengeber S45 =OW +4H /9.C2/983899714 HW1 Stillstandswächter
E machine room lighting left air filter 1 dirty E
E11 =OW +4B /38.C1/983899714 Maschinenraumbeleuchtung links S55 =OW +4A /41.C8/983899714 Luftfilter 1 verschmutzt
machine room lighting aggregate air filter 2 dirty
E21 =OW +4B /38.C2/983899714 Maschinenraumbeleuchtung Aggregat S56 =OW +4A /41.C8/983899714 Luftfilter 2 verschmutzt
machine room lighting right return flow filter ok
E31 =OW +4B /38.C3/983899714 Maschinenraumbeleuchtung rechts S57 =OW +4A /6.C3/983899714 Rückflussfilter ok
floodlight rear ballast upper limit switch LG
E4 =OW +4B /38.C4/983899714 Scheinwerfer Heckballast S6 =OW +4E /16.C4/983899714 Endschalter oben EZW
floodlight superstructure right compressor air condition
E5 =OW +4B /38.C5/983899714 Scheinwerfer Oberwagen rechts T1 =OW +4A /39.C6/983899714 Kompressor Klimaanlage
F F
issued LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH device register drawing no.:

514 021 9000 06 002
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LUDV pump 1 Z8 out
A Y1 =OW +4A /8.C2/983899714 LUDV Pumpe 1 Y37 =OW +4V /27.C6/983899714 Mastabstütz. ausf. A
slewing gear right LUDV pump 3
Y1 =OW +4D /19.C3/983899714 Drehwerk rechts Y4 =OW +4A /8.C4/983899714 LUDV Pumpe 3
luffing gear 1 lifting release clamping jaw
Y1 =OW +4E /17.C2/983899714 Einziehwinde 1 heben Y40 =OW +4V /31.C1/983899714 Freigabe Klemmzange
hoisting gear 2 lifting release leaderpump
Y1 =OW +4G /15.C2/983899714 Hubwinde 2 heben Y41 =OW +4T /7.C7/983899714 Freigabe Mäklerpumpe
hoisting gear 1 lifting excentric drive in
Y1 =OW +4H /12.C2/983899714 Hubwinde 1 heben Y41 =OW +4V /31.C6/983899714 Excenter einfahren
B winch synchronisation excentric drive out B
Y12 =OW +4T /7.C5/983899714 Windengleichlauf Y42 =OW +4V /31.C5/983899714 Excenter ausfahren
pressure control LUDV pump 1+2 clamping jaw closing
Y15 =OW +4A /8.C5/983899714 Drucksteuerung LUDV Pumpe 1+2 Y43 =OW +4V /31.C2/983899714 Klemmzange schliessen
hoisting gear 2 clutch enable cylinder adjustment
Y15 =OW +4G /15.C8/983899714 Hubwinde 2 Kupplung Y44 =OW +4T /7.C1/983899714 Freigabe für Zylinderverstellung
hoisting gear 1 clutch clamping jaw opening
Y15 =OW +4H /12.C7/983899714 Hubwinde 1 Kupplung Y44 =OW +4V /31.C5/983899714 Klemmzange öffnen
pressure control LUDV pump 3 slewing gear brake
Y17 =OW +4A /8.C6/983899714 Drucksteuerung LUDV Pumpe 3 Y5 =OW +4D /19.C6/983899714 Drehwerk Bremse
C LUDV pump 2 brake luffing gear C
Y2 =OW +4A /8.C3/983899714 LUDV Pumpe 2 Y5 =OW +4E /17.C6/983899714 Bremse Einziehwerk
slewing gear left lock travelling gear
Y2 =OW +4D /19.C4/983899714 Drehwerk links Y5 =OW +4F /8.C1/983899714 Fahrwerkssperre
luffing gear 1 lowering hoisting gear 2 brake normal speed
Y2 =OW +4E /17.C3/983899714 Einziehwinde 1 senken Y5 =OW +4G /15.C7/983899714 Hubwinde 2 Bremse Normalgang
hoisting gear 2 lowering hoisting gear 1 brake normal speed
Y2 =OW +4G /15.C3/983899714 Hubwinde 2 senken Y5 =OW +4H /12.C6/983899714 Hubwinde 1 Bremse Normalgang
hoisting gear 1 lowering drilling drive left P3
Y2 =OW +4H /12.C2/983899714 Hubwinde 1 senken Y50 =OW +4T /29.D6/983899714 Bohrantrieb links P3
D hoisting gear 2 trimot drilling drive right P3 D
Y20 =OW +4G /15.C4/983899714 Hubwinde 2 Trimot Y51 =OW +4T /29.D7/983899714 Bohrantrieb rechts P3
hoisting gear 1 trimot security valve freefall HG2
Y20 =OW +4H /12.C3/983899714 Hubwinde 1 Trimot Y6 =OW +4G /8.C8/983899714 Sicherheitsventil Freifall HW2
pressure control CC security valve freefall HG1
Y28 =OW +4V /29.D8/983899714 Drucksteuerung VZ Y6 =OW +4H /8.C7/983899714 Sicherheitsventil Freifall HW1
reinforcement vibrator hydraulic oil heater
Y29 =OW +4V /31.C8/983899714 Armierungsrüttler Y71 =OW +4T /7.C8/983899714 Hydraulikölheizung
fan drive release LS signal leaderpump
Y3 =OW +4A /41.C5/983899714 Lüfter Antrieb Y73 =OW +4T /7.C6/983899714 Freigabe LS Signal Mäklerpumpe
E drilling drive right P2 release clamping jaw + excenter drive E
Y30 =OW +4V /29.D4/983899714 Bohrantrieb rechts P2 Y75 =OW +4V /31.C3/983899714 Freigabe Klemmzange + Exzenter
drilling drive left P2 vibrator oil cooling
Y31 =OW +4V /29.D3/983899714 Bohrantrieb links P2 Y77 =OW +4T /32.D4/983899714 Rüttlerölkühlung
drilling drive right P1 pressure control hg2
Y32 =OW +4V /29.D3/983899714 Bohrantrieb rechts P1 Y8 =OW +4G /15.C5/983899714 Drucksteuerung HW2
drilling drive left P1 pressure control hg1
Y33 =OW +4V /29.D2/983899714 Bohrantrieb links P1 Y8 =OW +4H /12.C5/983899714 Drucksteuerung HW1
Z8 in
Y36 =OW +4V /27.C5/983899714 Mastabstütz. einf.
F F
issued LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH device register drawing no.:

514 021 9000 06 002
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
revision revision revision revision revision revision revision revision revision revision
Revision 1 Revision 2 Revision 3 Revision 4 Revision 5 Revision 6 Revision 7 Revision 8 Revision 9 Revision 10
date date date date date date date date date date
Datum
18.03.08 Datum
03.10.08 Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum
mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.: mod.no.:
Änd. Nr.:
70690 Änd. Nr.:
76611 Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.:
mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages mod./pages
Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten Änder.:/Seiten
1 1
22 20
24 57
B B
53
57
C C
D D
E E
F F
76611 03.10.08 lwnkas1

issued
15.12.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH modification index drawing no.:
514 021 9000 06 002
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 57
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Änderungsindex Identnr.: 983899714 Ort
+4A von
57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: MAN V12 central power unit EL
PROJEKT: MAN V12 Zentralaggregat EL
C C
D D
E E
F F
64563 11.09.07 lwnkas1

issued
28.07.05 lwnscm4 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH drawing no.:
514 021 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
1
02
Erstellt central power unit EL Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DC5.X1.F
ZA.X1.P
speed sensor 1 speed sensor 2
=OW
Drehzahlgeber 1 Drehzahlgeber 2
module engine control
A WH 2.5Q
PS+ Modul Dieselsteuerung B1 n B2 n A
DC5.X2.M
1 WH 2.5Q 32 32
2 35
PS
35
3 18 18 NOTSTRT
WH 2.5Q D+ 1 2 1 2
/3.C1
5
NOTDRZ INDA1
6 WH 2.5Q 22 22 4 4
7 38
PS+ INDB1 10
WH 2.5Q WH 2.5Q 38 10
8 36
PS INDA2 5
36 5
INDB2 11 11
10 BU 1Q
11 RD 1Q 34 34 CANOA_L
B 12 28 28 CANOA_H B
oil pressure sensor charge air pressure sensor
Öldruckgeber Ladeluftdruck Geber
010 bar 010 bar
B3 P B4 P
U U
DC5.X2.M
XMX1.8 1 2
XSPX1.6 1
2 3 3 4
2 1 3 2 3 4
ZA.X2.S
OLD 1 1
=OW
OLDV 2 2
OLD+ 3
C 3 C
LUEF
1 19 19
LUEF_GND LLD
2 RD 1Q 13 13 29 29
TE2+ LLDV
3 BU 1Q 9 9 30 30
TE2 LLD+
4 8 8 31 31
5 injection pump
KMST
6 21 21 Einspritzpumpe
7
8
LFU E3 EDC
DC5.X2.M
9 17 17
10 BU 1Q
33
CANOB_L
11 RD 1Q 33
27
CANOB_H 1 2 5 6 7
12 27
D D
EDC_REF 13 13 WH 2.5Q
Vollbr. 22 22
EDC_MS 7
ZA.X4.BL
7
EDC_MA
ZA.X4.S
19 19 WH 2.5Q
Vollbr.+ 18 18
BU 1Q
1 1
D_GND
1 RD 1Q 1 cooling liquid temperatur sensor charge air temperature sensor
2 29
D_PS+
2 29 Kühlmitteltemperatur Geber Ladelufttemperatur Geber
BU 1Q
3 3 RD 1Q 15 15 SCK
SCL R1 R2
DC5.X2.M
E 4 4 14 14 E
1 2 1 2
KMT 14 14
KMT+ 15 15
LLT 8 8
LLT+ 9 9
F F
49508 12.04.06 lwnkas1

issued
514 021 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
2
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
module engine control
Modul Dieselsteuerung
A A
CASE 50 D+ DA FGK RV MV EHAB+ EHAB OD1 GND
28
20
10
23
24
17
34
40
21
12
6
DC5.X2.M DC5.X2.M DC5.X2.M DC5.X1.F DC5.X2.M
10
17
21
28
20
23
24
34
40
12
6
B B
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
XMPE 1
ZA.X6.S
ZA.X6.P
D+ WH 2.5Q
/2.A3
1 1
L+F2
86
C 88y C

K1 K1
/3.D6 /3.D6 +
88b
85
88 88
K1
/3.D6 K1 Y3.X
1
88a 88a
RD 25Q /3.C6 1
D 88 88a A1 A1 D
/3.D1
87z 87a Y1 Y2 Y3
88y 88b A2 A2
/3.C6
2
Y3.X
2
30 +50 B+
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
30 DF
30
M 31
W G D+
D
L+
ZA.X6.S ZA.X7.S
3
4
2
1
ZA.X6.P ZA.X7.P M1 31 31 G1 31

2
3
4
flame start control suction flap
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
E Flammstart Steuerung Ansaugklappe E
* * L BK 25Q
1 1
E1 E2
additional devices
64563 11.09.07 lwnkas1

issued
514 021 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
3
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A pin description pin sheet/col. description pin description pin sheet/col. description pin description pin sheet/col. description pin description pin sheet/col. description A
Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung Pin Beschr. Pin Blatt/Pfad Beschreibung
diagnostic interface ground cool. water level sen. signal oil press. sensor ground case ground
D_GND 1 /2.E4
Diagnoseschnittstelle Masse
KMST 21 /2.C4
Kühlwasserstandgeber Signal
OLD 1 /2.C6
Öldruckgeber Masse
CASE 21 /3.A3
Gehäusemasse
emergency speed oil press. sensor signal fuel pump control ground
nc 2 NOTDRZ 22 /2.A4
Notdrehzahl
OLDV 2 /2.C6
Öldruckgeber Signal
Vollbr. 22 /2.D6
Einspritzpumpe Anstg. Masse
control heating flange 1 oil press. sensor supply
nc 3 FGK 23 /3.B6
Ansteuerung Heizflansch 1
OLD+ 3 /2.C6
Öldruckgeber Versorg.
nc 23
accelerator pedal 1 signal heating flange ground speed sensor 1 supply
SWV 4 Fahrpedal 1 Signal
RV 24 /3.B6
Heizflansch Masse
INDA1 4 /2.A6
Drehzahlgeber 1 Versorg.
nc 24
accelerator pedal 1 supply heating flange feedback ground speed sensor 2 supply
SWV_REF 5 Fahrpedal 1 Versorg.
SFM 25 Heizflansch Rückm. Masse
INDA2 5 /2.B6
Drehzahlgeber 2 Versorg.
nc 25
B B
accelerator pedal 1 ground speed output signal suction flap GND
SWV_GND 6 Fahrpedal 1 Masse
DRZA 26 Drehzahlausgangssignal
GND 6 /3.A8
Ansaugklappe GND
nc 26
fault lamp CANBUS 2 high fuel pumpe measuring signal
FEHL_L 7 Fehlerlampe
CANOB_H 27 /2.D4
CANBus 2 High
EDC_MS 7 /2.D6
Einspritzpumpe Messignal
nc 27
temperature sensor ground CANBUS 1 high char. air temp.sensor ground starter control KL50A
TE2 8 /2.C4
Temperaturgeber Masse
CANOA_H 28 /2.B4
CANBus 1 High
LLT 8 /2.E6
Ladelufttemp. Geber Masse
50 28 /3.A4
Anlassersteuerung KL50A
temperature sensor signal diag. Interface supply char. air temp.sensor signal char. air press sensor ground
TE2+ 9 /2.C4
Temperaturgeber Signal
D_PS+ 29 /2.E4
Diag. Schnittst. Versorgung
LLT+ 9 /2.F6
Ladelufttemp. Geber Signal
LLD 29 /2.C6
Ladeluftdruckgeber Masse
heating flange 1 monitoring speed sensor 1 signal char. air press sensor signal
DA 10 /3.B5
Heizflansch 1 Überwachung
nc 30 INDB1 10 /2.B6
Drehzahlgeber 1 Signal
LLDV 30 /2.C6
Ladeluftdruckgeber Signal
speed sensor 2 signal char. air press sensor supply
nc 11 nc 31 INDB2 11 /2.B6
Drehzahlgeber 2 Signal
LLD+ 31 /2.C6
Ladeluftdruckgeber Versorg.
C battery plus (KL30) suction flap signal
C
nc 12 PS+ 32 /2.A4
Batterieplus (KL30)
OD1 12 /3.A8
Ansaugklappe signal
nc 32
fan valve ground CANBUS 2 low fuel pump reference
LUEF_GND 13 /2.C4
Lüfterventil Masse
CANOB_L 33 /2.D4
CANBus 2 Low
EDC_REF 13 /2.D6
Einspritzpumpe Referenz
nc 33
diag. interface Heinzmann L CANBUS 1 low cool. water temp.sen. ground electrohydr. stop. device signal
SCL 14 /2.E4
Diag. Schnittst. Heinzmann L
CANOA_L 34 /2.B4
CANBus 1 Low
KMT 14 /2.E6
Kühlwassertemp.Geb. Masse
EHAB+ 34 /3.A7 Elektrohydr. Abstellvorr. Signal
diag. interface Heinzmann K battery minus (KL31) cool. water temp.sen. signal
SCK 15 /2.E4
Diag. Schnittst. Heinzmann K
PS 35 /2.A4
Batterieminus (KL31)
KMT+ 15 /2.E6
Kühlwassertemp.Geb. Signal
nc 35
acc. pedal idle gas switch battery minus (KL31)
LGS 16 Fahrpedal Leergasschalter
PS 36 /2.B4
Batterieminus (KL31)
nc 16 nc 36
air filter press. sensor signal fuel magnetic valve
LFU 17 /2.D4
Luftfilterdruckgeber Signal
nc 37 MV 17 /3.A7
Kraftstoffmagnetventil
nc 37
D emergency start battery plus (KL30) fuel pump control signal D
NOTSTRT 18 /2.A4
Notstart
PS+ 38 /2.B4
Batterieplus (KL30)
Vollbr.+ 18 /2.D6
Einspritzpumpe Anstg. Signal
nc 38
fan valve control CANBUS 2 ground fuel pump center tap
LUEF 19 /2.C4
Lüfterventil Ansteuerung
CANOB_GND 39 CANBus 2 Masse
EDC_MA 19 /2.D6
Einspritzpumpe Mittelabgriff
nc 39
flame start lamp CANBUS 1 ground alternator D+ signal electrohydr. stop. device ground
FSA_L 20 Flammstart Lampe
CANOA_GND 40 CANBus 1 Masse
D+ 20 /3.A5
Lichtmaschine D+ Signal
EHAB 40 /3.A8 Elektrohydr. Abstellvorr. Masse
diesel engine
Dieselmotor
DC5
E E
F F
64563 11.09.07 lwnkas1

issued
514 021 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
4
02
Erstellt engine control DC5 Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Motorsteuerung DC5 Identnr.: 983834314 Ort
+4A von
7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
/3.C2
/2.A1
/2.A1
/2.A1
/2.A1
/2.B1
/2.B1
/2.B1
/2.B1
/2.B1
/2.B1
/3.E1
/3.E1
=OW
10
12
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
1
1
ZA.X1.P ZA.X6.P
ZA.X6.S
2
3
4
1
/3.E1
/3.E1
/3.C2
/2.C1
/2.C1
/2.C1
/2.C1
/2.C1
/2.C1
/2.D1
/2.D1
/2.D1
/2.D1
/2.D1
/2.D1
B =OW B
10
12
11
ZA.X2.S
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
/3.E2
/3.E2
/2.E1
/2.E1
/2.E1
/2.E1
2
3
4
2
1
1
ZA.X4.BL ZA.X7.P
ZA.X7.S
2
1
C C
/3.E2
/3.E2
/2.E1
/2.E1
/2.E1
/2.E1
ZA.X4.S
2
3
4
1
D D
E E
F F
49508 12.04.06 lwnkas1

issued
514 021 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
5
01
Erstellt plug connection Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Steckerbelegung Identnr.: 983834314 Ort
+4A von
7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A

B B


BR Braun
RD red
GN Grün
WH withe
WS Weiss
PK pink
Silber
TK tank Y valves
Tank Ventile
UW under carriage
Unterwagen
ZA aggregate
Zentralaggregat
F F
issued
514 021 9040 06 002
assembly group
=ZA
sheet
6
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
12.04.06 Datum
Änd. Nr.:
49508 Änd. Nr.:
1 1
2 3
3 4
B B
4 7
5
7
C C
D D
E E
F F
64563 11.09.07 lwnkas1

issued LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH drawing no.:
514 021 9040 06 002
7
02
Erstellt modification index Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Änderungsindex Identnr.: 983834314 Ort von
7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LRB 255 A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: leader el.
PROJEKT: Mäkler El.
C C
D D
E E
F F
70690 18.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
1
03
Erstellt leader el. Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Mäkler El. Identnr.: 983875814 Ort
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INDEX:
1 leader el.
Mäkler El.
2 index
Inhaltsverzeichnis
3 components identification
Gerätebezeichnung
4 general arrangement leader
Übersicht Mäkler
B B
7 inputs leader adjustment
Eingänge Mäklerverstellung
9 outputs leader adjustment
Ausgänge Mäklerverstellung
11 inputs + outputs auxiliary winch, helicopter warning light
Eingänge + Ausgänge Hilfswinde, Helikopterwarnleuchte
12 additional crowd winch
Zusatz Vorschubwinde
14 plug connection
Steckerbelegung
C C
15 device register
Geräteverzeichnis
D D
E E
F F
issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
2
Erstellt index Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A

B B


BR Braun
RD red
GN Grün
WH withe
WS Weiss
PK pink
Silber
TK tank Y valves
Tank Ventile
UW under carriage
Unterwagen
ZA aggregate
Aggregat
F F
issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
3
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
leader support A
Mäkler Grundarm
+4T +4T +4T +4T
thermostat 2 vibrator oil cooling S77.2 S77.2.X Y33.X Y33 Z2 out
Thermostat 2 Rüttlerölkühlung /10.D7 3 2 /10.D6 Z2 ausfahren
+4T +4T +4V +4V

thermostat 1 vibrator oil cooling S77.1 S77.1.X Y26.X Y26 worm cleaner in / right
Thermostat 1 Rüttlerölkühlung /10.D6 3 2 /10.D4 Schneckenputzer einf. / rechts
B B
+4T +4T +4V +4V

Z2 in Y32 Y32.X Y25.X Y25 worm cleaner out / left
Z2 einfahren /10.D5 2 2 /10.D3 Schneckenputzer ausf. / links
+4T +4T +4T +4T

Z4 out Y20 Y20.X Y21.X Y21 Z4 in
Z4 ausfahren /10.D2 2 2 /10.D2 Z4 einfahren
C C
+4T +4T +4T +4T

Z5 out Y14 Y14.X Y15.X Y15 Z5 in
Z5 ausfahren /10.D1 2 2 /10.D1 Z5 einfahren
+4T +4T +4B +4B

pile guide open / close Y28/29 Y28/29.X E1.X E1 floodlight base boom
Pfahlführung öffnen / schliessen /9.C7 4 2 /9.D1 Scheinwerfer Grundarm
70W
D D
+4T +4T +4T +4T

leader turning motor left / right Y11/13 Y11/13.X Y16/17.X Y16/17 leader inclination adjustment Z6
Mäklerschwenkmotor li / re /9.D5 4 4 /9.C8 Mäkler Neigungsverstellung Z6
+4T +4T +4T +4T

gallows adj. Z17 in / out Y26/27 Y26/27.X Y6/7.X Y6/7 leader bolt Z11/Z12 unlock
E Galgenverstellung Z17 ein / aus /9.C3 4 4 /9.C4 Mäklerbolzen Z11/Z12 entriegeln E
W2MKL
=OW
+4T
F X12.P 47 F
55834 22.11.06 lwnkas1

issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
4
01
Erstellt general arrangement leader Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Übersicht Mäkler Identnr.: 983875814 Ort
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
add. leader head
Zusätzl.
Mäklerkopf
leader head
A
Mäklerkopf leader extension 7,2m A
Mäklerverlängerung 7,2m
X22.3.P
X22.4.S
+4G +4T
S1 S1
upper limit switch CW ok
Endschalter oben VW ok
+4T
+4T
/11.E2 /11.E1
22W21
3m Kabel am Geber
3m Kabel am Geber
aux. winch upper limit switch 11 11
Endschalter oben HW2
upper limit switch HG2
B B
+4V
S7 6W22.3 leader 16.8m leader extension 3m leader lower part
/12.E3 leader 22W4.1
Mäkler 16.8m Mäklerverlängerung 3m Mäkler Unterteil
X22.1.S
X22.1.P
X22.2.S
X22.2.P
Mäkler 6W4.1
S14.X
6W4.3
+4V
+4T
+4T
+4T
+4T
6W22.1 30 terminals 6W4.4 +4V +4V
=MK+KLD2 30 Klemmen =MK+KLD6 22W20 S14 S8
P
+KLD6 4
25
11 11 11 11 /8.E5 /12.E1
6W4.2
6W22
X23.P
X23.S
X24.P
X24.S
12 terminals X10.P 22W4.2
+4T
+4T
+4T
+4T
12 Klemmen
X10.S
2W23 25 pressure switch sustain Z8 lower limit switch CW ok
+KLD6 Druckschalter Fußabstütz. Z8 Endschalter unten VW ok
11 11 W30 43 43
C C
+4T
S6 bolt locked Z11 +4T +4T
+4H /8.E2 +4T Bolzen eingefahren Z11 inclinometer x / y axis B12 S4 bolt locked Z12
Y5.X
4 4 4 4 3 3 4
+4V
+4V
+4V
+4V
+4V
+4V
B7.X
B5.X
B6.X
Y6.1.X
Y6.2.X
Y5.X S2 Neigungsmesser x / y Achse mA /7.E5 /7.E1 Bolzen eingefahren Z12

leader
lower limit switch Z5
/7.E3
Mäkler
+4H 5W4.2
=MK+KLD5
rpm
S8 +4T
P
8m Kabel am Geber
5W4.3
8 terminals
/12.E4 mA
/12.E5 mA
/11.E7 +4T 8 Klemmen

S5 bolt unlocked Z12
S3 /7.E1 Bolzen ausgefahren Z12
B7
B5
B6
+4V
+4V
+4V
/12.E6
/7.E4 bolt unlocked Z11
1W4.4
1W4.5
1W5.1
Bolzen ausgefahren Z11
/13.D3
/13.D4
/13.D5
+4V
+4V
+4V
Y6.2
Y5
Y5
/11.E7
Y6.1
+4H
D D
leader inclination plate
crowd winch auxiliary winch
Mäkler Neigungseinrichtung
Vorschubwinde Hilfswinde leader support
Mäkler Grundarm
+KLD1
7 X10.S
system pressure CW lowering
trimot crowd winch
trimot crowd winch
Bremse Hilfswinde
brake crowd winch
system pressure CW lifting
rope length indication CW
Systemdruck VW senken
aux. winch brake
aux. winch lower limit switch
Seillängenmessung VW
Bremse Vorschubwinde
30 terminals
30 Klemmen =MK+KLD1
E E
1W4.4
1W1
13W13
13W13.1
=OW =OW =OW
+4T +4T +4T
X13.S 25 X13.P 25 X1.P 43 X14.P 17
additional devices
issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
5
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
add.
gallows leader head
Zusätzl. leader extension 7,2m
Galgen Mäklerkopf
leader head Mäklerverlängerung 7,2m
X22.3.P
X22.4.S
A A
Mäklerkopf
+4T
+4T
+4T +4G +4H +4H
S1. S1. S1 S2 22W21
11 11
3m Kabel am Geber
3m Kabel am Geber
3m Kabel am Geber
3m Kabel am Geber
Zusätzl. Endschalter oben HW1
aux. winch upper limit switch
add. upper limit switch HG1
B B
leader 16.8m leader extension 3m leader lower part
+4V 22W4.1
Mäkler 16.8m Mäklerverlängerung 3m Mäkler Unterteil
X22.1.S
X22.1.P
X22.2.S
X22.2.P
S7.
S14.X
leader
+4V
+4T
+4T
+4T
+4T
Mäkler +4V +4V
6W4.3 6W22.3 22W20 S14. S8.
P
6W22.1 30 terminals 11 11 11 11 4
=MK+KLD2 30 Klemmen =MK+KLD6 22W4.2
25
+KLD6
6W22
6W4.1
X23.P
X23.S
X24.P
X24.S
12 terminals pressure switch sustain Z8 lower limit switch CW ok
+4T X10.P Druckschalter Fußabstütz. Z8 Endschalter unten VW ok
+4T
+4T
+4T
12 Klemmen
2W23
C 11 11 43 43 C
+4T
S6. bolt locked Z11 +4T +4T
+4T Bolzen eingefahren Z11 inclinometer x / y axis B12. S4.
S2. leader Neigungsmesser x / y Achse mA
bolt locked Z12
Mäkler Bolzen eingefahren Z12
5W4.2
=MK+KLD5
+4T
8m Kabel am Geber
5W4.3
8 terminals
+4T 8 Klemmen S5.
S3. bolt unlocked Z12
bolt unlocked Z11
1W4.4
1W4.5
1W5.1
D D
leader inclination plate
Mäkler Neigungseinrichtung +KLD1
leader support X10.S
Mäkler Grundarm 7
30 terminals
30 Klemmen =MK+KLD1
E E
1W14
1W1
13W13
13W13.1
=OW =OW =OW
+4T +4T +4T
X13.S 25 X13.P 25 X14.P 17 X1.P 43
additional devices
issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
6
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
C
E
B
A
Ind:
ind:
X14.P
=OW
+KLD1
X1
+4T
+4T
/5.C8
S4
mod.no.: date
2 GYPK bolt locked Z12
Änd. Nr.: Datum
11
411 11
12
Bolzen eingefahren Z12
1
1
14
13
Name
name
issued
Erstellt
geprüft
+4T
/5.D8
S5
approved
11
12
2 RDBU bolt unlocked Z12
412 12
14
13
02.01.06 lwnkas1
2
2
1 WH power supply 24VDC
401 1 Stromversorgung 24VDC
X1
+KLD5
1 1
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
1
3
3
A6710 NENZING
+4T
/5.C5
S2

2 2 BK bolt locked Z11
11
9 9
12
409 Bolzen eingefahren Z11
14
13
4
4
+4T
/5.D5
S3
inputs leader adjustment
11
12
Eingänge Mäklerverstellung
2 3 VT bolt unlocked Z11
10 10
14
13
410 Bolzen ausgefahren Z11
4 YEBN measuring supply 0/24V
MM MM 16 Messmasse 0/24V
5
5
PK spare
406 6 Reserve
+4T
/5.C7
B12
BU inclinometer xaxis
3
407 7 Neigungsmesser XAchse
x
4
X GND
RD inclinometer yaxis
5
408 8 Neigungsmesser YAchse
y
6
6
MM Messmasse 0/24V
2
420mA
Y GND +24V GND
Identnr.:
ident. no.:
drawing no.:
Zeichnungsnr.:
X10.S
+KLD1
power supply 24VDC
1 401 Stromversorgung 24VDC
7
7
WHGN free turn worm cleaner
2 413 13 Freilauf Schneckenputzer
983875814
WHYE supply 0/24VDC
587 601 9000 06 303
6 M 15 Versorgung 0/24VDC
Ort
Anlage
location
assembly group
8
8
+4A
=MK
of
von
Blatt
sheet
7
17
F
C
E
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P
lower limit switch Z5 power supply 24VDC pressure switch sustain Z8
A Endschalter unten Z5 Stromversorgung 24VDC Druckschalter Fußabstütz. Z8 A
=OW
8
1
X1.P
1,13
8
B B
+4T
8
X24.S
1
X24.P
8
1
1,13
4
8
+KLD6
X1
C C
4
8
1
WH,GYPK
RD
+4T
X22.1.S
2
8
1
1
X22.1.P
8
1
D
WH,GYPK
D
RD
+4T
X22.2.S
8
1
X22.2.P
8
1
2
+4V
11 13 S14.X
+4T
1
S6 1
1
E /5.C4 12 14 +4V E
S14 P
/5.C8
3 2
S14.X
2
+4V
LX1.1
/12.F1
additional devices
issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
8
Erstellt inputs leader adjustment Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Mäklerverstellung Identnr.: 983875814 Ort
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
floodlight base boom supply 0/24VDC power supply 0/24V gallows adj. Z17 in / out leader bolt Z11/Z12 unlock leader turning motor left / right pile guide open / close leader inclination adjustment Z6

A Scheinwerfer Grundarm Versorgung 0/24VDC Leistungsmasse 0/24V Galgenverstellung Z17 ein / aus Mäklerbolzen Z11/Z12 entriegeln Mäklerschwenkmotor li / re Pfahlführung öffnen / schliessen Mäkler Neigungsverstellung Z6 A
=OW
+4T
13
14
15
16
17
18
28
44
45
11
12
8
X12.P
B B
1.5Q
1.5Q
C C
+4B +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T

E1.X Y26/27.X Y6/7.X Y11/13.X Y28/29.X Y16/17.X
2
3
1
1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T
+4B
Y26/27 Y6/7 Y11/13 Y28/29 Y16/17
E1 /4.E4 /4.E5 /4.D3 /4.D4 /4.D5
/4.D5
hydr. connection A hydr. connection B hydr. connection A hydr. connection B hydr. connection A hydr. connection B hydr. connection A hydr. connection B hydr. connection A hydr. connection B
2 Hydr. Anschluß A 1 Hydr. Anschluß B Hydr. Anschluß A 1 Hydr. Anschluß B Hydr. Anschluß A 1 Hydr. Anschluß B Hydr. Anschluß A 1 Hydr. Anschluß B Hydr. Anschluß A 1 Hydr. Anschluß B
E1.X Y26/27.X Y6/7.X Y11/13.X Y28/29.X Y16/17.X
2
1
D D
+4B +4T +4T +4T +4T +4T
XMX12.45
1 2 3 4 5 6
/9.D2 /9.D2 /9.D2 /9.D2 /9.D2
E E
additional devices
issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
9
Erstellt outputs leader adjustment Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Z5 out Z5 in Z4 out Z4 in worm cleaner out / left worm cleaner in / right Z2 in Z2 out thermostat 1 vibrator oil cooling thermostat 2 vibrator oil cooling
A Z5 ausfahren Z5 einfahren Z4 ausfahren Z4 einfahren Schneckenputzer ausf. / links Schneckenputzer einf. / rechts Z2 einfahren Z2 ausfahren Thermostat 1 Rüttlerölkühlung Thermostat 2 Rüttlerölkühlung A
=OW
+4T
10
19
21
22
20
9
3
X12.P
B B
C C
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4V +4V +4T +4T +4T +4T
A
Y14.X Y15.X Y20.X Y21.X Y25.X Y26.X Y32.X Y33.X S77.1.X S77.2.X
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A A
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4V +4V +4T +4T +4T +4T
Y14 Y15 Y20 Y21 Y25 Y26 Y32 Y33 S77.1 S77.2
/4.C3 /4.C5 /4.C3 /4.C5 /4.B5 /4.B5 /4.B3 /4.A5 /4.B4 /4.A4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 55°C C 55°C C
Y14.X Y15.X Y20.X Y21.X Y25.X Y26.X Y32.X Y33.X S77.1.X S77.2.X
C
2
2
+4T +4T +4T +4T +4V +4V +4T +4T +4T +4T
D D
XMX12.45
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
/9.D2 /9.D2 /9.D2 /9.D2 /9.D2 /9.D2 /9.D2 /9.D2
E E
additional devices
Zusatzeinrichtungen
F F
60053 10.04.07 lwnkas1

issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
10
02
Erstellt outputs leader adjustment Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A aux. winch upper limit switch upper limit switch HG2 upper limit switch HG1 upper limit switch HG1 optional helicopter warning light aux. winch lower limit switch aux. winch brake supply 0/24VDC A

Hilfswinde Endschalter oben Endschalter oben HW2 Endschalter oben HW1 Endschalter oben HW1 Optional Helikopterwarnleuchte Hilfswinde Endschalter unten Bremse Hilfswinde Versorgung 0/24VDC
=OW
14
17
2
26
3
6
X1.P
3,14
12
14
2
6
+4T
26
14
17
X24.S
2
6
B B
X24.P
14
17
2
26
3
6
1) remove connection if +4HS1 and +4HS2 are mounted
1) Verbindung entfernen wenn +4HS1 und +4HS2 montiert sind
2) cut off connection if intermediate leader head is mounted
Stromversorgung 24VDC
3,14
2) Verbindung auftrennen wenn Zwischenkopf montiert ist
12
14
Versorgung 0/24VDC
2
6
power supply 24VDC
power supply 24VDC
3) add. limit switch if intermediate leader head is mounted
supply 0/24VDC
C 3) Zusätzl. Endschalter wenn Zwischenkopf montiert ist C
KLD6.X1:17
/12.C2
+KLD6
26
14
M
M
2
6
X1
1
1
WH
GN
BK,RDBU
BN
YE
PK
+4T
2
1
1
X23.S
2
9
1
D D
X23.P
2
9
1
WH
GN
BK,RDBU
BN
YE
PK
+KLD2 1)
X1 +4H
Y5.X
M
2
1
1
1
+4H
Y5
/5.D4
2
11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13
+4T +4G +4H +4H +4H Y5.X
2
E S1
/5.A1
S1
/5.A1
S1
/6.A2
S2
/6.A2
3) S8
/5.D4
+4H E
12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14
2)
F F
70690 18.03.08 lwnkas1

issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
11
03
Erstellt inputs + outputs auxiliary winch + main winch, helicopter warning light Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge + Ausgänge Hilfswinde + Hauptwinde, Helikopterwarnleuchte Identnr.: 983875814 Ort
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P P
lower limit switch CW ok spare upper limit switch CW ok measuring supply 0/24V system pressure CW lifting system pressure CW lowering rope length indication CW
A Endschalter unten VW ok Reserve Endschalter oben VW ok Messmasse 0/24V Systemdruck VW heben Systemdruck VW senken Seillängenmessung VW A
=OW
18
10
13
11
12
7
5
X1.P
4,15
10
13
12
11
7
5
B +4T B
18
10
13
12
11
X24.S
7
5
X24.P
18
10
13
11
12
7
power supply 24VDC
4,15
10
13
12
11
7
5
KLD6.X1:17
/11.C3
C C
+KLD6
X1
MM
12
17
10
13
11
7
1
BU
+4T +KLD6
24
10
13
12
11
X22.1.S X10.P
1
7
X22.1.P X10.S
10
13
24
11
12
1
D D
7
BU
1 /12.D4 /12.D4 /12.D4

+4T XMX10.24
2 3 4
X22.2.S
7
1 /12.D4 /12.D4 /12.D4

X22.2.P XSPX10.1
7
2 3 4
2
+4V +4V +4V

11 13 11 13
A
C
B5.X B6.X B7.X
4
+4V +4V
1
S8 S7 A C B A C B 1 2 3 4
E /5.C8 12 14 /5.B2 12 14 E
+4V + sig. +4V + sig. + 0 A B

B5 420mA B6 420mA +4V
/5.D3 /5.D3 B7
/5.C2
LX1.1
P P
/8.F6 0 400 bar 0 400 bar
RPM
additional devices
issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
12
Erstellt additional crowd winch Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatz Vorschubwinde Identnr.: 983875814 Ort
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
trimot crowd winch brake crowd winch
Trimot Vorschubwinde Bremse Vorschubwinde
=OW
16
15
X1.P
B B
1
Versorgung 0/24VDC
+4T
supply 0/24VDC
16
15
X24.S
X24.P
16
15
2
1
+KLD6
16
15
M
C X1 C
+KLD6
23
16
15
X10.P
X10.S
16
15
23
+4V +4V +4V

D Y6.1.X Y6.2.X Y5.X D
1
1
1 1 1
+4V +4V +4V
Y6.1 Y6.2 Y5
/5.D1 /5.D2 /5.D2
2 2 2
Y6.1.X Y6.2.X Y5.X
2
2
+4V +4V +4V
XMX10.23
1 3 4 5
/13.E3 /13.E3 /13.E3
E E
F F
issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
13
Erstellt additional crowd winch Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatz Vorschubwinde Identnr.: 983875814 Ort
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
C
E
B
A
03
Ind:
ind:
70690
X10.S
X10.P
X24.P
X24.S
=OW
+4T
+4T
+KLD6
+KLD6
X1.P
/12.D4 /12.D4 /8.B3 /8.B3 /8.A3
mod.no.: date
1 1 1 1 1
Änd. Nr.: Datum
/11.B2 /11.B2 /11.A2
18.03.08
2 2 2 2 2
X12.P
=OW
1
1
+4G
+4G
+4T
X1.P
X1.S
/11.B2 /11.B2 /11.A2
3 3 3 3 3
/8.B3 /8.B3 /8.A3
4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1
Name
name
/12.B3 /12.B3 /12.A3
lwnkas1
5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2
/11.B7 /11.B7 /11.A7 /10.A6
6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3
/12.B1 /12.B1 /12.A1 /10.A5
7 7 7 7 7 4 4 4
issued
Erstellt
geprüft
/8.B5 /8.B5 /8.A5 /10.A2
approved
8 8 8 8 8 5 5 5
/12.B2 /12.B2 /12.A2 /10.A3
9 9 9 9 9 6 6 6
/12.D5 /12.D5 /12.B5 /12.B5 /12.A5 /9.A8
10 10 10 10 10 7 7 7
/12.D7 /12.D7 /12.B7 /12.B7 /12.A7 /9.A8
11 11 11 11 11 8 8 8
/12.D7 /12.D7 /12.B7 /12.B7 /12.A7 /10.A1
12 12 12 12 12 9 9 9
/12.D6 /12.D6 /12.B6 /12.B6 /12.A6 /10.A1
13 13 13 13 13 10 10 10
/11.B8 /11.B8 /11.A8 /9.A3
14 14 14 14 14 11 11 11
/13.D5 /13.C5 /13.C5 /13.B5 /13.B5 /9.A3
02.01.06 lwnkas1
15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12
2
2
/13.D4 /13.C4 /13.C4 /13.B4 /13.B4 /9.A4

16 16 16 16 16 13
/11.B8 /11.B8 /11.A8 /9.A5
17 17 17 17 17 14
/12.B4 /12.B4 /12.A4 /9.A5
18 18 18 18 18 15
/9.A6
19 19 19 19 19 16
/9.A7
20 20 20 20 20 17
/9.A7
21 21 21 21 21 18
/10.A7
22 22 22 22 22 19
/13.D3 /13.C3 /10.A8
23 23 23 23 23 20
/12.D4 /12.D4 /10.A3
24 24 24 24 24 21
/10.A4
PE PE 25 25 25 22
/11.B5 /11.B5 /11.A5
26 26 26 23
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
27 27 27 24
3
3
28 28 28 25
A6710 NENZING
29 29 29 26
30 30 30 27
/9.A1
31 31 31 28
X23.P
X23.S
+4T
+4T
32 32 32 29
/11.D1 /11.D1

1 1 33 33 33 30
/11.D2 /11.D2
2 2 34 34 34 31
/11.D2 /11.D2
3 3 35 35 35 32
/11.D3 /11.D3
4 4 36 36 36 33
5 5 37 37 37 34
/11.D5 /11.D5
6 6 38 38 38 35
7 7 39 39 39 36
8 8 40 40 40 37
4
4
/11.D6 /11.D6
9 9 41 41 41 38
10 10 42 42 42 39
PE PE PE PE PE 40
41
42
43
/9.A1
44
/9.A2
plug connection + connection cable
45
Steckerbelegung + Verbindungskabel
46
X22.2.P
X22.2.S
X22.1.P
X22.1.S
+4T
+4T
+4T
+4T
PE
/8.D4 /8.D4 /8.D4 /8.D4
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
5
5
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
/12.D1 /12.D1 /12.D1 /12.D1
7 7 7 7
/8.D5 /8.D5 /8.D5 /8.D5
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
10 10 10 10
X10.S
X14.P
=OW
+KLD1
+4T
PE PE PE PE
/7.D7 /7.B2
1 1
/7.D7
2 2
3 3
4 4
6
6
5 5
/7.D7 /7.B5
6 6
/7.B5
PE 7
/7.B6
Identnr.:
8
ident. no.:
/7.B3
drawing no.:
9
Zeichnungsnr.:
/7.B4
X13.S
X13.P
=OW
+4T
+4T
1,1 10
/7.B1
1 2,2 1 11
/7.B2
=OW
2 3,3 2 12
/7.B7
3 4,4 3 13
R_MK_CAN3
4 14
R_OW_CAN3
4 5,5
/7.B7
5 6,6 5 1 WH 1 15
/7.B5
6 7,11,7,11 6 2 GN 2 16
7
7
7 8,12,8,12 7 3 YE 3 PE
8 9,9 8 4 BN 4
9 10,13,10,13 9
10
983875814
10 11,14,11,14
11 12,15,12,15 11
12 13,13 12
587 601 9000 06 303
13
X22.4.S
X22.3.P
14,14
+4T
+4T
13
14 1,1 14 WH
15 2,2 15 1 BN 1
Ort
16 3,3 16 2 GN 2
Anlage
location
17 4,4 17 3 YE 3
18 5,5 18 4 GY 4
assembly group
19 6,6 19 5 PK 5
20 6
8
8
20 7,7 6 BU
+4A
21 8,8 21 7 RD 7
=MK
22 9,9 22 8 BK 8
23 10,10 23 9 VT 9
of
24 24 10 10
von
Blatt
sheet
17
14
F
C
E
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
inclinometer x / y axis bolt locked Z11
A B12 =MK +4T /7.E5/983875814 Neigungsmesser x / y Achse S2 =MK +4T /5.C5/983875814 Bolzen eingefahren Z11 A
inclinometer x / y axis bolt locked Z11
B12 =MK +4T /5.C7/983875814 Neigungsmesser x / y Achse S2. =MK +4T /6.C5/983875814 Bolzen eingefahren Z11
inclinometer x / y axis bolt unlocked Z11
B12. =MK +4T /6.C7/983875814 Neigungsmesser x / y Achse S3 =MK +4T /7.E4/983875814 Bolzen ausgefahren Z11
system pressure CW lifting bolt unlocked Z11
B5 =MK +4V /12.E5/983875814 Systemdruck VW heben S3 =MK +4T /5.D5/983875814 Bolzen ausgefahren Z11
system pressure CW lifting bolt unlocked Z11
B5 =MK +4V /5.C3/983875814 Systemdruck VW heben S3. =MK +4T /6.D5/983875814 Bolzen ausgefahren Z11
B system pressure CW lowering bolt locked Z12 B
B6 =MK +4V /12.E5/983875814 Systemdruck VW senken S4 =MK +4T /7.E1/983875814 Bolzen eingefahren Z12
system pressure CW lowering bolt locked Z12
B6 =MK +4V /5.C3/983875814 Systemdruck VW senken S4 =MK +4T /5.C7/983875814 Bolzen eingefahren Z12
rope length indication CW bolt locked Z12
B7 =MK +4V /12.E6/983875814 Seillängenmessung VW S4. =MK +4T /6.C7/983875814 Bolzen eingefahren Z12
rope length indication CW bolt unlocked Z12
B7 =MK +4V /5.C2/983875814 Seillängenmessung VW S5 =MK +4T /7.E2/983875814 Bolzen ausgefahren Z12
floodlight base boom bolt unlocked Z12
E1 =MK +4B /9.D1/983875814 Scheinwerfer Grundarm S5 =MK +4T /5.D7/983875814 Bolzen ausgefahren Z12
C floodlight base boom bolt unlocked Z12 C
E1 =MK +4B /4.D5/983875814 Scheinwerfer Grundarm S5. =MK +4T /6.D7/983875814 Bolzen ausgefahren Z12
upper limit switch HG2 lower limit switch Z5
S1 =MK +4G /11.E3/983875814 Endschalter oben HW2 S6 =MK +4T /8.E3/983875814 Endschalter unten Z5
S1 =MK +4G /5.A1/983875814 Endschalter oben HW2 S6 =MK +4T /5.C4/983875814 Endschalter unten Z5
S1 =MK +4H /11.E3/983875814 Endschalter oben HW1 S6. =MK +4T /6.C4/983875814 Endschalter unten Z5
upper limit switch HG1 upper limit switch CW ok
S1 =MK +4H /6.A2/983875814 Endschalter oben HW1 S7 =MK +4V /12.E3/983875814 Endschalter oben VW ok
D aux. winch upper limit switch upper limit switch CW ok D
S1 =MK +4T /11.E2/983875814 Hilfswinde Endschalter oben S7 =MK +4V /5.B2/983875814 Endschalter oben VW ok
aux. winch upper limit switch upper limit switch CW ok
S1 =MK +4T /5.A1/983875814 Hilfswinde Endschalter oben S7. =MK +4V /6.B3/983875814 Endschalter oben VW ok
upper limit switch HG2 thermostat 1 vibrator oil cooling
S1. =MK +4G /6.A1/983875814 Endschalter oben HW2 S77.1 =MK +4T /10.C7/983875814 Thermostat 1 Rüttlerölkühlung
aux. winch upper limit switch thermostat 1 vibrator oil cooling
S1. =MK +4T /6.A1/983875814 Hilfswinde Endschalter oben S77.1 =MK +4T /4.B4/983875814 Thermostat 1 Rüttlerölkühlung
pressure switch sustain Z8 thermostat 2 vibrator oil cooling
S14 =MK +4V /8.E5/983875814 Druckschalter Fußabstütz. Z8 S77.2 =MK +4T /10.C8/983875814 Thermostat 2 Rüttlerölkühlung
E pressure switch sustain Z8 thermostat 2 vibrator oil cooling E
S14 =MK +4V /5.C7/983875814 Druckschalter Fußabstütz. Z8 S77.2 =MK +4T /4.A4/983875814 Thermostat 2 Rüttlerölkühlung
pressure switch sustain Z8 aux. winch lower limit switch
S14. =MK +4V /6.B7/983875814 Druckschalter Fußabstütz. Z8 S8 =MK +4H /11.E6/983875814 Hilfswinde Endschalter unten
upper limit switch HG1 optional aux. winch lower limit switch
S2 =MK +4H /11.E4/983875814 Endschalter oben HW1 Optional S8 =MK +4H /5.D3/983875814 Hilfswinde Endschalter unten
upper limit switch HG1 optional lower limit switch CW ok
S2 =MK +4H /6.A2/983875814 Endschalter oben HW1 Optional S8 =MK +4V /12.E1/983875814 Endschalter unten VW ok
bolt locked Z11 lower limit switch CW ok
S2 =MK +4T /7.E3/983875814 Bolzen eingefahren Z11 S8 =MK +4V /5.C8/983875814 Endschalter unten VW ok
F F
issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
15
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Geräteverzeichnis Identnr.: 983875814 Ort
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
lower limit switch CW ok aux. winch brake
A S8. =MK +4V /6.B8/983875814 Endschalter unten VW ok Y5 =MK +4H /11.D7/983875814 Bremse Hilfswinde A
leader turning motor left / right aux. winch brake
Y11/13 =MK +4T /9.C5/983875814 Mäklerschwenkmotor li / re Y5 =MK +4H /5.C4/983875814 Bremse Hilfswinde
leader turning motor left / right brake crowd winch
Y11/13 =MK +4T /4.D4/983875814 Mäklerschwenkmotor li / re Y5 =MK +4V /13.D5/983875814 Bremse Vorschubwinde
Z5 out brake crowd winch
Y14 =MK +4T /10.C1/983875814 Z5 ausfahren Y5 =MK +4V /5.C2/983875814 Bremse Vorschubwinde
Z5 out trimot crowd winch
Y14 =MK +4T /4.C4/983875814 Z5 ausfahren Y6.1 =MK +4V /13.D4/983875814 Trimot Vorschubwinde
B Z5 in trimot crowd winch B
Y15 =MK +4T /10.C1/983875814 Z5 einfahren Y6.1 =MK +4V /5.C1/983875814 Trimot Vorschubwinde
Z5 in trimot crowd winch
Y15 =MK +4T /4.C5/983875814 Z5 einfahren Y6.2 =MK +4V /13.D5/983875814 Trimot Vorschubwinde
leader inclination adjustment Z6 trimot crowd winch
Y16/17 =MK +4T /9.C8/983875814 Mäkler Neigungsverstellung Z6 Y6.2 =MK +4V /5.C2/983875814 Trimot Vorschubwinde
leader inclination adjustment Z6 leader bolt Z11/Z12 unlock
Y16/17 =MK +4T /4.D5/983875814 Mäkler Neigungsverstellung Z6 Y6/7 =MK +4T /9.C4/983875814 Mäklerbolzen Z11/Z12 entriegeln
Z4 out leader bolt Z11/Z12 unlock
Y20 =MK +4T /10.C2/983875814 Z4 ausfahren Y6/7 =MK +4T /4.E5/983875814 Mäklerbolzen Z11/Z12 entriegeln
C Z4 out C
Y20 =MK +4T /4.C4/983875814 Z4 ausfahren
Z4 in
Y21 =MK +4T /10.C3/983875814 Z4 einfahren
Z4 in
Y25 =MK +4V /10.C3/983875814 Schneckenputzer ausf. / links
Y25 =MK +4V /4.B5/983875814 Schneckenputzer ausf. / links
D worm cleaner in / right D
Y26 =MK +4V /10.C4/983875814 Schneckenputzer einf. / rechts
worm cleaner in / right
Y26 =MK +4V /4.B5/983875814 Schneckenputzer einf. / rechts
gallows adj. Z17 in / out
Y26/27 =MK +4T /9.C3/983875814 Galgenverstellung Z17 ein / aus
gallows adj. Z17 in / out
Y26/27 =MK +4T /4.E4/983875814 Galgenverstellung Z17 ein / aus
pile guide open / close
Y28/29 =MK +4T /9.C7/983875814 Pfahlführung öffnen / schliessen
E pile guide open / close E
Y28/29 =MK +4T /4.D4/983875814 Pfahlführung öffnen / schliessen
Z2 in
Z2 in
Y32 =MK +4T /4.B4/983875814 Z2 einfahren
Z2 out
Y33 =MK +4T /10.C6/983875814 Z2 ausfahren
Z2 out
Y33 =MK +4T /4.A5/983875814 Z2 ausfahren
F F
55834 22.11.06 lwnkas1

issued
587 601 9000 06 303
assembly group
=MK
sheet
16
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Geräteverzeichnis Identnr.: 983875814 Ort
+4A von
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
22.11.06 Datum
10.04.07 Datum
18.03.08 Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum
Änd. Nr.:
55834 Änd. Nr.:
60053 Änd. Nr.:
70690 Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.:
1 1 1

4 10 11
10 14 14
B B
16 17 17
17
C C
D D
E E
F F
70690 18.03.08 lwnkas1

587 601 9000 06 303
17
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
C
E
B
A
Ind:
ind:
mod.no.: date
Änd. Nr.: Datum
1
1
Name
name
issued
Erstellt
geprüft
approved
17.05.06 lwnflw0
2
2
X1.P
power supply 24VDC
A6710
Stromversorgung 24VDC 1
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
3
3
upper limit switch auxiliary winch
NENZING
Endschalter oben Hilfswinde 2
Endschalter oben HW2 3
Stromlaufplan
Endschalter unten Z5 4
LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH circuit diagram
4
4
upper limit switch HG1 5
lower limit switch auxiliary winch
Endschalter unten Hilfswinde 6
5
5
lower limit switch CW ok
Endschalter unten VW ok 7
pressure switch sustain Z8
Druckschalter Fußabstütz. Z8 8
angle sensor main boom bottom R10
Winkelgeber Hauptausleger unten 5k49
system pressure CW lifting 10
6
6
angle sensor main boom top R13
Winkelgeber Hauptausleger oben 5k49
Identnr.:
ident. no.:
system pressure CW lowering 13
drawing no.:
Zeichnungsnr.:
Systemdruck VW senken
7
7
983998614
0002 552 15 15 006 000
Ort
Anlage
location
assembly group
8
8
+4A
=OW
of
von
Blatt
sheet
1
1
F
C
E
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LR / HS / LRB / LB A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: switch cabinet X1
PROJEKT: Schaltschrank X1
C C
D D
E E
F F
76733 09.10.08 lwnkas1

issued
02.04.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH switch cabinet X1 drawing no.:
514 020 9010 00 001
assembly group
=KB
sheet
Blatt 1
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Schaltschrank X1 Identnr.: 991751014 Ort
+X1 von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
counterweight carrier
Ballastwagen
FUSE LIST parts list switch cabinet X1: 2 K91 K92

85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86
Sicherungsliste Stücklistenposition Schaltschrank X1: 2 20A 20A
control system is mounted over the
cable harness parts list switch cabinet X1: 25 componenets with distance bolts!
Kabelstrang Stücklistenposition Schaltschrank X1: 25 Steuerrechner ist mit Distanzbolzen
Scheinwerfer Ausleger verstellbar
über den Bauteilen montiert!
RFK frequency measurement
Scheinwerfer Ausleger verstellbar
floodlight boom adjustable
NRS Frequenzmessung
floodlight boom adjustable
auxiliary heating (water)
Standheizung (Wasser)
NRS Hammer El
Zentralschmierung LRB
Zentralschmierung
RFK hammer el
auxiliary heating (air)
Dieselfilterheizung
central lubrication LRB
central lubrication
Standheizung (Luft)
Klimaanlage
air condition
B 21 CT Kanal 80x30 control system B
Steuerrechner
81 81 A1 11 21
1 2 3 83 83 DC/DC potential transformer
91
83 83 4 5 6 DC/DC Wandler
31 32 9
84 84
K39.
LI LED+
E2
84 84
K1 K2

7
B1
B2
+
4
213 87
85 86
50A
30 87
85 86
50A
30
K32 K33 K29 K30 K31 K37 K38
85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86
4pol. / 5A
3
2
K1.1K1.2
85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86
24 22 34
LI LI
211 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A
14 12 A2 7 8 9
1 20A 20A
1 2 3 10 11 12
X77.S
4 5 6
7 8 9
opt. GSM modem
438
CU1
10 11 12
13 14 15
Opt. GSM Modem
16 17 18
31
MO1
CT Kanal 80x30
4
3
9
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
4
2
8
3
1
85
7
2
6
21
41
91
31
11
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
40
42
43
92
30
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1
2
1
51
5
A1 15 B1
800
25 1 2 3 4
K2 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8.1K8.2 K9 K10 K11K12
X3.P
5 6 7 8
C C
K3
9 10 11 12 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86
13 14 15 16
28 26
17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 K25 K24 K23 K22 K21K19 K18 K17 K16 K15 K14 K13
85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86 85 30 87 87a 86
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
18 16 A2
71
61
81
51
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
64
63
62
60
49
48
47
46
45
44
85
84
83
82
80
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
50
6
7
5
8
9
RFK press el.
fuse parts list switch cabinet X1: 66 69
NRS Presse El.
CT Kanal 80x30 Sicherung Stücklistenposition Schaltschrank X1: 66 69 counterweight carrier diaphragm wall cutter el.
64 64 65 65 70 Ballastwagen Schlitzwandfräse El.
57
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
XF
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
F101
F111
F102
F103
F112
F113
F21
F31
F41
F71
F61
F22
F23
F32
F33
F42
F43
F44
F45
F46
F47
F48
F72
F73
F74
F75
F76
F77
F78
F63
LP 2 2 2
LIM 2 2 2
LI 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LED 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LI 2 2 2
LED 2 2 2
LD 2 2
10A 10A 5A 5A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 10A 10A 10A 5A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 20A 10A
P2 P3 P4 P7 P10 P11 P6
21
21
48
48
55
56
82
85
85
86
86
spare fuse
1
+ + + + Reserve Sicherung + + +
10A 5A 5A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 15A 15A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 7.5A 15A 10A 10A 10A 10A
CT Kanal 80x45
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
F104
F51
F81
F24
F25
F26
F34
F35
F36
F49
F50
F52
F53
F54
F55
F56
F79
F80
F82
F83
F84
F85
F86
F64
F65
F66
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 5 6 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6
auxiliary heating (water)
Standheizung (Wasser)
auxiliary heating (air)
Dieselfilterheizung
Standheizung (Luft)
CT Kanal 80x45 obstruction light
Flugwarnlicht
75 75
D D
M
M
73 55
61 60 63 63 61 61 62 60
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
R1
M
M
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
settings:
2
Einstellungen
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
F11
F14
F12
F10
F1
F2
F8
F6
F3
F4
F5
F7
bridges connection voltage

2+3 1+4 230VAC
PE 1 2 3 4
1+3 2+4 1+2 115VAC
843
13A 10A 50A 50A 13A 13A 20A 10A 16A 10A 16A 6A
obstruction light RFK external battery supply
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 78 Flugwarnlicht NRS Fremdeinspeisung Batterie
MM
MM
MM
battery charger
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
31 1 3 5
A1 15 B1 A1 15 B1
LIM LI LP LB+F7 LB+ LB+ 43
Batterieladegerät
L1
L1
PE
L2
L3
N
N
N
N
25 25
LB+ LED+ LD+ LB+F8 LB+

CT Kanal 80x45
CT Kanal 80x45
K34
K35
Q1
LR1
MM
MM
MM
busbar system parts list switch cabinet X1 58, 59
Sammelschienensystem Stücklistenposition Schaltschrank X1 58, 59
28 26 28 26
L1
L1
L2
L3
N
N
N
N
44 9 16A
9A
18 16 A2 18 16 A2
32 2 4 6
Einschaltverzögert
1sek
Netzspannung
203
E E
27,6V
10A
+
201
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12
X19.S
X20.S
X21.S
X22.S
X11.S
X12.S
X13.S
X14.S
X15.S
X16.S
X18.S
13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36 33 34 35 36
italic script optional
Kursivschrift Optional
NRS Presse El.
counterweight carrier
RFK press el.
plug cabin plug superstructure standard
Stecker Kabine Stecker Oberwagen Standart
Ballastwagen
F F
issued
02.04.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH switch cabinet X1 drawing no.:
514 020 9010 00 001
assembly group
=KB
sheet
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Schaltschrank X1 Identnr.: 991751014 Ort
+X1 von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OPTIONS 4
111 622 / 001

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LRB / HS A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: RFK el. horn with foot switch
PROJEKT: NRS El. Hupe mit Fussbetätigung
C C
D D
E E
F F
72037 30.04.08 lwnkas1

issued
590 027 9000 06 201
assembly group
=KB
sheet
1
01
Erstellt circuit diagram Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+X1 von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signal vom Meisterschalter
A A
signal from joystick
zur Sicherung F21
to fuse F21
21
XF
X19.S
2
B B
32
X22.S
X22.P
32
1
C +4A foot push button C
S22 Fußtaster
2
33
X22.P
X22.S
33
D D
+P1
X1
8
HupeAnschlußklemme +P1K24:86
hornconnection pin +P1K24:86
E E
cut off connection !
Verbindung entfernen !
existing wiring
F vorhandene Verdrahtung F
72037 30.04.08 lwnkas1

issued
590 027 9000 06 201
assembly group
=KB
sheet
2
01
Erstellt EL. horn with foot switch Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
El. Hupe mit Fussbetätigung Identnr.: 983834414 Ort
+X1 von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
30.04.08 Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum
Änd. Nr.:
72037 Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.:
1
2
3
B B
C C
D D
E E
F F
72037 30.04.08 lwnkas1

590 027 9000 06 201
3
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: HS / LR / LRB A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: RFK PDE el.
PROJEKT: NRS PDE EL.
C C
D D
E E
F F
63201 24.07.07 lwnkas1

issued
594 005 9000 06 002
assembly group
=KB
sheet
1
02
Erstellt RFK PDE el. Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
NRS PDE EL. Identnr.: 983797914 Ort
+4A von
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CAN4 CAN3 CAN2 CAN1

LAN3 LAN2 LAN1 PWR
MCCmaster
power supply 24VDC
MCCMaster
A A
CU1.LAN2
8
control system
339723
Steuerrechner
CU1.CAN
CU1
LI
F55
COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4
B B
C C
cable harness 10225457
Kabelstrang 10225457
D D
power supply 24VDC
+4A
CU2.PWR
+4A
CAN4 CAN3 CAN2 CAN1

6
LAN3 LAN2 LAN1 PWR
H1.PWR.S 2
MCCmaster
H1.PWR 2 MCCMaster
PDE monitor +4A
PDE Monitor
+4A
CU2.LAN2
8 PDEmaster
PME
E +4A PDEMaster +4A printer PDE E
+4A CU2.LAN3 +4A CU2.CAN Drucker PDE
8 8
H1 CU2
+4A
PRN1
COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4 /5.D4
9 CU2.COM3
+4A cable printer 917812014 starting from v.4 PRN1.X 25
Kabel Drucker 917812014 ab V.4 +4A
F F
58080 12.02.07 lwnkas1

issued
594 005 9000 06 002
assembly group
=KB
sheet
2
01
Erstellt general arrangement PDE Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Übersicht PDE Identnr.: 983797914 Ort
+X1 von
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+X1
M H1.PWR.S H1.PWR H1.PWR.2
/4.F2
2 2 PDE monitor
H1.PWR.1 PDE Monitor
/4.F2
A 1 1 A
CU2
+X1 CU2.PWR
+X1 M GND
MCC MASTER PDE
55
XF 1 1
IGN0 X15.P
34
35
LI+ 2 2
IGN1 +X1
+X1 3
IGN2
PWR CAN1L
4
+X1 M 4
CASE CAN1
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
XF 5 5 5
1
24VDC CAN1H
LB+ 6 6
B B
3
CAN2L
1 CAN2 CAN2H
6
2
3
4
5
LAN1 2
CAN3L
6
7 CAN3 CAN3H
7
8
C CU1.LAN2 C
+X1 CU2.LAN2
WHOG WHGN 1 CU2.CAN
CAN4L
1 1 1 1
2
OG
WHGN
GN
WHOG 2 2 CAN4 CAN4H
8
3 3 3 8
4
5
LAN2
GN OG
6 6 6
7
8
CU2.LAN3
D D
1 1
2 2
3 3
4
5
LAN3
6 6
7 COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4
8
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
MKV
2
3
5
6
8
1
E CU2.COM3 E
SH
H1.LAN.6 GN 0.5Q LCOM35

/4.E2 /5.E1
H1.LAN.3
/4.E2 PDE monitor WH 0.5Q LCOM33
/5.E1 opt. printer
H1.LAN.2 PDE Monitor BN 0.5Q LCOM32 Opt. Drucker
/4.E2 /5.E1
H1.LAN.1 YE 0.5Q LCOM36
/4.E2 /5.E1
SH1 0.5Q SH
/5.E1
additional devices
63201 24.07.07 lwnkas1

issued
594 005 9000 06 002
assembly group
=KB
sheet
3
02
Erstellt PDE Master / card reader Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
PDE Master / Kartenleser Identnr.: 983797914 Ort
+4A von
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
PME monitor
B PME Monitor B
C C
+24VDC
LAN
GND
H1
2
3
6
1
D D
H1.LAN.1
/3.F3
PDE Master / card reader /3.F3
H1.LAN.2
PDE Master / Kartenleser H1.LAN.3
/3.F3
E H1.LAN.6 E
/3.F3
to fuse F55 /3.A8
H1.PWR.1
zur Sicherung F55 H1.PWR.2
/3.A8
F F
58080 12.02.07 lwnkas1

594 005 9000 06 002
assembly group
=KB
sheet
4
01
Erstellt PDE monitor Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
PDE Monitor Identnr.: 983797914 Ort
+4A von
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A LI+ GND A
+X1 +X1
55
XF M
B B
1 1.5Q
2 1.5Q
C C
1 2
+
PRN1
/2.E8
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
23
24
25
12
21
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
PRN1.X MKV
20
3
7
D D
SH
E E
LCOM32 BN 0.5Q
/3.F8
LCOM33 WH 0.5Q
/3.F8
opt. printer /3.F8
LCOM35 GN 0.5Q
Opt. Drucker LCOM36 YE 0.5Q
/3.F8
SH SH1 0.5Q
/3.F8
F F
58080 12.02.07 lwnkas1

issued
594 005 9000 06 002
assembly group
=KB
sheet
5
01
Erstellt opt. printer Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Opt. Drucker Identnr.: 983797914 Ort
+4A von
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
12.02.07 Datum
Änd. Nr.:
58080 Änd. Nr.:
1 1
2 3
3 6
B B
4
5
6
C C
D D
E E
F F
63201 24.07.07 lwnkas1

594 005 9000 06 002
6
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LRB / HS A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: RFK frequency measurement
PROJEKT: NRS Frequenzmessung
C C
D D
E E
F F
issued
25.07.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH circuit diagram drawing no.:
590 079 9000 06 100 assembly group
=OW
sheet
1
Erstellt Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+4A von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
50g +50g
g
=MK accelerometer
A +4T U Beschleunigungsmesser A
B13
18V 50mV/g
sig. Gnd
=MK
+4T
4
X13.P
X13.S
4
+4T
B
=MK B
+4T
4
X13.P
X13.S
4
+4T
=KB
+X1
20
19
C X14.P C
X14.S
19
20
+X1
=KB
9 7
=KB 50g +50g
+4T g accelerometerconverter
B2 420mA BeschleunigungsmesserWandler
App f +
4 3 2 1
D D
=KB
+X1
17
18
X14.S
X14.P X14.P
17
18
+X1 +X1
=KB =KB
=KB =KB
+X1 +X1
25
56
11
X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 M XF

E E
25
11
X2.041 X2.041
Von Sicherung F56
%IW2.041.12 %IW2.041.16
from fuse F56
amplitude vibrator frequency vibrator
Schwingweite Rüttler Frequenz Rüttler
App f
F F
issued
25.07.05 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH frequency vibrator drawing no.:
590 079 9000 06 100 assembly group
=OW
sheet
2
Erstellt Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Frequenz Rüttler Identnr.: 983834514 Ort
+4A von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LRB A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: central lubrication
PROJEKT: Zentralschmierung
C C
D D
E E
F F
issued
519 507 9000 06 100
assembly group
=OW
sheet
1
Erstellt central lubrication Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zentralschmierung Identnr.: 983869314 Ort
+4A von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LED+ (F86)
A =KB A
+X1
86
XF
1.5Q
=KB
+X1 30
K37
/2.F6
87 87a
B B
1.5Q
50
=KB 30
P1 +P1 =KB 86
operation with panel X11 switch T15 K15 87 87a +X1

Betätigung mit Tastatur X11 Schalter T15 K37
/2.E6 +
C 85 C
52
51
1.5Q
1.5Q
D D
=KB =KB =KB =KB

+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1
13
14
12
X14.S M M X14.S
X14.P
13
14
+X1
=KB
Vorschubsystem aktiv
1.5Q
1.5Q
E E
SP3.X
2
1
=KB
2
1
+X1
BU BN
K37
/2.C6
M central lubrication pump /2.B4
87a
87
30
SP3 Pumpe Zentralschmierung
F F
issued
519 507 9000 06 100
assembly group
=OW
sheet
2
Erstellt central lubrication Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zentralschmierung Identnr.: 983869314 Ort
+4A von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: HS A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: RFK compressor el.
PROJEKT: NRS Kompressor el.
C C
D D
E E
F F
issued
19.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH drawing no.:
519 259 9300 06 600
assembly group
=KB
sheet
1
Erstellt compressor Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Kompressor Identnr.: 984424314 Ort
+X1 von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LD+ (F5)
+P1 76
X1
A A
1.5Q
47
+P1 30
P1 K14
control panel X11, switches T14 87 87a
B Steuerpult X11, Schalter T14 B
49 48
1.5Q
X13.S 27
X13.P 27
C C
=OW
3
+4T
S95.X 3
=OW
+4T P
S95
2 1
=OW
+4T 1
S95.X
=OW =OW
+4T 1 +4T 1
D D
Y120.X Y69.X
1 1
=OW =OW
+4T +4T
Y120 Y69
2 2
=OW =OW 2
2 +4T
+4T
Y120.X Y69.X
28
E X13.P E
X13.S 28
1.5Q
M
release compressor
Freigabe Kompressor
F F
issued
19.11.07 lwnpes3 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH drawing no.:
519 259 9300 06 600
assembly group
=KB
sheet
2
Erstellt compressor Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Kompressor Identnr.: 984424314 Ort
+X1 von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: auxiliary heating (water) NRS
PROJEKT: Standheizung (Wasser) NRS
C C
D D
E E
F F
58059 09.02.07 lwnkas1

issued
526 016 9000 06 202
assembly group
=KB
sheet
1
02
Erstellt circuit diagram Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
+X1 von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
clock additional heating
conductor rail L+F1
Uhr Zusatzheizung
Stromschiene L+F1
A 2 2 A
 F11 F12
X13.S
X13.P
10A 16A
+4B 1 1
E6 * 1.5Q 1.5Q
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 23 23
E6.X 8 8
10
2
11
12
4
8
9
1
*
+4B 1.5Q
6 6
10 10
B B
Pin 3 only at
Pin 3 nur bei
1.5Q
nozzle preheater DBW2010
Düsenstockvorwärmung DBW2010
P = 130W
25
26
27
29
28
30
32
31
X20.P X20.P
X20.S
31
26
27
Zündung ein
=OW =OW =OW

Vorwahl Beleuchtung Ein
ignition on
+4B +4B +4B

preselection lighting on
E7.A E7.B E7.X4
2
3
4
2
3
1
1
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3
C C
=OW auxiliary heating (water)
30 30 M
+4B Standheizung (Wasser)
K31 K30 E7
/2.F2 /2.F3
87 87a 87 87a
*
=OW
+4B
2
1
X
preparation external thermostat
Vorbereitung externer Thermostat
only at DBW2020
D nur bei DBW2020 D
=OW 15°C on
+4B 4°C off
86 86 M1.X
1
=OW 1
K31 K30 =OW 1
+4B
/2.F2 + /2.F3 + M +4B optional
M1 M
M2
85 85 Optional
2 2
Vorbereitung Einspritzpumpenheizung
E in all open vehicleplugs M1.X E
2
the plughousings have to be fiiled +4B
preparation injection pump heater
with batteryterm grease ! +P1 +P1 =OW
12
92
55
Bei allen offenen KFZSteckern X1 X22.S X1

M M M M
sind die Steckergehäuse mit
Umwälzpumpe Wasser
Polfett zu füllen !
water circulation pump
Steuerventil Heizung
control valve heating
U4810 (U4814)
P = 25W (104W)
blower heating St 1
/2.E2 /2.E3
Monitorheizung
monitor heater
87a 30 87a 30
Heizlüfter St 1
/2.C3 /2.C4
87 87
P = 90W
F F
58059 09.02.07 lwnkas1

issued
526 016 9000 06 202
assembly group
=KB
sheet
2
02
Erstellt additional heating Webasto Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Zusatzheizung Webasto Identnr.: 983830214 Ort
+X1 von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
19.01.06 Datum
Änd. Nr.:
46954 Änd. Nr.:
1 1
2 2
3 3
B B
C C
D D
E E
F F
58059 09.02.07 lwnkas1

issued
526 016 9000 06 202
3
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: heating fuel oil filter
PROJEKT: Dieselfilterheizung
C C
D D
E E
F F
issued
519 401 9100 06 300
assembly group
=KB
sheet
1
Erstellt heating fuel oil filter Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Dieselfilterheizung Identnr.: 984036814 Ort
+X1 von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
to fuse F48 conductor rail L+F1
zur Sicherung F48 Stromschiene L+F1
A A
48
XF
LI LB
2
F10
16A
1
2.5Q
30
B K29 B
/2.F4
87 87a
2.5Q
32
31
X14.S X14.S
X14.P X14.P
31
32
C C
=ZA
+4A
A701.X1
1
2
1
=ZA
thermostat heating fuel oil filter heating fuel oil filter 300W
Thermostat Dieselfilterheizung
+4A Dieselfilterheizung 300W
A701
4
D A701.X1 D
4
+4A
=ZA
33
34
X14.P X14.P
X14.S X14.S
33
34
86
E E
K29
/2.F4 + 2.5Q
85
M M
K29
/2.E4
87a 30
/2.B5
F 87 F
issued
519 401 9100 06 300
assembly group
=KB
sheet
2
Erstellt heating fuel oil filter Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Dieselfilterheizung Identnr.: 984036814 Ort
+X1 von
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LRB A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: RFK hammer el
PROJEKT: NRS Hammer El
C C
D D
E E
F F
78216 24.11.08 lwnkas1

issued
02.01.06 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH hammer control drawing no.:
518 347 9000 06 103
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 1
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Hammersteuerung Identnr.: 983904214 Ort
+4A von
5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
X1.077.X1
hammer control
Hammersteuerung
digital input / keyboard X23
B B
cabin
Kabine
plug: cabin console right
X24.S Stecker: Kabine Konsole rechts
+4T
=KB
=KB
C C
+4T
X20
W13.1 18 18 terminals 18
Klemmen 18
=KB =KB
=MK =MK =MK +X1
+4T
+4T
X17.P
+4T
X13.1.S
+4T
X13.P W13 X24 B1 U
24 24 24 24 24 24 terminals 124 I
Klemmen 124
bulkhead plate superstructure
D D
hammer
Hammer 36 36
switch cabinet X1
Schottplatte Oberwagen
Schaltschrank X1
Mäklerschlitten
leader sledge
E E
X2.041.X1 X2.059.X1
optional
analog input counter module Optional
Analog Eingang Zähler Modul
supplied by customer
Vom Kunden geliefert
additional devices
78216 21.11.08 lwnkas1

issued
02.01.06 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH general arrangement Hammer drawing no.:
518 347 9000 06 103
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 2
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Übersicht Hammer Identnr.: 983904214 Ort
+4A von
5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
to fuse F56
zur Sicherung F56
=KB
A +X1 56 A
XF
=KB
+X1
B R2 B
100k
9 10 11 12
=KB sig. +
+X1 010V
B1 020mA
out +
C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C
=KB =KB =KB

=KB
+4T +X1 +X1
+X1
21
15
X20 X14.S X77.S
2
4
3
8
1
M M
X14.P X77.P
21
15
D LX20.4 D
7
/4.C1 +X1 +X1
10 LX20.1 =KB =KB
/4.C1
13 LX20.5
/4.C1
LX20.3
/4.C1
supply +24VDC
Versorgung +24VDC
supply +24VDC
Versorgung +24VDC
ext. volume control hammer (010V)
ext. Mengenregelung Hammer (010V)
supply 0/24VDC
Versorgung 0/24VDC
supply 0/24VDC
Versorgung 0/24VDC
supply 0/24VDC
Versorgung 0/24VDC
supply 0/24VDC
Versorgung 0/24VDC
ext. preselection hammer
externe Vorwahl Hammer
=KB
+X23
22
15
X2.041.X1 X1.077.X1
=KB
22
15
+X23
X2.041 X1.077
E E
%IW2.041.13 %IX1.077.47
ext. volume control hammer ext. preselection hammer
ext. Mengenregelung Hammer externe Vorwahl Hammer
Q
extern hammer control
F externe Hammersteuerung F
78216 21.11.08 lwnkas1

issued
02.01.06 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH inputs hammer drawing no.:
518 347 9000 06 103
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 3
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Eingänge Hammer Identnr.: 983904214 Ort
+4A von
5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
extern hammer control
externe Hammersteuerung
A A
cabin console right X24.S
11
21
2
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
23
24
+4T
Kabine Konsole rechts =KB
21
20
22
23
24
11
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
2
6
1
21
22
23
24
11
16
17
18
19
6
8
B B
C C
LX20.4 7
/3.D3
LX20.1 10
/3.D3
LX20.5 13
/3.D3
LX20.3
/3.D3
=KB =KB
20
14
15
12
2
4
1
3
9
switch cabinet X1 +4T +X1
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
X14.S
1
X24
2
4
3
9
1
Schaltschrank X1
superstructure
opt. counter module 059
opt. Zähler Modul 059
D D
Oberwagen
opt. Pickup 2 (PNP)
opt. pickup 2 (PNP)
opt. Pickup 1(PNP)
opt. pickup 1(PNP)
E E
bulkhead plate superstructure +4T
20
21
22
23
24
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Schottplatte Oberwagen X17.S
2
4
3
9
1
hammer
additional devices
F Zusatzeinrichtungen Hammer F
78216 21.11.08 lwnkas1

issued
02.01.06 lwnkas1 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH outputs hammer drawing no.:
518 347 9000 06 103
assembly group
=OW
sheet
Blatt 4
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Ausgänge Hammer Identnr.: 983904214 Ort
+4A von
5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
20.12.06 Datum
09.06.08 Datum
21.11.08 Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum Datum
Änd. Nr.:
56685 Änd. Nr.:
73091 Änd. Nr.:
78216 Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.: Änd. Nr.:
1 1 1

2 2 2
3 4 3
B B
4 5 4
5 5
C C
D D
E E
F F
78216 21.11.08 lwnkas1

issued LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH modification index drawing no.:
518 347 9000 06 103
Blatt 5
03
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: HS / LRB A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: rope tension limitation hg1 / HW2
PROJEKT: Seilzugbegrenzung HW1 / HW2
C C
D D
E E
F F
issued
509 172 9200 06 100
assembly group
=OW
sheet
1
Erstellt rope tension limitation hg1 / HW2 Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Seilzugbegrenzung HW1 / HW2 Identnr.: 983917514 Ort
+4A von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LD+
X19.S
X19.P
=KB limitation
+4HY22
=KB
=KB
+X1
+X1
+P1 Begrenzung
76
A 0,75Q 0.75Q L48 X1 A
/3.A2 0 1
26 26
0,75Q 0.75Q LM
/3.A2 1 0
29 29
1.5Q
0.75Q
=KB 1.5Q L76
/3.A5
=KB =KB +X12
+X1 +X1 S7 =KB
48
13 21 43 31 X2 +X1 30
XF M
K70
B /2.F3 B
to fuse F48 14 22 44 32 X1 87 87a
zur Sicherung F48
1.5Q
1.5Q
0.75Q
0.75Q
=KB =KB
+X1 +X1
24
=KB X13.S X77.S
8
+X1 X13.P X77.P
35
24
8
C X19.P +X1 +X1 C
X19.S =KB =KB
35
+X1
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
=KB
+4H +4H
Y22.X Y22.1.X
1
=KB 86
1 1
+X1 +4H +4H optional
K70 Y22 Y22.1 Optional
D /2.F3 + D
85 2 2
Y22.X Y22.1.X
2
K70.85
/3.D2 +4H +4H
1.5Q 1.5Q
XMX13.33 2 XMX13.33 4 =KB

/2.E5 +X23
X1.077.X1
8
XMX13.33 1 =KB
8
+X23
1.5Q X1.077
E =KB E
=KB +X1
33
%IX1.077.40
+X1 X13.P no rope tension limitation hg1
M X13.S keine Seilzugbegrenzung HW1
33
+X1
=KB xxto
=KB 1.5Q
+X1
K70 =KB
/2.D3 +X1
/2.B5
87a 30 M
issued
509 172 9200 06 100
assembly group
=OW
sheet
2
Erstellt rope tension limitation hg1 Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Seilzugbegrenzung HW1 Identnr.: 983917514 Ort
+4A von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
limitation
+4GY22
Begrenzung
A L48 0.75Q L76 1.5Q A
/2.A4 /2.B6 0 1
LM 0.75Q
/2.A4 1 0
0.75Q
=KB
+X12
S8 =KB
13 21 43 31 X2 +X1 30
K71
B /3.E3 B
14 22 44 32 X1 87 87a
1.5Q
1.5Q
0.75Q
0.75Q
=KB =KB
+X1 +X1
25
=KB X13.S X77.S
9
+X1 X13.P X77.P
36
25
9
C X19.P +X1 +X1 C
X19.S =KB =KB
36
+X1
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
=KB
+4G +4G
Y22.X Y22.1.X
1
=KB 86
1 1
+X1 +4G +4G optional
K71 Y22 Y22.1 Optional
D /3.E3 + D
85 2 2
Y22.X Y22.1.X
2
/2.D4
K70.85 +4G +4G
=KB
+X23
X1.077.X1
9
1.5Q
1.5Q
=KB
9
+X23
=KB X1.077
E +X1 E
K71 %IX1.077.41
/3.D3 no rope tension limitation hg2
87a 30 XMX13.33 3 XMX13.33 5 keine Seilzugbegrenzung HW2
/3.B5
87 /2.E5 /2.E5
xxto
additional devices
issued
509 172 9200 06 100
assembly group
=OW
sheet
3
Erstellt rope tension limitation hg2 Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Seilzugbegrenzung HW2 Identnr.: 983917514 Ort
+4A von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: RFK concrete pressuresensor head to concrete
PROJEKT: NRS BetondruckGeber Betonierkopf
C C
D D
E E
F F
75674 15.09.08 lwnkas1

issued
09.11.06 lwnoee0 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH concrete pressuresensor head to concrete drawing no.:
575 011 9200 06 001
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Blatt 1
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
BetondruckGeber Betonierkopf Identnr.: 984126714 Ort
+4A von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
version standard
Variante Standart KLD3
A A
drilling drive
Bohrantrieb
24
+KLD3
X13.P
B8.S
24
+4V
+4V
concrete pressure sensor 1 B8 P
B /3.E4 mA B
Betondruck Sensor 1
head to concrete drilling drive
Betonierkopf Bohrantrieb +4T
24
X13.P
C C
bulkhead plate leader sledge cable harness W13
Schottplatte Mäklerschlitten Kabelstrang W13
version with kelly extension
Variante mit Kellyverlängerung KLD3
drilling drive
D Bohrantrieb D
+KLD3
24
X13.P
cable kelly extension X13.S
24
Kabel Kellyverlängerung +KLD3
+4V +4V +4V

concrete pressure sensor 1 B8 P B8.S X13.P
Betondruck Sensor 1 mA 24 24
E E
head to concrete kelly extension kelly extension drilling drive

Betonierkopf Kellyverlängerung Kellyverlängerung Bohrantrieb
24
bulkhead plate leader sledge cable harness W13
existing wiring additional devices Kabelstrang W13
F vorhandene Verdrahtung Zusatzeinrichtungen
Schottplatte Mäklerschlitten F
75674 15.09.08 lwnkas1

issued
09.11.06 lwnoee0 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH general arrangement head to concrete drawing no.:
575 011 9200 06 001
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Blatt 2
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Übersicht Betonierkopf Identnr.: 984126714 Ort
+4A von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
concrete pressure sensor 1
Versorgung +24VDC
Betondruck Geber 1
A A
Messmasse 0/24V
supply +24VDC
B
KLD 3 B
MM
X1
9
1
24
9
1
X13.P X13.P X13.P
+4V
24
9
C B8.S C
D D
GY
RD
BK
E /2.B4 + sig. E
B8 420mA
+4V
P
0 25 bar
existing wiring
75674 15.09.08 lwnkas1

issued
09.11.06 lwnoee0 LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH concrete pressuresensor head to concrete drawing no.:
575 011 9200 06 001
assembly group
=MK
sheet
Blatt 3
01
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
BetondruckGeber Betonierkopf Identnr.: 984126714 Ort
+4A von
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CRANE TYPE: LRB A
KRANTYP:
ORDER NO:
AUFTRAGSNR.:
B B
PROJECT: auger cleaner leader support
PROJEKT: Schneckenputzer Mäkler Grundarm
C C
D D
E E
F F
57405 29.01.07 lwnkas1

issued
589 201 9000 06 202
assembly group
=MK
sheet
1
02
Erstellt auger cleaner leader support Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Schneckenputzer Mäkler Grundarm Identnr.: 984090014 Ort
+4A von
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
leader head
A Mäklerkopf A
drilling drive auger cleaner
Bohrantrieb Schneckenputzer
X13.S
Y55.X
+4V
+4T
+4V
Y55
*25 *4 /3.E3
free turn worm cleaner
Freilauf Schneckenputzer
B B
leader
Mäkler
+4T
*7
X10.1.P
X10.1.S
*7
+4T
C C
W13
D D
E E
=OW =OW
+4T +4T
*25
*7
existing wiring X13.P X10.P
vorhandene Verdrahtung X14.S X10.S
*7
*17
+4T +4T
=OW =OW
hydraulic hose
Hydraulikschlauch
F F
LRB LB
57405 29.01.07 lwnkas1
issued
589 201 9000 06 202
assembly group
=MK
sheet
2
02
Erstellt general arrangement auger cleaner Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Übersicht Schneckenputzer Identnr.: 984090014 Ort
+4A von
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
version LRB version LB
Variante LRB Variante LB
A A
free turn worm cleaner supply 0/24VDC free turn worm cleaner supply 0/24VDC
Freilauf Schneckenputzer Versorgung 0/24VDC Freilauf Schneckenputzer Versorgung 0/24VDC
B B
=OW =OW =OW =OW

+4T +4T +4T +4T
13
16
X14.S X14.S X10.S X10.S
6
X10.P X10.P
6
+4T +4T
=OW =OW
C C
valves leader worm cleaner in / right + worm cleaner out / left:
+4T
X10.1.S Ventile Mäkler Schneckenputzer einf. / rechts + Schneckenputzer ausf. / links:
6
X10.1.P wiring see base circuit diagram !
2
6
+4T
Verdrahtung siehe Grundstromlaufplan !
D D
+4V
Y55.X
1
1
free turn worm cleaner +4V
Freilauf Schneckenputzer Y55
/2.B8
2
Y55.X
2
+4V
E E
existing wiring
57405 29.01.07 lwnkas1

issued
589 201 9000 06 202
assembly group
=MK
sheet
3
02
Erstellt auger cleaner Zeichnungsnr.: Anlage Blatt
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
Schneckenputzer Identnr.: 984090014 Ort
+4A von
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
modification index
A Änderungsindex A
Datum
22.11.06 Datum
Änd. Nr.:
55834 Änd. Nr.:
1 1
2 2
3 3
B B
4 4
C C
D D
E E
F F
57405 29.01.07 lwnkas1

589 201 9000 06 202
4
02
Copyright (c)
Urheberrecht (c)
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 5
111 622 / 001

Electric pump EP-1
The BEKA-MAX central lubrication pump model EP-1 is Electric pump EP-1 with 1.9 kg container:
electrically actuated and has up to a maximum of 3
independently operating lubricant outlets. A separate
pump unit is required for each outlet. Two pump units are
available, PE-120 or PE-120 V, (see Page 5) so that the
lubricant volume can be adapted to the requirements of
individual progressive distribution circuits.
These pumps enable the delivery of commercial lubricants
up to NLGI-Cl. 2 at a working pressure of maximum 280
bar (pressure relief valve setting).
The EP-1 series pumps differ in container size and control

type. EP-1 can be controlled externally e.g. via PLC or an
additional control unit, S-EP 6, whereby the pump can also
be delivered with a number of differently integrated
controllers.
Integrated controllers:
- S-EP 4
- S-EP 5
- S-EP 7
- S-EP 8
- S-EP 10
- EP-tronic
- EP-tronic T1 Electric pump EP-1 with 4 kg container and integrated
electronic controller:
Technical data:
Motor:
Operating voltage: 12 V DC / 24 V DC
Rpm: 15 rpm
Current consumption:
Idling at +20°C: 0.8 A / 0.4 A
Full load at +20°C: 2.2 A / 1.1 A
Fuse: 5A/3A
Pumps:
Max. operating pressure: 280 bar
(Pressure relief valve setting)
Permissible operating temperature: -35° C to +80° C
Container volume:
Transparent container: 1.9 kg, 2.5 kg, 4 kg or 8 kg
Steel container: 2 kg or 4 kg
Stirrer direction: clockwise
Mounting position: Container vertical position
Delivery rate of pump units:
PE-120: 120 mm3/stroke or rev.
PE-120V (adjustable): 40 to 120 mm3/stroke or rev.
Protection class: IP5K9K as per DIN 40050
Lubricant: Greases up to NLGI-Cl. 2

(excluding solid lubricants)
Mineral oils up to 40 mm2/s (cSt)
FU2152001203GB
Integrated contoller
1
Operation:
A DC motor (10) continually operates the eccentric cam (5) reduces any air bubbles, to the suction area in the pump
and pressure ring (6). This eccentricity effects the suction housing (3). A scraper on the stirrer (2) enables a visual
and pressure strokes of the delivery piston (7), whereby the check of the lubricant volume still present in the transparent
integrated non-return valve (8) prevents the delivery supply container (1).
media from being sucked back out of the main line. The pressure relief valve (9) is pre-set to 280 bar.
The stirrer (2) pushes the lubricant out of the supply
container (1) through a screen (4), which
8
5
9
3
10
Pump unit intake: Pump unit delivery:
2
Electric pump EP-1
Container models and installation dimensions: Model with

srew-on lid
The electric pump EP-1 is available with 5 transparent Ø180 Model with
container sizes and 2 steel container sizes. 8 kg container
Transparent container models: 2 parts
Option
with screw-on lid
Option
Model with
with screw.on lid
4 kg container
Model with
448
Ø151
2,5 kg container
Model with
1,9 kg container
256
245
207
175
Ø9,3 Pipe Ø6 Ø9,3 Pipe Ø6

128,5
128,5
239 Conecting cable

Connecting cable 239
lenght 10 m
lenght 10 m
152
152 130
130 M8 / 8 deep for 8 kg container
106
106
182,5
197
172,5 137,5 172 137,5

321 321
3
Electric pump EP-1
Transparent container: “X”

Model with 8 kg
1 part
Ø225 “Y” view
212
304
297
“Z”
Ø9,3 Pipe Ø6
128,5
7,5
239 Connecting cable
length10 m
“X” view
“Z” view 9
113,5
106
“Y”
Ø9,5
49
(112,5)
130
152
137,5
149
4
Electric pump EP-1
Steel container models: “X”
Ø150 Model with

4 kg container
“X” view
152
Model with 130
2 kg container
304
107
184
185
172 137,5
Ø9,3 Pipe Ø6 321
137
239 Conecting cable

lenght10 m
Terminal plan:
brown Ground terminal 31
blue Ignition terminal 15
5
Pump units PE-120 and PE-120 V
PE-120: Pump unit PE-120: Pressure relief valve

set at 280 bar
Technical data: permanently
Delivery rate: 0.12 cm³ / stroke or rev.
Article No. (inc. pressure relief valve): 2152 9906 10000
Article No. (pressure relief valve for PE-120): 2152 0062
PE-120 V:
Delivery rate:
M 20 x 1.5
- All pump units are default set to full stroke
- Unit with piston diameter 6 mm SW 24
- max. delivery rate 0.12 cm³ at full stroke Pipe connection Ø 6
- Reduction 0.013 cm³ per detent = 1/2 revolution
66
Delivery rate control: Pump unit PE-120 V:

- Remove plug screw (2) with Allen key (SW 5) Pressure relief valve
- Turn adjusting screw (3) with a screwdriver set at 280 bar
- Turn clockwise to reduce delivery rate permanently
M 20 x 1.5
- Turn anti-clockwise to increase delivery rate

- Maximum stroke of adjusting screw is 2.4 mm - 6 SW 24
detents 2
- 1 turn of adjusting screw is 0.8 mm = 2 detents
- Tighten plug screw (2), inc. sealing ring.
Installation of pump unit in electric pump EP-1:

- Only install/remove when pump is off Delivery rate (cm³)
3
- Install pump unit with piston partially extended (4), 0.12
0.11
insert at angle in top of housing bore (see diagram A) 0.10
- When piston head rests on pressure ring - move unit into 0.09
0.08 32
vertical position (see diagram B) 0.07
0.06
. Piston head must run in guide ring groove 0.05 Pipe connection Ø 6
- Tighten pump unit 0.04
0.03
- Removal occurs in reverse sequence 0.02
0.01
- When removing the pump unit, ensure that the piston (4) 0
is not left behind in the pump housing. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Detents

0 0.5 1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Rev.
Installation instructions:
Technical data:
Delivery rate: between 0.04 and 0.12 cm³ / stroke Diagram A:
Delivery rate control: 6 detents, each 1/2 revolution
Reduction: 0.013 cm³ per detent 4
Delivery media:
Greases from NLGI-Cl. 00/000 to NLGI-Cl. 2
Piston return: forced
Article No. (inc. pressure relief valve): 2152.99063.0000
Article No. (pressure relief valve for PE-120 V): 2152 0063
Diagram B
6
Electric pump EP-1
Special accessories
Malfunction display on pressure relief valve: Pump unit with visual malfunction monitor:
The pump units for the electric pump EP-1 can be equipped Malfunction monitoring on
with a visual malfunction monitor. If a malfunction occurs in Pressure relief valve
the central lubrication system and the operating pressure with grease return
rises to 280 bar, the red control bar becomes visible. The
grease escaping through the pressure relief valve is
returned to the container. Once the malfunction is rectified,
the red control bar must be pushed back in.
to container to container
red control bar
all OK Malfunction
Pressure relief valve with microswitch Pump unit with microswitch:

Microswitch
The microswitch located on the pressure relief valve is used
to monitor the maximum operating pressure in the central
lubrication system.
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the microswitch is
triggered.
The microswitch signal can be processed by any signal
encoder already present, e.g. an on-board processor, or by
an external or integrated controller.
Technical data:
Possible operating voltage: 10 to 60 V DC
Maximum current load: I=4A
Rated operating current: 1A Connection diagram:
Contact type: 1 changeover switch
Service life: > 3x106 switching cycles blue
Temperature range: -30°C to +80°C
Protection class: IP 65 brown
Before the electrical connection:
Observe the voltage of the pump motor.
black
Pressure relief valve with microswitch for PE-120:
Pressure relief valve with microswitch for PE-120 V:
Article No.: Article No.: 2152 990610028
2152 99100
ca. 102,3
M14x1,5
ca. 42,8
M14x1.5 7
Electric pump EP-1
Grease level monitor
Grease level monitor
The electric pump EP-1 can be equipped with an electronic

grease level monitor to monitor the minimum grease level. A for 2.5 kg
capacitive proximity sensor is built into the pump supply container
container for this purpose. This emits a signal as long as
there is sufficient grease in the container. If the grease level
sinks below a certain level, the proximity sensor switches off
the signal.
The proximity sensor can be evaluated by an external Capacitive
control unit or PLC or an integrated control unit. min. grease level
proximity sensor
Technical data:
Possible operating voltage: 10 to 60 V DC for 4 kg

Switching type: PNP-contact container
Switching current: at 70°C: 250 mA
Current consumption: without load:
< 20 mA
Protection class: Switch: IP 67
Ambient temperature range: -25°C to +70°C
Connection: Compact plug connector on container Capacitive
min. grease level
Protection class: Plug: IP 65 proximity sensor
Pole allocation: No. 1 = 10 to 60 V DC
No. 2 = Ground
No. 3 = NC contact
= vacant

Observe the voltage of the pump motor. for 8 kg
container
Connection diagram: 2 part
brown 1 + Ub
blue 2
GND
Signal lamp
white 3
optional
black 3
Signal lamp
If the black connection wire is connected to +Ub, a signal is Capacitive

min. grease level
received as long as there is sufficient grease in the supply proximity sensor
container.
If the white connection wire is connected to +Ub, a signal is
received when the grease level sinks below a minimum in the
supply container.
for 8 kg
container
1 part
Capacitive
proximity sensor
8
min. grease level
Electric pump EP-1
Filling the pump:
Standard filling via ball lubrication nipple with manual or

pneumatic grease gun:
Top up lubrication nipple
Top up via top up coupling:
Remove lubrication nipple

Replace with grease coupling plug
EDP-No.: 2159 0061 012
Grease feed plug

EDP-No.:
2159 0061 011 Grease coupling bush
EDP-No.: 2159 0062 011
Top up via top filling gun:
Fillung gun
EDP-No.: 2081 030 26
Straight feed connector

EDP-No.: 2152 0150
9
Electric pump EP-1
Order code:
Design No. 2152 . 01 . 42 . 25 . 000
Motor voltage 12 V 24 V
Reference figure 01 02
Outlet type Outlet position

1 2 3
PE-120 01 02 03
PE-120 V 41 42 43
1 PE-120 and
2-component
1-component
52
1 PE-120 V
1 PE-120 and
53
1 PE-120 V
Container size (kg) 1.9 2.5

Transparent container
4 8 8
Reference figure 27 25 30 28 35
Container size (kg)
2 4
Metal container
Reference figure 31 26
Special models 000

Special models 021
Special models:
021 = grease level monitoring as per drawing No. AZ-2205.5
10
Integrated electronic controls
Type S-EP 4
The electronic control device S-EP 4 is used for the time- Electropump EP-1 with integrated control
dependent or cycle-dependent control of a central
lubrication device both for the progressive system (EP
pumps) and for the multiple line system (OC pumps).
BE
KA-MAX
The integrated electronic control S-EP 4 is available with

two types of control:
A) Time-program control
B) Time-relay control
The type of control must be indicated with the order.
Time-program control:
Operational sequence:
(Lubrication time, waiting time) After turning on the ignition,
the yellow LED is illuminated for ca. 2.5 sec. and signals the Display of readiness for operation
readiness for operation. Ready for operation: 2.5 sec.
ON
LED yellow
OFF
Lubrication time Integrated electronic control S-EP 4

Waiting time
For a functional check an intermediate lubrication must be

initiated by operating the pressure switch on the motor
casing or dashboard.
Yellow LED to indicate the functions

Pressure switch to initiate
an intermediate lubrication
MU2147000902GB
1
When operating the pressure switch on the dashboard or Elapsed time chart
the motor casing of the pump, the lubrication cycle is
started. When the lubrication cycle is completed, the pump
motor is switched off and the waiting time begins. All
subsequent lubrications are automatically initiated
Lubrication time
according to the rhythm of the preset waiting time.
Waiting time
When the ignition is switched off during the waiting or Integrated electronic control S-EP 4
lubrication time sequence, the cycle is stopped and the time
stored. When the ignition is switched on again, the
operation process will continue on the basis of the stored
data from the point, where it has been interrupted before.
By operating the pressure switch on the motor casing or the

dashboard when the ignition is switched on, an intermediate Pressure switch to
lubrication can be initiated any time. initiate an
intermediate lubrication
As soon as the control device is connected for the first time, a
lubrication cycle will be initiated.
Yellow light-emitting
diode to indicate the
function
Catch switch to Catch switch to
set up the set up the
lubrication time waiting time
All control devices have a yellow light-emitting diode, on

which the functions are indicated. Indication of a lubrication cycle:
The functions of the light-emitting diode can also be 0.5 sec.
indicated with an external signal lamp on the dashboard. ON
Yellow LED
OFF
0.5 sec.
Cable connection plan for the connection of an external
signal lamp: Cable connection plan for the connection of an external
pressure switch
6 6
1 7
5
brown - Earth terminal 31 1 7
5
brown - Earth terminal 31
2 2
3 3
4
black + Ignition terminal 15
4
black + Ignition terminal 15
F1 F1
yellow + green +
Pressure switch for
Signal lamp intermediate lubrication
F1 = 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert F1 = 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert
2
Technical data:
Possible operating voltage: 10 to 60 V

Maximum power load: I = 6,0 A
Fuse unit (not included in device):
F 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert
Output for signal lamp: I=1A
Temperature range: - 35°C to +75°C
Protective system: IP 65

Observe the voltage of the pump motor.
Different non-variable waiting and lubrication time ranges

can be set up in the control.
Set-up of waiting time:
Setting of parameters: (16 catches, 0.5 h each)
2
Waiting time: 1 3
0.5
0.5 h to 8 8 4
7 5
6
Lubrication time: Set-up of lubrication time, time range I:

(16 catches, 1 min. each)
4
2 6
1
Time range I: 1 min. to 16 min. 16 8
14 10
12
Set-up of lubrication time, time range II:

(16 catches, 2 min. each)
8
4 12
2
Time range II: 2 min. to 32 min. 32 16
28 20
24
For time adjustment remove the red frame with a flat

screwdriver and loosen the four cross-recessed screws.
Subsequently, the transparent cover can be removed. If the
cover is not closed properly, water enters into the control
and it will be destroyed. In this case the guarantee will
become void.
Please indicate the desired time range when ordering.
3
S-EP 4
Time-relay control
The control device S-EP 4 can also be used for the Integrated electronic control S-EP 4
monitoring of progressive devices. In this case a proximity
switch is attached to the progressive distributor, which
converts the piston strokes in electrical signals and transmits
them to the control device S-EP 4.
The control device has a built-in catch switch with 16 catches Pressure switch
where the number of piston strokes required can be set. to initiate an
The control device has a check time of 4 min. and 20 sec., i.e.
each piston stroke of the progressive distributor must be
completed within 4 min. and 20 sec. If this is not the case, the
control indicates a malfunction, i.e. the yellow light-emitting Yellow LED
diode starts flashing. Catch switch Catch switch
for the setting of for the setting of
the pulse value the waiting time
Lower motor protection casing of the EP-1 with integrated Display of yellow LED:
electronic control S-EP 4 equipped for the connection of the Lubrication in process: 0.5 sec.
proximity switch.
ON
(View from below) Yellow LED
OFF
Plug for the connection of the proximity switch 0.5 sec.
Pulse error: 0.5 sec. 1.5 sec.
ON
Yellow LED
OFF
0.5 sec. 1.5 sec.
Distributor with attached proximity switch:
Plug for the connection of the pump to the on-board network

Technical Data: Cable connecting plan:
Possible voltage: 10 to 60 V DC 1 7
6
Connection method: PNP contact 2

3
5
4
Power rating: 200 mA
Connection: M12x1 plug-in 6
blue
1 7
Function display: LED yaune 2 5 black
Housing material: stainless steel 3 4 brown
Protection type: IP 67
brown
Ambient temperature range: -40°C to +80°C Earth terminal 31
black Ignition terminal 15
Before the elctrical connection: F1
Observe the voltage of the pump motor. F1 = 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert
4
S-EP 4
Special type grease level control
Grease pumps can also be equipped with a grease level Grease level control built into a 2.5 kgs storage tank of a
control. Therefore, a capacitive proximity switch is built into grease central lubrication pump EP-1
the pump tank, which sends a signal to the control S-EP 4 in
case of a low grease level.
Technical Data:

Switching type: PNP-contact
Switching current: at 70°C: 250 mA
Current consumption: without load: <20 mA
Protection class: Switch: IP 67
Ambient temperature range: -25°C to +70°C Capacitive
Connection: Compact plug connector on container min. grease level proximity switch
Protection class: Plug: IP 65 Cable connecting plan
Pole allocation: No. 1 = 10 to 30 V DC
No. 2 = Ground 1 7
6
5
No. 3 = NC contact 2
3 4
= vacant
6 brown
1 7
Before the electrical connection: 2 5
blue
3
Observe the voltage of the pump motor. 4
black
brown Earth terminal 31
black Ignition terminal 15
If the grease level is too low, the control analyses the signal Display of the yellow LED:
received and the yellow light-emitting diode is flashing Tank empty: 1 sec.
slowly.
ON
To avoid that air is pumped into the system, the pump turns Yellow LED
off when the grease tank is identified as being empty for OFF
2 sec.
more than 10 sec. As soon as the tank is filled again, a
lubrication command can be given by operating the push Lower open channel of the motor of the electropump EP-1
button for intermediate lubrications. with integrated electronic control S-EP 4 equipped for the
connection of a grease level control.
The connection of the grease level control to the integrated (View from below)
electronic control S-EP 4 requires a second plug on the lower
open channel of the motor.
Plug for the connection of the grease level control
The requirement of a connection of a grease level control
must be indicated when ordering.
The grease level control can be connected both to time-

program and time-relay controls.
Plug for the connection of the pump to the on-board network
5
S-EP 4
Special type centralized alarm
A centralized alarm can be connected to the integrated

electronic control S-EP 4, i.e. interference signals shown on
the LED as flashing signals are converted into a permanent
interference signal and emitted via an additional cable.
The connection must be indicated when ordering.
With an extraneous lamp or an audible alarm a permanent

signal is emitted as soon as there is an error, i.e. an
extraneous lamp built in e.g. the driver's cab would
permanently be emitting light or a permanent audible
alarm signal would be heard until the error is eliminated.
Lamp, audible alarm and cable are not included in the

scope of supply. Cable connection plan:
Potential linked + switched (Standard)
Technical data:
Output permanent alarm 1A 1 7
6
2 5 black Ignition terminal 15

3 4 F1
+
-
Terminal 31
F1 = 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert
Cable connection plan:

Potential freely wired in Bsp earth

6
1 7
2 5 black Ignition terminal 15
3 4
F1
+
-
F1 = 6,3 A (5x20) medium inert
6
S-EP 4
Special type pressure relief valve with microswitch
The maximum working pressure of the progressive central Pressure relief valve with microswitch on the pump element,
lubrication device can be monitored with the integrated installed in an electropump EP-1:
control device S-EP 4.
To achieve this, a microswitch is fitted at the pressure relief Microswitch
valve of the pump element. In the case of a system
malfunction e.g. caused by the blockage of a lubrication
area, a pressure of over 250 bar is built up.
A microswitch is operated via the pressure relief valve and
a signal is transmitted to the control. Subsequently, the pump
is turned off and the flashing of the yellow LED or the
flashing of the extraneous signal 2 sec. on and 4 sec. off
indicates the malfunction.
Technical date of the microswitch: Cable connection plan for the connection of a
microswitch to the integrated control S-EP 4:
Maximum current load: I=4A 6
Rated operating current: 1A 1
2
7
5
Contact type: 1 changeover switch 3 4
Service life: >3x106switching cycles black

Temperature range: -30°C to +80°C 1 7
6
blue
Protection class: IP 65 2
3
5
4 brown : free
Before the electrical connection: black
Observe the voltage of the pump motor. Ignition terminal 15
The installation of a pressure relief valve with microswitch

must be indicated when ordering. Display of the yellow LED:
2 sec.
A pressure relief valve with microswitch cannot be Yellow LED

ON
subsequently connected to a control, which is operated as a OFF
time-program control, as this would require a second plug
at the lower open channel of the motor. 4 sec.
7
Level switch for Proximity switch for Microswitch for
Centralized alarm
grease level control time-relay control the control of the
+ switched
pressure relief valve
S-EP 4
black
brown
black
brown
blue
blue
Cable connection plan - all connections
blue
black
Plug for the connection of the proximity switch,

microswitch, starter release relay or a 1 7 6
centralized alarm and the grease level control 5
2
3 4

1 7 6 F1
5 black
2 Ignition terminal 15
Plug for the connection of the pump 3 4
to the on-board network and the connection
yellow +
of external switches
Signal lamp
green +
Pressure switch for
F1 = 6,3A (5x20) medium inert
8
S-EP 4
Order code EP-1
Type-No. 2147 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 1 . 00
Motor voltage 12 V 24 V
Value 1 2
Number of outlets
Type of outlet
1 2 3
PE-120 1 2 3
2 Parts
1 Part
PE-120V 4 5 6
Tank size (kg) 1,9 2,5 4 8 8

Value 5 1 2 3 8
Lubrication time
Time range 1 1 min. to 16 min. 1
Time range 2 2 min. to 32 min. 2
Switch for intermediate lubrication Yes No

Value 1 0
00
Special type 04
05
Special types:
04 = grease level control as per drawing No. AZ-2205.5 electric connected at control unit
05 = grease level control as per drawing no. AZ-2205.5 not connected at control unit
Order code integrated control S-EP 4

for EP-1 and OC-1
Type-No. 2147 . 9000 . 2 . 1. 00
Lubrication time
Time range I 1 min. to 16 min. 1
Time range II 2 min. to 32 min. 2
Switch for intermediate lubrication yes no

Value 1 0
Special type 00
9
Atlas Copco Stationary Air Compressors
LE/LT15, -22, -40, -55, -75, -110, -150
LF15, -22, -40, -55, -75
Instruction Book
• Copyright 2000, Atlas Copco Airpower n.v., Antwerp, Belgium.

Any unauthorized use or copying of the contents or any part thereof is prohibited. This applies in
particular to trademarks, model denominations, part numbers and drawings.
• This instruction book meets the requirements for instructions specified by the machinery directive
98/37/EC and is valid for CE as well as non-CE labelled machines.
No. 2920 1257 04 www.atlascopco.com
Registration code: APC L / 38 / 989
Replaces 2920 1257 03
2000-10
*2920125704*
Instruction book
This instruction book describes how to handle the machines to ensure safe operation, optimum efficiency and long service life.
Read this book before putting the machine into operation to ensure correct handling, operation and proper maintenance
from the beginning. The maintenance schedule comprises measures for keeping the machine in good condition.
Keep the book available for the operator and make sure that the machine is operated and that maintenance is carried out
according to the instructions. Record all operating data, maintenance performed, etc. in an operator's logbook available from
Atlas Copco. Follow all relevant safety precautions, including those mentioned on the cover of this book.
Repairs must be carried out by trained personnel from Atlas Copco who can be contacted for any further information.
In all correspondence mention the type and the serial number, shown on the data plate.
For all data not mentioned in the text, see sections "Preventive maintenance schedule" and "Principal data".
The company reserves the right to make changes without prior notice.
Contents
Page 4.2 Preventive maintenance schedule for the
1 Leading particulars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4.3 Lubrication of LE/LT compressors . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.1.1 Compressor variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4.4 Service kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.2 Air flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.1 LE/LF15 up to -40, LE55 and 5 Servicing and adjustment procedures . . . . . . . . . . 36
LE75 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.1 Unloader or check valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.2.2 LE75 60 Hz, LE110/150, LF55/75 and 5.2 Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.3 Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.3 Regulating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.4 Adjustment MDR4 pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.3.1 LE/LF/LT15 up to -55 with DOL starter . . 3 5.5 Adjustment MDR5/6 pressure switch . . . . . . . . . 39
1.3.2 LE/LT40 up to -150, LF40 up to -75, 5.6 Adjustment pilot valve on Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . 39
each with Y/D starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 5.7 Safety valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.3.3 LE/LF/LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5.8 Relief valve on LF55/75, LE75 up to -150
and LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2 Installation and handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 6 Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2.1 Dimension drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.2 Installation proposals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 7 Principal data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.2.1 LE/LF/LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 7.1 Reference conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.2.2 LE/LF/LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 7.2 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.3 Electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 7.3 Compressor data for LE 10 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.4 Settings of overload relay - fuses - cable size . . 30 7.3.1 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.4.1 Settings of overload relay - fuses of 7.3.2 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
compressors with DOL starter . . . . . . . . . 30 7.4 Compressor data for LF 10 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.4.2 Settings of overload relay - fuses of 7.4.1 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
compressors with Y-D starter . . . . . . . . . 31 7.4.2 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.4.3 Cable size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.5 Compressor data for LT 15 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.5 Pictographs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.5.1 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
7.5.2 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3 Operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.6 Compressor data for LT 20 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.1 Initial start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.6.1 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.2 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.6.2 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.3 Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 7.7 Compressor data for LT 30 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.4 Taking out of operation at end of compressor 7.7.1 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 7.7.2 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 8 Conversion list of SI units into US/British units . . 48

4.1 Petrol engine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
1 Leading particulars A silencing canopy (1-Fig. 1.13) is available as an option.

The canopy has a hinged top to allow easy access for
maintenance.
1.1 General description
The Unsilenced Pack Unit (Fig. 1.8) is a fully operational
LE, LF and LT are air-cooled, single-acting piston unit mounted on a frame (no air receiver). A silencing hood
compressors. LE and LT are lubricated compressors; LF are can be added as an option
oil-less compressors which deliver oil-free air. LF15 up to
LF40, LE15 up to LE55 and LE75 50 Hz are single-stage LE, LF and LT Trolley units (Figs. 1.15 and 1.16) are mobile
compressors; LE75 60 Hz, LE110/150, LF55/75 and LT are compressors. They are equipped with either a directly flanged
two-stage compressors. electric motor (LE/LF/LT ETROL Fig. 1.15) or a petrol engine
(LE/LF/LT PETROL Fig. 1.16). The compressors have two
LE/LF/LT15 up to -55 and LE/LT75 50 Hz are two-cylinder outlet connections:
compressors, LE/LT75 60 Hz, LF75, LE/LT110-150 are three- - a connection for compressed air at working pressure
cylinder compressors. - a connection for compressed air at reduced pressure via a
pressure regulator
Note: Take care that three-cylinder compressors rotate in the
direction as indicated by the arrow on the fan housing (counter-
clockwise seen from fan cowl side).
LE/LF are built for effective working pressures up to 10 bar.

LT are built for effective working pressures up to 30 bar (LT15
only for 15 and 20 bar).
1.2 Air flow
1.2.1 LE/LF15 up to -40, LE55 and LE75 50 Hz

(Fig. 1.10)
1.1.1 Compressor variants
Air drawn through air filter (AF) and inlet silencer (1) into
The Compressor Block (Fig. 1.1) includes: cylinders (3) is compressed, then discharged through cooler
- Crankcase (4) and cylinders (6) piping (4) and (6) and check valve (CV) into air receiver (AR).
- Air inlet filter (AF) and inlet silencer (3)
- Fan (FN)
- Air cooler piping (2) and (5) 1.2.2 LE75 60 Hz, LE110/150, LF55/75 and LT
- Unloader (7, as standard on LE/LF/LT40 up to -75, LE/ (Fig. 1.11)
LT110 and LE150)
- Interstage relief valve (8, for LF55/75, LE75 60Hz, LE110/ Air drawn through air filter (AF) and inlet silencer (1) into LP
150 and LT) (low-pressure) cylinder(s) (7) is compressed, then discharged
to HP (high-pressure) cylinder (8) via intercooler (10).
The Power Pack comprises (Figs. 1.2/1.3):
- For LE/LF/LT15 and -22: the Compressor Block as The air is further compressed and discharged through cooler
described above, with flanged-on electric motor (M), check piping (6) and check valve (CV) into air receiver (AR).
valve (CV-Fig. 1.4) and air pressure switch with on/off
switches (13-Fig. 1.4).
- For LE/LF/LT40 up to -75, LT/LF110-150: the
Compressor Block as described above, with flanged-on
electric motor (M) and solenoid valve (Y1-Fig. 1.6).
1.3 Regulating system
The Complete Unit comprises:
- For LE/LF/LT15 and -22: the Power Pack mounted on a 1.3.1 LE/LF/LT15 up to -55 with DOL starter
horizontal (Fig. 1.4) or vertical (Fig. 1.5) air receiver (AR) (Fig. 1.10)
with air outlet valve (AV), pressure gauge (Gp), safety valve
(SV), air pressure switch with on/off switches (13) and The regulating system includes:
condensate drain valve (Dm). - Check valve (CV)
- For LE/LF/LT40 up to -75, LE/LT110-150 (Fig. 1.6/1.7): - Air pressure switch (MDR) with pressure release valve
the Power Pack mounted on an air receiver (AR) with air (2) and on/off switches (5).
outlet valve (AV), pressure gauge (Gp), safety valve (SV)
and condensate drain valve (Dm). An electric cubicle (6) Operation
includes the motor starter. A separate air pressure switch Air pressure switch (MDR) opens and closes its contacts at
(13) is provided. pre-set pressures. During loaded operation, the contacts are
closed: the motor is running.
2920 1257 04 3
Instruction book
3 AF 1
6 10 1 AF
3
9
8
8
2 2 M
4 FN
FN
50949F
7
4 5 7
50948F Fig. 1.2 Example of Power Pack with unloading valve

5
Fig. 1.1 Example of Compressor Block with unloading

valve
10 1 AF 3 AF Air filter
DP Oil drain plug
FN Fan
M Motor
SG Oil level sight-glass
M 1 Cover
2 Intercooler
3 Air inlet silencer
4 Crankcase
FN 5 Cooling pipe
6 Cylinder
50973F 7 Unloader
8 Relief valve
9 HP cylinder
10 LP cylinder
DP SG 4
Figs. 1.1 up to 1.3 General views, Compressor Block -
Fig. 1.3 Example of Power Pack Power Pack
When the pressure in the air receiver reaches the pre-set When the pressure in the air receiver decreases to the pre-set
maximum pressure, the contacts as well as pressure release minimum pressure, the contacts of the air pressure switch close
valve (2) are opened. The motor stops, the air at the delivery and pressure release valve (2) closes. The motor restarts and
side of the compressor is vented to atmosphere and check valve compressed air is supplied to the receiver again.
(CV) closes to prevent venting of the receiver.
4 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
10 3 1 AF SV
3 AF 1
13 M
M AV
CV Gp
13
9
AR
Gp
SV
50950F Dm
AR
Fig. 1.4 Complete Unit, LT15/22, horizontal receiver
(standard receiver is 120l) 9
AV
1 AF 3
2 M Y1 13 P1
6
7 Dm
Gp
AV 50951F
Fig. 1.5 Complete Unit, LE/LT15/22/40, vertical receiver

(standard receiver is 250l)
50952F AR Dm
Fig. 1.6 Complete Unit, LE/LT75 60 Hz, LF75 and

LE/LT110-150 (standard receiver is 250l)
AC Air cooler P1 Hourmeter, running time 7 Unloader

AF Air filter SV Safety valve 8 Relief valve
AR Air receiver Y1 Loading solenoid valve 9 Pictograph, switch off voltage and
AV Air outlet valve 1 Cover depressurize before maintenance or repair
CV Check valve 2 Blow-off silencer 10 LP cylinder
Dm Condensate drain valve 3 Air inlet silencer 11 HP cylinder
FC Filler cap 4 Dewpoint indicator 12 DD filter
FN Fan 5 Cooling pipe 13 Air pressure switch with on/off switches
Gp Air pressure gauge 6 Electric cabinet 14 PD filter
M Motor 15 CD dryer
Figs. 1.4 up to 1.9 General views
2920 1257 04 5
Instruction book
12 4 15
M 7 13 P1
6
14 2
Gp
AV
50954F AR AC Dm
Fig. 1.9 LE/LF/LT with CD dryer

D 0656
Fig. 1.7 Complete Unit, LT75 60 Hz and LT110
1.3.2 LE/LT40 up to -150, LF40 up to -75, each with

Y/D starter (Fig. 1.11)
The regulating system includes:

- Electric cubicle (11)
- Air pressure switch (MDR)
AF 1 3 - On/off switch (5)
- Solenoid valve (Y1)
- Unloader (UA) with integrated check valve (CV)
FC
Operation
M
Air pressure switch (MDR) opens and closes its contacts at
SV pre-set pressures. During loaded operation, the contacts are
13 closed: the motor is running and solenoid valve (Y1) is
energized preventing the compressed air from flowing to
7 Gp unloader (UA).
When the pressure in the air receiver reaches the pre-set

9 maximum pressure, the contacts of pressure switch (MDR)
open. The motor stops and solenoid valve (Y1) is de-
50953F energized. Compressed air from the receiver will flow via the
solenoid valve to plunger (12) which causes unloading valve
(UV) to open. The air at the delivery side of the compressor
is blown through silencer (9) to atmosphere and check valve
Fig. 1.8 Unsilenced pack (CV) closes to prevent venting of the receiver.
When the pressure in the air receiver decreases to the pre-set

minimum pressure, the contacts of the pressure switch close.
The motor restarts and, after switching over from star to delta,
solenoid valve (Y1) is energized. Control air from the unloader
plunger chamber is vented to atmosphere. Unloading valve
(UV) closes and compressed air is supplied to the receiver
again.
6 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 1.10 Air flow of LE and regulating system of LE/LF/LT15 up to -55 with DOL starter and separate air pressure switch
Fig. 1.11 Air flow of LT and regulating system of LE/LT40 up to -110, LE150 and LF55/75 with Y/D starter and electric
cabinet
2920 1257 04 7
Instruction book
Fig. 1.12 Air flow of LE Trolley and regulating system of LE/LF/LT Trolley
AF Air filter MDR Air pressure switch 4 Cooler

AR Air receiver PD Pulsation damper 5 On/off switch
AV Air outlet valve RV Pilot valve 6 Cooling pipe
AV1/2 Air outlet valves SG Oil level sight-glass 7 LP cylinder
CV Check valve SV Safety valve 8 HP cylinder
Dm Condensate drain valve UA Unloader 9 Blow-off silencer
DP Oil drain plug UV Unloading valve 10 Intercooler
FC Oil filler cap Y1 Loading solenoid valve 11 Electric cabinet
FN Fan 1 Air inlet silencer 12 Plunger
Gp Air pressure gauge 2 Pressure release valve 13 Spring
M Motor 3 Cylinder 14 Pressure regulator
Figs. 1.10 up to 1.12 Air flow and regulating systems
1.3.3 LE/LF/LT Trolley (Fig. 1.12) Operation

Pilot valve (RV) opens and closes at pre-set pressures. During
The regulating system includes: loaded operation, pilot valve (RV) is closed preventing the
- Pilot valve (RV) compressed air from flowing to unloader (UA).
- Unloader (UA) with integrated check valve (CV)
- Electric cabinet (11) (only on electric motor driven Trolley When the pressure in the pulsation dampers (PD) reaches the
compressors) pre-set maximum pressure, pilot valve (RV) will open.
8 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Compressed air from the pulsation dampers will flow to When the pressure in the pulsation dampers decreases to the
plunger (12) which causes unloading valve (UV) to open. The pre-set minimum pressure, the pilot valve closes. Control air
air at the delivery side of the compressor is blown through from the unloader plunger chamber is vented to atmosphere.
silencer (9) to atmosphere and check valve (CV) closes to Unloading valve (UV) closes and compressed air is supplied
prevent venting of the pulsation dampers. The compressor to the pulsation dampers again.
runs unloaded.
1 6 5 AF 1 3
Me
3 4
2
50957F
AV PD UA Dm
Dm 50955F Fig. 1.15 LE/LF/LT ETROL
Fig. 1.13 Optional silencing hood
Mp 7 1 5 AF
6
2
1
4
Gp
3
50958F
AV1
Dm RV PD
4 Fig. 1.16 LE/LF/LT PETROL
2
50956F
Fig. 1.14 Pack compressor with optional silencing hood AF Air filter UA Unloader
AV1 Air outlet valve 1 Lifting yoke
Dm Condensate drain 2 Cylinder
AV Air outlet valve valve 3 Towing handle
Dm Condensate drain valve Gp Air pressure gauge 4 Blow-off silencer
1 Silencing hood (standard option) Me Electric motor 5 Cover
2 Electric cabinet Mp Petrol motor 6 Air inlet silencer
3 On/off switch PD Pulsation damper 7 Fuel tank
4 Air pressure switch with on/off switches RV Pilot valve
Figs. 1.13 and 1.14 Pack - silencing hood Figs. 1.15 and 1.16 LE/LF/LT E Trolley
2920 1257 04 9
Instruction book
2 Installation and handling

2.1 Dimension drawings
Fig. 2.1 Dimension drawing, LE/LT15 up to -40 and LF15/22 Power Pack
10 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.2 Dimension drawing, LE/LT55/75 and LF40/55 Power Pack
2920 1257 04 11
Instruction book
Fig. 2.3 Dimension drawing, LE/LT15 up to -40 and LF15/22 Complete Unit (horizontal 120 l receiver)
12 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.4 Dimension drawing, LT15 up to -40 Complete Unit (vertical 250 l receiver)
2920 1257 04 13
Instruction book
Fig. 2.5 Dimension drawing, LE/LT40 Complete Unit (horizontal 250/475 l receiver)
14 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.6 Dimension drawing, LE/LT55/75 and LF40/55 Complete Unit (horizontal 250/475 l receiver)
2920 1257 04 15
Instruction book
Fig. 2.7 Dimension drawing, LE/LT15 up to -40 and LF15/22 Complete Unit with optional silencing hood
16 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.8 Dimension drawing, LE/LT55/75 and LF40/55 Complete Unit with optional silencing hood
2920 1257 04 17
Instruction book
Fig. 2.9 Dimension drawing, LE/LF/LT Pack with optional silencing hood
18 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.10 Dimension drawing, LE/LT15 up to -40 Unsilenced Pack
2920 1257 04 19
Instruction book
Fig. 2.11 Dimension drawing, LE/LT55/75 and LF40/55 Unsilenced Pack
20 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.12 Dimension drawing, LE/LT15 up to -150 with CD dryer
2920 1257 04 21
Instruction book
Fig. 2.13 Dimension drawing, LE/LF/LT Trolley with electrical motor
22 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.14 Dimension drawing, LE/LT75 up to -150 and LF75 Power Pack
2920 1257 04 23
Instruction book
Fig. 2.15 Dimension drawing, LE/LT75 up to -150 and LF75 Complete Unit (horizontal 250/475 l receiver)
24 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
2.2 Installation proposals
Fig. 2.16 Installation proposal for Complete Unit (120 l receiver)
Fig. 2.17 Installation proposal for Complete Unit (250/475 l receiver)
2920 1257 04 25
Instruction book
Fig. 2.18 Installation proposal for Complete Unit (vertical

250 l receiver)
Fig. 2.19 Installation proposal for Complete Unit with

optional silencing hood
Fig. 2.20 Installation proposal for Pack compressors Figs. 2.16 up to 2.20 Installation proposals
26 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
2.2.1 LE/LF/LT
S1 F1 K1 K3 K2 P1
Install the compressor horizontally, in a cool but frost-free
and well-ventilated room. Place the compressor as level as
possible; however, LE/LT can be operated with an angular
deviation below 22.5 degrees in any direction, LF can operate
with any angular deviation, in any direction. The air should
be clean.
A Pack Unit must be installed away from walls to allow easy

maintenance. Keep the ventilation openings free.
It is recommended to install an automatic condensate drain

(available as an option) on the air receiver to ensure continuous
condensate removal.
50959F
X1
2.2.2 LE/LF/LT Trolley

F1 Fuse
- The compressors are equipped with a lifting eye or yoke K1 Line contactor with integrated Y-D timer
(1-Figs. 1.15 and 1.16). K2 Star contactor
- When running, the compressor must be installed as level K3 Delta contactor
as possible; however, it can be operated temporarily in an P1 Hourmeter, running hours
out-of-level position not exceeding 15 degrees. Keep the X1 Terminal strip
compressor in a frost-free and well-ventilated place. S1 On/off switch
Fig. 2.21 Electric cabinet
2.3 Electrical connections
The electrical installation must be carried out by an electrician

and correspond to the local codes.
F1/3 Fuses
The indications on the motor data plate must correspond to F4 Overload relay
the mains supply voltage and frequency. The installation must K1 Line contactor
include an isolating switch in the power line near to the unit K2 Star contactor
and be protected against short-circuits by fuses in each phase. K3 Delta contactor
See section 2.4. M Compressor motor
MDR Air pressure switch
The mains supply and earthing lines must be of suitable size. P1 Hourmeter, running hours
See section 2.4. S1 On/off switch
T1 Transformer
For DOL starters, connect the power supply cables as shown Y1 Loading solenoid valve
on Figs. 2.22/2.23. For Y/D starters, connect the power supply X1 Terminal strip
cables to strip (X1-Fig. 2.21) as shown on Figs. 2.24/2.26.
Check the setting of the overload relay. See section 2.4. Figs. 2.22 up to 2.26 Electrical diagrams (see pages 28-29)
2920 1257 04 27
Instruction book
Fig. 2.22 Electrical diagram of single-phase LE/LF/LT with Fig. 2.23 Electrical diagram of 3-phase LE/LF/LT15 up to -
direct-on-line starter 55 with direct-on-line starter
Fig. 2.24 Electrical diagram of 3-phase LE/LT40 up to -110, LE150 and LF40 up to -75 with star-delta starter
28 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Fig. 2.25 Electrical diagram of 3-phase LE/LT40 up to -110, LE150 and LF40 up to -75 with transformer and star-delta starter
Fig. 2.26 Electrical diagram of 3-phase LE/LT40 up to -110, LE150 and LF40 up to -75 with star-delta starter and CD dryer
2920 1257 04 29
Instruction book
2.4 Settings of overload relay - fuses - cable size
2.4.1 Settings of overload relay - fuses of compressors with DOL starter
50 Hz
Type Voltage Overload relay Fuses

(V) (A) (A)
LE/LF/LT15 230 (1-phase) 10.7 16

LE/LF/LT15 230 6.7 10
LE/LF/LT15 400 4.1 10
LE15 500 3.5 10
LE/LF/LT22 230 9.3 16

LE/LF/LT22 400 5.6 10
LE/LF/LT40 230 15.7 25

LE/LF/LT40 400 9.3 16
LE/LF/LT55 230 20.3 25

LE/LF/LT55 400 12.0 25
LT75 400 14.7 63
60 Hz

(V) (A) (A)
LE/LT15 230 (1-phase) 11.7 16

LE/LT15 230/460 4.5 10
LE15 380 4.7 10
LE/LF/LT15 440/460 4.1 10
LE/LT22 230 (1-phase) 17.9 25

LT22-20 bar 230 (3-phase) 11.1 16
LE/LT22 230/460 7.6 10
LE/LF/LT22 440/460 5.7 10
LE/LF/LT40 230 (1-phase) 29.0 40

LE/LF/LT40 230/460 11.6 16
LE/LF/LT40 440/460 9.6 16
LE/LF/LT55 230 13.2 25

LE/LF/LT55 440/460 12.3 25
30 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
2.4.2 Settings of overload relay - fuses of compressors with Y-D starter
50 Hz

(V) (A) (A)
LE40 230 9.1 25

LT40-15 bar 230 9.1 25
LT40-20 bar 230 9.4 25
LE/LT40 400 5.6 16
LE/LT40 500 4.5 16
LE/LF/LT55 230 12.2 40

LE/LF/LT55 400 7.2 25
LE/LF/LT55 500 5.5 16
LE/LT55 575 5.1 16
LE/LF/LT75 230 14.5 40

LE/LF/LT75 400 8.5 25
LE/LF75 440 7.8 25
LE/LF/LT75 500 6.9 25
LE/LT110 230 22.5 63

LE/LT110 400 13.1 40
LE/LT150 400 16.2 40
60 Hz

(V) (A) (A)
LE/LT40 230 11.8 25

LE/LT40 380 6.9 25
LE/LT40 440/460 5.5 16
LT40 575 4.7 16
LE/LF/LT55 230 14.4 40

LE/LF/LT55 380 8.5 25
LE/LF55 400 7.2 25
LE/LF/LT55 440/460 7.2 25
LF/LT 75 230 18.2 63

LE LF/LT 75 380 10.6 25
LT75 440 9.0 25
LT75 440/460 8.6 25
LT75 575 7.2 25
LE110 380 10.6 40

LE/LT110 440 13.1 40
LE/LT150 230 28 63
LE/LT150 440 16.6 40
2920 1257 04 31
Instruction book
2.4.3 Cable size 3 Operating instructions

Type Starter Cable size (mm2) Safety precautions
The operator must apply all relevant safety precautions,

LE/LF/LT15/22 DOL 2.5 including those mentioned in this book.
LE/LF/LT40/55 DOL 4
LT75 DOL 6
LE/LT40 Y/D 2.5 3.1 Initial start-up
LE/LF/LT55 Y/D 4
LE/LF/LT75 Y/D 6 If the compressor has not run for the past 6 months (at initial
LE/LT110 Y/D 6 start-up check the date on the data plate), it is strongly
LE/LT150 Y/D 10 recommended to improve the lubrication of the compressor
element: drain the oil, refill the compressor with the same oil
while turning the crankshaft.
2.5 Pictographs Note: It is strongly recommended to install an interstage drain

kit, to remove excess condensate, on LT compressors with a
load factor less than 20% per hour. Consult Atlas Copco.
1. For Complete Units, remove the transport brackets from

underneath the compressor.
2. Check the electrical installation, which must be in
accordance with the instructions given in section 2.3.
3. LE/LT are filled with PAO (polyalphaolefine) compressor
oil. Check that the oil level is still near the top of the red
circle of sight-glass (SG-Fig. 1.3). Top up, if necessary.
4. Switch on the voltage. Start the motor.
5. On three-cylinder compressors, check for correct direction
of rotation as indicated by the arrow on the fan housing. If
the rotation direction is wrong, switch off the voltage and
reverse two of the input line connections.
6. Check the operation of the air pressure switch. See section
5.4 or 5.5. Check the operation of pilot valve (RV) on LE/
LF/LT Trolley. See section 5.6.
1 Temperature 3.2 Starting

2 Pressure
3 On LE/LF/LT
4 Off 1. On LE/LT, check the oil level, which must be near the top
5 Warning: voltage of the red circle of sight-glass (SG-Fig. 1.3). The minimum
6 Switch off voltage and depressurize before maintenance level is the lower part of the red circle.
or repair 2. Switch on the voltage.
7 Read Instruction book before starting 3. On compressors with DOL starter, push the (I) button
8 Consult Instruction book for correct direction of on top of the pressure switch.
rotation On compressors with Y-D starter, push switch (S1-Fig.
9 Do not adjust switch if it is depressurized 2.21) to position (I)
4. Open the air outlet valve (AV-Figs. 1.4/1.6).
Fig. 2.27 Pictographs (typical examples) 5. Regularly drain condensate (Dm-Figs. 1.4/1.7).
LE/LF/LT Trolley with electrical motor

1. On LE/LT, check the oil level, which must be near the top
of the red circle of sight-glass (SG-Fig. 1.3). The minimum
level is the lower part of the red circle.
2. Set pilot valve (RV-Fig. 1.12) in the unload position by
turning the red handle 90 degrees (see section 5.6).
3. Attach the air lines to the air outlets.
4. Plug in and switch on the voltage at the main circuit breaker.
32 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Warning Never move the compressor after plugging in. LE/LF/LT Trolley
1. Set pilot valve (RV-Fig. 1.12) in the unload position by
5. On compressors with DOL starter, push the (I) button turning the red handle 90 degrees (see section 5.6).
on top of the pressure switch. 2. On LE/LF/LT Trolley with electrical motor:
On compressors with Y-D starter, push switch (S1-Fig. On compressors with DOL starter, push the (0) button
2.21) to position (I) on top of the pressure switch.
6. Open the outlet valves. On compressors with Y-D starter, push switch (S1-Fig.
7. Set pilot valve (RV-Fig. 1.12) in the load position by 2.21) to position (0).
turning the red handle 90 degrees (see section 5.6). If the compressor is not required for immediate further
8. Turn the regulating knob of the pressure regulator (14- use, switch off the voltage at the main circuit breaker and
Fig. 1.12) clockwise or anti-clockwise to increase or unplug.
decrease the pressure at the outlet of the pressure regulator. 3. On LE/LF/LT Trolley with petrol engine:
9. Regularly drain condensate (Dm-Fig. 1.15). Stop the engine, consult the engine "Owner's manual".
4. Close the air outlet valves (AV1/2-Fig. 1.12 and 1.16).
Depressurize and disconnect the air lines from the outlet
LE/LF/LT Trolley with petrol engine valves.
1. On LE/LT, check the oil level, which must be near the top
of the red circle of sight-glass (SG-Fig. 1.3). The minimum
level is the lower part of the red circle.
2. Check the engine oil level as follows:
- Remove the oil filler cap and wipe the dipstick clean.
- Insert the dipstick into the filler neck, but do not screw
it in.
- The oil level must show between the minimum and 3.4 Taking out of operation at end of
maximum mark on the dipstick. compressor service life
3. Fill the fuel tank with unleaded or low-leaded petrol
(gasoline). At the end of the service life of the compressor, proceed as
4. Start the engine, consult the engine "Owner's manual". follows:
5. Attach the air lines to the air outlets.
6. Open the outlet valves (AV1/2-Figs. 1.12 and 1.16). 1. Stop the compressor and close the air outlet valve(s).
7. Set pilot valve (RV-Fig. 1.12) in the load position by 2. Switch off the voltage and disconnect the compressor from
turning the red handle 90 degrees (see section 5.6). the mains.
8. Turn the regulating knob of the pressure regulator (14- 3. Depressurize the compressor.
Fig. 1.12) clockwise or anti-clockwise to increase or 4. Shut off and depressurize the part of the air net which is
decrease the pressure at the outlet of the pressure regulator. connected to the outlet valve. Disconnect the compressor
9. Regularly drain condensate (Dm-Fig. 1.16). from the air net.
5. On LE/LT, drain the oil.
3.3 Stopping
LE/LF/LT
1. On compressors with DOL starter, push the (0) button
on top of the pressure switch.
On compressors with Y-D starter, push switch (S1-Fig.
2.21) to position (0)
2. Close air outlet valve (AV-Figs. 1.4/1.6).
3. Switch off the voltage.
If a compressor with pressure switch with pressure release

valve stops during operation through a power failure, the
pressure from the air receiver must be released by pushing the
(0) button on top of the air pressure switch to prevent the
compressor from restarting against back-pressure when the
power becomes live again.
2920 1257 04 33
Instruction book
4 Maintenance
4.1 Petrol engine maintenance
Consult the engine "Owner's manual".
4.2 Preventive maintenance schedule for

the compressor 1)
The schedule contains a summary of the maintenance

instructions. Read the respective section before taking
maintenance measures.
When servicing, replace all disengaged packings, e.g. gaskets,

O-rings, washers.
The "longer interval" checks must also include the

"shorter interval" checks.
Period 2) Running Consult See notes Preventive Operation

hours 2) section below table maintenance
kit (Fig. 4.1)
Weekly ------ 3.2 1 -- On LE/LT, check oil level

" ------ -- -- -- Drain condensate from air receiver or pulsation damper
6-monthly ------ 5.7/5.8 2 -- Test safety valve, and if provided also relief valve
" ------ 4.4/5.3 3/4 2 Inspect air filter
Yearly 500 4.4/5.3 3/4 2 On LF75, LE/LT110 and LE150, replace air filter
" 600 4.4/5.3 3/4 2 On LE/LT40 up to -75 and LF40/55, replace air filter
" 800 4.4/5.3 3/4 2 On LE/LF/LT15/22, replace air filter
" 2000 -- -- 2 Change blow-off silencer, if provided
" 2000 4.3 -- -- On LE/LT, if mineral oil is used, change oil
2-yearly 3000 4.3 -- 5 On LE/LT, if Atlas Copco PAO oil is used, change
oil
----- 3000 to 4.4/5.1 -- 3/4 Replace check valve or unloader

4000
----- 4000 4.4/5.2 -- 1 On LE/LF/LT15 up to -40, replace valve discs
----- 5000 4.4/5.2 -- 1 On LE/LT55/150 and LF55/75, replace valve discs
Notes
1. Maintain the level in the red circle of the sight-glass.
2. Wear gloves and safety glasses.
3. For normal operation in clean surroundings. More frequently when operating in a dusty environment.
4. In a dusty environment, a heavy duty filter (available as an option) is essential.
34 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
4.3 Lubrication of LE/LT compressors Service kit for Ordering Ref. on

air filter (AF) number Fig. 4.1
It is strongly recommended to use the Atlas Copco approved For LE/LF/LT15/22 1503 6129 61 2
PAO (polyalphaolefine) compressor oil to keep the compressor For LE/LF/LT40 up to -55
in excellent operating condition. and LE/LT75 50 Hz 1503 6129 62 2
For LE/LT 75 60 Hz, LF75,
Atlas Copco PAO oil can be ordered in following quantities: LE/LT110 and LE150 1503 6130 60 2
Service kit for Ordering Ref. on
PAO oil Ordering number unloader (UA) number Fig. 4.1
1-litre can 1503 6142 63 For LE/LF/LT40 up to -75 1503 6176 60 4
5-litre can 1503 6142 60
Service kit for Ordering Ref. on
check valve (CV) number Fig. 4.1
4.4 Service kits For all LE/LF/LT40
up to -150 1503 6177 60 3
Service kits are available offering the benefits of genuine Atlas Service kit for Ordering Ref. on
Copco parts while keeping the maintenance budget low. The valve discs number Fig. 4.1
kits comprise all parts needed for servicing. Consult the Parts For LE15 up to -40 and
list for the contents of all kits. LF15/22 1503 5800 60 1
For LE55, LE75 50 Hz
and LF40 1503 5800 61 1
For LT15 up to -40 1503 5800 62 1
For LT55, LT75 50 Hz
and LF55 1503 5800 63 1
For LE/LT75 60 Hz,
LE/LT110, LE/LT150
and LF75 1503 5800 64 1
1 Valve kit
2 Filter kit
3 Check valve
4 Unloader
F1760 5 PAO oil
Fig. 4.1 Preventive maintenance kits (typical examples) 3)
Footnotes chapter 4
1) Use only authorized parts. Any damage or malfunction caused by the use of unauthorized parts is not covered by Warranty or Product
Liability.
2) Whichever interval comes first. The local Sales Company may overrule the maintenance schedule, especially the service intervals,
depending upon the environmental and working conditions of the compressor.
3) For the contents of the kits, consult the Parts list.
2920 1257 04 35
Instruction book
5 Servicing and adjustment Replacement of valve discs (Figs. 5.1 and 5.2)
procedures
LE15/55 LE75 60 Hz Operation sequence
Warning Release the pressure from the compressor before LE75 50 Hz HP cylinder
starting repair or maintenance works. Switch LF15/40 LE110/150
off the voltage and isolate the compressor from LE75 60 Hz HP cylinder
the mains. LP cylinder LT15/110
LE110/150 HP cylinder
LP cylinder LF55/75
LT15/110 HP cylinder
5.1 Unloader or check valve
LP cylinder
LF55/75
Dirt, condensate, coke formation and oxidation influence the
LP cylinder
proper operation of the valve. Depending on the working
conditions (ambient temperature, working pressure, load cycle,
oil type), it is recommended to replace the unloader or check • • Remove the fan guard, unscrew
valve as indicated in section 4.2. Replacement instructions the cap and remove the cover (1-
are included in the maintenance kits. Fig. 1.1), air filter and cover of
the air inlet silencer.
5.2 Valves • Disconnect cylinder head cover

(12) from the inlet and outlet pipe
A faulty valve must be replaced immediately. A faulty valve flanges. Remove cover (12).
can be discovered as stated in section 6, points 1 and 4. It is
highly recommended to replace the valve discs, O-rings and • Disconnect head (13) from the
joints when the cylinder heads are disassembled. inlet and outlet pipe flanges.
Remove cylinder head cover
(12). Remove head (13).
Fig. 5.1 LE, LF15 up to -40 and low-pressure side of LT Fig. 5.2 High-pressure side of LT and LF55
and LF55
1 Bolt 4 Spring 7 Valve seat 10 Joint 13 Cylinder head

2 Joint 5 Outlet valve guard 8 Inlet valve disc 11 Cylinder 14 Joint
3 O-ring 6 Outlet valve disc 9 Guide pin 12 Cylinder cover
Figs. 5.1 and 5.2 Cylinder heads
36 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
Torque values
LE15/55 LE75 60 Hz Operation sequence
M6: 10 Nm +/- 2
LE75 50 Hz HP cylinder
M8: 23 Nm +/- 2
LF15/40 LE110/150
M10: 46 Nm +/- 5
LE75 60 Hz HP cylinder
LP cylinder LT15/110
LE110/150 HP cylinder
LP cylinder LF55/75
LT15/110 HP cylinder
LP cylinder
LF55/75 5.3 Air filter
LP cylinder
1. Stop the compressor.
2. On LE/LF/LT 15 up to -55 and LE/LT75 50 Hz: unscrew
• • Remove spring (4), outlet valve the cap on top of cover (1-Fig. 1.1). Lift off the cover and
guard (5) and outlet valve disc filter element. Take care that no dirt drops inside the
(6). suction silencer.
On LE/LT75 60 Hz, LF75, LT110 and LE110/150:
• • Lift off valve seat (7) and remove unscrew cap (1-Fig. 1.7) and take out the air filter. Take
inlet valve disc (8). Do not care that no dirt drops inside the suction silencer.
remove guide pins (9). 3. Using a damp cloth, clean the filter chamber and cover.
Discard damaged elements.
• • Remove and discard all O-rings
4. Install the new element, cover and cap.
and rubber joints.
• • If necessary, remove the carbon

deposits from the inlet valve
guard at the cylinder top. Take
care that no dirt drops into the
cylinder. 5.4 Adjustment MDR4 pressure switch
• • Clean and inspect all parts.
(Figs. 5.3 up to 5.5)
• • Fit a new joint (10). Do not The adjustment of the maximum or stopping pressure of the
stretch the cord while inserting it compressor is effected by means of the air pressure switch.
in its groove; the ends should The switch also controls the pressure difference between the
meet. maximum pressure (stopping pressure) and that at which
compression is resumed (starting pressure).
• • Put a new inlet valve disc (8) into
place and install valve seat (7).
Caution
• • Fit a new O-ring (3) and joint (2).
- Adjust the air pressure switch while it is pressurized.
• • Install a new outlet valve disc (6), - Switch off the voltage before removing the cover of the
guard (5) and spring (4). switch; reinstall it after an adjustment has been made and
before the voltage is switched on again.
• Install cylinder head cover (12).
Use new flange gaskets, if
necessary. Fit the flange and Adjustment
cylinder head bolts and tighten The maximum pressure is controlled by adjusting screw (4).
them alternately. Turn the screw clockwise to raise the maximum or stopping
pressure, anti-clockwise to lower it.
• Reinstall head (13). Fit a new
joint (14). Install cylinder head
cover (12). Fit the flange and
The pressure difference is adjusted by means of screw (5).
cylinder head bolts and tighten
To reduce the difference between the stopping and starting
them alternately.
pressures, i.e. increase the starting pressure, turn the screw
• • Reinstall the fan guard, cover of anti-clockwise. To increase the pressure difference, turn the
the air inlet silencer, air filter, screw clockwise. The adjustment range is shown on the
cover (1-Fig. 1.1) and cap. diagrams (Fig. 5.5).
2920 1257 04 37
Instruction book
1 2
50960F
3
Fig. 5.3 View of air pressure switch MDR4
1 Air pressure switch

2 Solenoid valve
3 Pressure release valve
4 Adjusting screw, stopping pressure
5 Adjusting screw, pressure difference
50961F
Figs. 5.3 up to 5.5 Air pressure switch
Fig. 5.4 Adjusting screws MDR4
Example: LE
Stopping pressure: 7 bar(e)
Starting pressure: adjustable between 3 and 5.7 bar(e)
Fig. 5.5 Pressure difference diagrams MDR4/11 bar and MDR4/25 bar
38 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
5.5 Adjustment MDR5/6 pressure switch 5.6 Adjustment pilot valve on Trolley
(Figs. 5.6 and 5.7) (Fig. 5.8)
Caution The adjustment of the maximum or unloading pressure of the

- Adjust the air pressure switch while it is pressurized. compressor is effected by means of pilot valve (RV-Fig. 1.16).
- Switch off the voltage before removing the cover of the The valve also controls the difference between the preset
switch; reinstall it after an adjustment has been made and maximum pressure and that at which compression is resumed.
before the voltage is switched on again.
Unload mechanism
The maximum (stopping) pressure is controlled by adjusting The pilot valve is equipped with a hand-operated unload
knob (1). mechanism: by turning the red handle (1) 90 degrees, the
Turn the knob clockwise to raise the maximum or stopping plunger of the valve will be lifted, releasing the spring force.
pressure, anti-clockwise to lower it. The air pressure from the pulsation dampers will force down
unloader plunger (12-Fig. 1.12), the compressor will run
The pressure difference is adjusted by means of the same unloaded. By turning handle (1) 90 degrees further, the plunger
knob. returns to its original position so that the pilot valve will again
Push down the knob and turn it clockwise to reduce the unload and load the compressor at the pre-set pressures.
difference between the stopping and starting pressures, i.e. to
increase the starting pressure. Turn the knob anti-clockwise
to increase the pressure difference. The adjustment range is
shown on the diagram (Fig. 5.7).
1
6
5 2
50974F
3
Example: LT
Stopping pressure: 28 bar(e)
1 Adjusting knob for stopping and starting pressures
Starting pressure: adjustable between 15.5 and 22 bar(e)
2 Spring housing, air pressure switch
3 Pressure release valve
Fig. 5.7 Pressure difference diagram, switch MDR5/35
4 Setting dial, overload relay
(30 bar units)
5 Motor overload relay
6 Switching mechanism
Fig. 5.6 View of pressure switch MDR5/6
Figs. 5.6 and 5.7 Air pressure switch MDR5/6 with ON/OFF switch (30 bar units)
2920 1257 04 39
Instruction book
Testing on LE/LF/LT
1. Close the air outlet valve, depressurize and disconnect the
hose or pipe from the valve.
2. Start the compressor and run it until it stops automatically.
3. Switch off the voltage.
Remove the cover from the air pressure switch and, with
the air receiver now under pressure, turn the adjusting knob
or screw one turn clockwise to increase the stopping
pressure (see also sections 5.4/5.5). Reinstall the cover.
4. Switch on the voltage, slightly open the outlet valve and
start the compressor.
5. Gradually close the outlet valve while checking the air
pressure gauge. If the safety valve has not opened at the
pressure specified in section 7, it must be replaced by a
new one. If the compressor unloads before the specified
opening pressure is reached, repeat the procedure as
mentioned from step 3.
6. Readjust the unloading pressure as described in sections
5.4 and 5.5.
7. Reconnect the hose or pipe to the closed air outlet valve.
Testing on LE/LF/LT Trolley

1. Close the air outlet valves, depressurize and disconnect
the hoses from the valves.
2. Loosen the red handle of the pilot valve (1-Fig. 5.8) and
the two nuts (3).
3. Open outlet valve (AV1-Fig. 1.16) a fraction. Start the
A Control air to unloader
compressor.
E Compressed air from pulsation dampers
4. Gradually turn adjusting screw (2-Fig. 5.8) clockwise while
R Vent hole
checking pressure gauge (Gp-Fig. 1.16).
1 Unloading handle
If the safety valve has not opened at the pressure specified
2 Pressure adjusting screw
in section 7, it must be replaced by a new one.
3 Nuts
5. Readjust the normal working pressure after testing. Consult
4 Shims
section 5.6.
6. Fit nuts (3-Fig. 5.8) and handle (1) in their original
Fig. 5.8 Pilot valve on LE/LT Trolley
positions.
5.8 Relief valve (8-Fig. 1.1) on LF55/75,

LE75 up to -150 and LT
The relief valve protects the LP side of the compressor. No

Setting of the pilot valve adjustments are allowed.
The maximum pressure is controlled by adjusting screw (2):
- Loosen handle (1) and the two nuts (3). Remove the relief valve and fit a 3/8 inch B.S.P. plug instead.
- Turn the adjusting screw (2) clockwise to increase the Remove the safety valve from the air receiver and replace it
maximum pressure. by the relief valve. The latter can then be tested at increasing
- The pressure difference can be increased by removing one air receiver pressure after the compressor has been started
or more shims (4). with open air outlet valve. If the valve has not opened at the
- Fit the two nuts (3) and handle (1) in their original position. pressure specified in section 7, it must be replaced by a new
one. Reinstall the valves in their respective places after testing.
5.7 Safety valve (SV-Figs. 1.4, 1.5 and

1.8) 1)
Footnote chapter 5
Replace the valve if it does not open at the correct pressure.
No adjustments are allowed. 1) Not on Compressor Block/Power Pack
40 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
6 Problem solving 7 High oil consumption on LE/LT compressors

a Oil level too high
a Do not overfill crankcase. Keep level in red circle of sight-
1 Insufficient air pressure glass
a Air leak b Piston ring(s) worn or broken
a Check and correct as necessary b Have condition of piston rings checked
b Air filter choked
b Replace filter 8 Unit does not start
c Air pressure switch incorrectly set a Electrical failure
c Adjust switch a Have electrical system checked. Check fuses and line
d Air consumption exceeds maximum output of compressor terminals for tightness
d Check equipment connected b Overload relay cut out
e Damaged valve b Reset overload relay. If the relay cuts out again after
e Inspect valves and replace parts where necessary starting, see point 9
f Unloader 1) malfunctioning c Air pressure above pre-set starting pressure
f Inspect and replace parts where necessary c Compressor will start when air pressure is lower than pre-
g Solenoid valve 1) out of order set starting pressure of air pressure switch
g Remove and check. Replace if necessary
9 Overload relay cuts out
2 Unit does not speed up a Overload relay incorrectly set
a Voltage drop at motor terminals a Check and adjust. Reset relay
a Consult power supplier. Use correct size of cable b Solenoid valve out of order
b Unloader malfunctioning b See 1g
b See 1f c Unloader plunger jammed
c Solenoid valve out of order c See 1f
c See 1g d Blow-off silencer choked
d Blow-off silencer 1) choked d See 2d
d Replace e Ambient temperature too high
e Improve ventilation of room
3 Air receiver pressure rises above maximum and causes f Motor stops and starts too frequently
safety valve to blow f See 6
a Air pressure switch or pilot valve 1) incorrectly set or out g Overcurrent due to motor or compressor failure
of order g Have motor line current measured. If currents exceed rated
a Check. Replace switch or valve, if necessary motor current, have compressor inspected; if currents are
b Solenoid valve defective not equal, have motor inspected
b See 1g
c Unloader malfunctioning
c See 1f
d Blow-off silencer choked
d See 2d
4 Relief valve blows 1)

a Defective inlet valve in HP cylinder head
a Inspect and replace part(s) as necessary
b Relief valve not airtight
b Replace valve
5 Receiver does not hold pressure

a Check valve leaks
a Check for broken valve and springs
b Air leaks
b Check and correct as necessary
6 Too frequent starting/too short operating periods

a Air pressure switch or pilot valve 1) incorrectly set
a Increase pressure difference
b Check valve leaks Footnote chapter 6
b See 5a
1) If provided.
2920 1257 04 41
Instruction book
7 Principal data
7.1 Reference conditions
Inlet pressure (absolute) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar 1

Relative air humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . % 0
Air inlet temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . celsius 20
Working pressure:
- for LE 10 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 7
- for LF 10 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 7
- for LT 15 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 12
- for LT 20 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 20
- for LT 30 bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 30
7.2 Limitations
Minimum inlet temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . celsius 0

Maximum inlet temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . celsius 40
Maximum working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) See below
7.3 Compressor data for LE 10 bar
7.3.1 50 Hz
Compressor type LE15 LE22 LE40 LE55 LE75 LE110 LE150
Maximum working pressure for LE . . . . bar(e) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Maximum working pressure for
LE Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
Pre-set pressure difference for
LE Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Temperature at outlet valve, approx.
- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 40 44 66 59 80 65 91
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 48 52 74 67 88 73 99
Power input at max. working pressure . . kW 1.82 2.54 4.57 6.11 8.28 10.69 14.92
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.4 4.4 8.4 11.7 15.7 18.6 23.9
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4 1.7 1.7
Opening pressure of safety valve (not
for Block/Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
Maximum sound pressure level 1):
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 78 79 79 80 81 84 85
- Silenced receiver-mounted version . . . dB(A) 65 66 66 70 70 73 73
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 63 64 64 68 68 70 70
42 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
7.3.2 60 Hz
Compressor type LE15 LE22 LE40 LE55 LE75 LE110 LE150
Maximum working pressure for LE . . . . bar(e) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

LE Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
LE Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.7 1.7 1.7
for Block/Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
7.4 Compressor data for LF 10 bar
7.4.1 50 Hz
Compressor type LF15 LF22 LF40 LF55 LF75
Maximum working pressure for LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 10 10 10 10 10

Maximum working pressure for LF Trolley . . . . . . . . bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
Pre-set pressure difference for LF Trolley . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1
- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 40 44 45 50 51
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 48 52 53 58 59
Power input at max. working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . kW 2.05 2.71 5.11 5.89 8.65
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.1 4.0 7.6 9.2 14.4
Opening pressure of safety valve (not for Block/
Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 11 11 11 11 11
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 82 83 83 84 86
- Silenced receiver-mounted version . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 69 70 70 74 77
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 67 68 68 72 74
2920 1257 04 43
Instruction book
7.4.2 60 Hz
Compressor type LF15 LF22 LF40 LF55 LF75
Maximum working pressure for LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 10 10 10 10 10

Maximum working pressure for LF Trolley . . . . . . . . bar(e) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
Pre-set pressure difference for LF Trolley . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1
- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 49 54 54 60 58
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 57 62 62 68 66
Power input at max. working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . kW 2.36 3.10 5.89 6.70 10.66
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.6 4.6 8.8 10.7 17.1
Opening pressure of safety valve (not for Block/
Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 11 11 11 11 11
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 84 85 85 86 88
- Silenced receiver-mounted version . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 71 72 72 76 79
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 69 70 70 74 76
7.5 Compressor data for LT 15 bar
7.5.1 50 Hz
Compressor type LT15 LT22 LT40 LT55 LT75 LT110
Maximum working pressure for LT . . . . bar(e) 15 15 15 15 15 15

LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7
LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1 1
- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 49 57 68 56 75 72
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 57 65 76 64 83 80
Power input at max. working pressure . . kW 2.29 2.87 4.95 6.64 8.67 12.10
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.1 4.0 6.7 9.2 11.7 18.1
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4 1.7
for Block/Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 16 16 16 16 16 16
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 78 79 79 80 81 84
- Silenced receiver-mounted version . . . dB(A) 65 66 66 70 70 73
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 63 64 64 68 68 70
44 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
7.5.2 60 Hz
Compressor type LT15 LT22 LT40 LT55 LT75 LT110
Maximum working pressure for LT . . . . bar(e) 15 15 15 15 15 15

LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7
LT Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar 1 1 1 1 1 1
- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 57 66 81 65 40 76
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 65 74 89 73 48 84
Power input at max. working pressure . . kW 2.49 3.44 6.16 8.27 9.28 14.55
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.6 4.7 7.9 10.9 14.2 21.4
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.7 1.7
for Block/Power Pack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 16 16 16 16 16 16
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 80 81 81 82 83 84
- Silenced receiver-mounted version . . . dB(A) 67 68 68 72 73 74
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 65 66 66 70 71 72
7.6.1 50 Hz
Compressor type LT15 LT22 LT40 LT55 LT75 LT110 LT150
Maximum working pressure . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4 1.7 1.7
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
Maximum sound pressure level 1)
2920 1257 04 45
Instruction book
7.6.2 60 Hz
Compressor type LT15 LT22 LT40 LT55 LT75 LT110 LT150
Maximum working pressure . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.7 1.7 1.7
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
7.7.1 50 Hz
Compressor type LT22 LT40 LT55 LT75
Maximum working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 30 30 30 30

- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 49 60 42 58
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 57 68 50 66
Power input at max. working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kW 2.83 4.73 6.11 7.89
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1500 1500 1500 1500
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 2.5 4.4 6.4 8.5
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 79 79 80 81
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 64 64 68 68
46 2920 1257 04
Instruction book
7.7.2 60 Hz
Compressor type LT22 LT40 LT55
Maximum working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 30 30 30

- Unsilenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 53 65 49
- Silenced compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Celsius 61 73 57
Power input at max. working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kW 3.44 5.77 7.63
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r/min 1800 1800 1800
Free air delivery 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l/s 3.1 5.5 8.0
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0.8 0.8 1.4
Opening pressure of relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar(e) 6.5 6.5 6.5
- Standard version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 81 81 82
- Silenced pack version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dB(A) 66 66 70
Footnotes chapter 7
1) According to CAGI PNEUROP PN8NTC2.2.

2) At reference conditions
2920 1257 04 47
Instruction book
8 Conversion list of SI units into US/British units

1 bar = 14.504 psi
1 g = 0.035 oz
1 kg = 2.205 lb
1 km/h = 0.621 mile/h
1 kW = 1.341 hp (UK and US)
1 l = 0.264 US gal
1 l = 0.220 Imp gal (UK)
1 l = 0.035 cu.ft
1 m = 3.281 ft
1 mm = 0.039 in
1 m 3/min = 35.315 cfm
1 mbar = 0.401 in wc
1 N = 0.225 lbf
1 Nm = 0.738 lbf.ft
x degrees celsius = (32 + 1.8 x) degrees fahrenheit 1)
Footnote chapter 8
1) A temperature difference of 1 degree celsius = a temperature difference of 1.8 degrees fahrenheit.
48 2920 1257 04
Combined Air Filter - Regulator
Filtre à air combiné - Régulateur MIDI F/R
Kombinierter Druckluftfilter - Regler
Filtro de aire combinado - Regulador 15C
Filtro aria - Regolatore
Gecombineerde luchtfilter - drukregelaar ASL 11/92 – 12
Yhdistetty ilmansuodatin - paineensäädin
Kombinerad tryckluftfilter - regulator
MIDI F/R 15C-BS Optional Accessories, ENGLISH

(9093 0012 31) please see page 20 Operator’s Instructions Page 2-3
Spare Parts and Accessories
Ordering No.s Page 18-20
MIDI F/R 15C-BES
(9093 0012 01) FRANÇAIS
Guide de l’utilisateur Page 4-5
Max. rec. Pièces de rechange et accessoires
1/2" BSP air flow
Numéros de référence (Ordering No.) Pages 18-20
31 l/s
Gauge thread at 6.3 bar DEUTSCH
1/4" BSP
Bedienungsanleitung Seite 6-7
Bestellnummern (Ordering No.) für
Polycarbonate bowl
Semi-automatic Ersatzteile und Zubehör Seite 18-20
drainage
ESPAÑOL
Polycarbonate bowl with Instrucciones de empleo Página 8-9
bowl guard Piezas de repuesto y accesorios
Semi-automatic Designación (Ordering No.) Páginas 18-20
drainage
ITALIANO
Istruzioni per l’uso Pag. 10-11
Min. 65 mm
for changing Elenco ricambi ed accessori
filter element No. di catalogo (Ordering No.) Pag. 18-20
NEDERLANDS
MIDI F/R 15C-AS
(9093 0011 71) Bedieningsinstrukties Blz. 12-13
Reserveonderdelen en toebehoren
MIDI F/R 15C-AES
(9093 0011 41) Bestelnummers (Ordering No.) Blz. 18-20
SUOMI
Työkalujen käyttöohjeet Sivu 14-15
Varaosien ja lisävarusteiden
tilausnumerot (Ordering No.) Sivu 18-20
SVENSKA
Polycarbonate bowl Skötselinstruktion Sida 16-17
Automatic Beställningsnummer (Ordering No.)
drainage för reservdelar och tillbehör Sida 18-20
Polycarbonate bowl with

bowl guard
Automatic
drainage
MIDI F/R 15C-DS

(9093 0012 61)
Metal bowl with

sight glass
Semi-automatic
drainage
6155100M
Edition 1 Atlas Copco Tools - No. 9836 1551 00

Page 1 (21) 1999 - 08
ENGLISH - Instructions
! Warning
The polycarbonate bowl must not be allowed to come into
Environment care
Wrapping material and used parts should be handled according to
contact with aggressive chemicals. local authorities directions in the country where the product is
Examples of chemicals which attack bowls of polycarbonate installed.
Acetone, benzol, brake fluid, glycerine, some synthetic oil,
chloroform, carbon tetrachloride (and similar solvents), carbon Setting
disulphide, methyl alcohol, perchloroethylene, toluene, – Pull the setting knob (2) out and turn it counter-clockwise as far as
trichloroethylene, xylene (nitrocellulose, thinner), acetic acid. it goes.
– Turn on the compressed air supply.
Important – Set the secondary pressure:
– Temperature range ±0°C to +50°C. statically (no air flow) or dynamically (while air consuming
– Max. working pressure (e) = 16 bar = 1.6 MPa at +50°C with metal equipment is operating).
bowl. With polycarbonate bowl max. 16 bar at +25°C and max. 10 – Turn the knob clockwise until the wanted secondary pressure is
bar = 1.0 MPa at +50°C. obtained.
– Setting at lower secondary pressure : turn the knob
Installation counter-clockwise – this causes secondary air relief through the
– Remove any foreign matter or impurities from the air line by diaphragm assembly (13) to the atmosphere.
blowing it clean with compressed air. – Relock the setting knob by pressing it in when the pressure setting
– The filter/regulator must be installed as close as possible to the has been finally adjusted.
equipment which is to be driven by the compressed air.
– If an oil-fog lubricator MIDI DIM 15C or a direct lubricator DOS 15B
Attendance
is to be installed in the air line, it must be sited after the The filter/regulator requires a minimum of maintenance apart from
filter/regulator. emptying and cleaning. If leakage occurs in consequence of fouling,
– The filter/regulator must be installed with the bowl vertical and the the regulating valve (19) and the diaphragm assembly (13) should be
drain valve (45/51) downwards. removed for cleaning.
– The pressure gauge can be installed as desired on either of the two Draining of the filter unit
connections on the filter/regulator housing. Block the connection Type -A
which is not used with the plug supplied. The water is automatically drained off when the float of the drain
Note the arrow indicating the flow direction.
valve (51) is lifted to a certain height.
– Condensate drained off the filter bowl might be conveyed via a The valve can also be opened manually by turning its knurled
flexible plastic hose with an inside diameter of 6 mm, which can be outlet pipe counter-clockwise.
attached to the drain valve (45), instead of the plastic hose (50).
Type -B
Assembling of bowl guard (55) The bowl is drained automatically when the pressure in it falls
– Pull the tab on the lock ring (43) in the arrow direction and turn the below 0.2 bar. If the water reaches up to the indicated maximum
bayonet ring (44) counter-clockwise to stop. level the bowl must be emptied manually by pressing the tabs of
– Hold the bayonet ring so that the bowl remains in bottom position. the drain grip (48) together.
Disassemble the lock ring from the bayonet ring. A small Type -C
screwdriver (flat edge) could be entered behind the tabs on the lock The water must not reach beyond the indicated maximum level.
ring to ease disassembly. Drain off the collected water at regular intervals – appropriately
– Remove the bayonet ring (44) from the plastic bowl (40). every day or as found suitable by experience – by pressing the
– Assemble the bayonet ring (57) to the bowl guard (56). Enter the tabs of the drain grip (48) together.
plastic bowl in the bayonet ring. Hold the bayonet ring so that the Type -D
bowl and the bowl guard remain in the bottom position. The water must not reach beyond the upper sight glass window.
– Assemble the lock ring (43). The arrow marked tab should fit in the Drain off the collected water at regular intervals – appropriately
groove of the bayonet ring. every day or as found suitable by experience – by pressing the
Assembling of wall mounting bracket (60) tabs of the drain grip (48) together.
– Remove on both sides of the filter/regulator the small pre-punched Cleaning the filter unit
covers in cover (32/33) The bowl and filter element (27/28) must be cleaned at regular
– Enter screws (62). intervals to avoid loss of efficiency. The filter unit should be washed in
– The bracket (61) could be mounted either with wall screws below petrol or the like and then blown dry from the inside. The bowl should
filter/regulator housing or above. be washed with water to which a little detergent has been added.
Assembling of two MIDI 15C units Dismantling for cleaning of bowl and filter element
For the assembling an assembly kit (63) should be used. Note – There is no need to remove the filter/regulator from the
– Remove the black cover plate on the outlet side of the first unit in compressed-air line.
the flow direction (note the flow direction arrows on the housings) – Vent the air line.
and the cover plate on inlet side of the second unit. The yellow – Pull the tab on the lock ring (43) in the arrow direction and turn the
cover plates should not be removed. bayonet ring (44) counter-clockwise to stop.
– Put one of the units on a table so the connection surface is – Pull down the complete bowl.
horizontal and turned upwards. Locate the O-ring (64) in the recess – Turn the separator disk (26) 90° counter-clockwise. Pull out the
around the flow port. Position the two nuts (67) in corresponding disk and the filter element (27/28).
recesses. – Remove and check the condition of O-ring (30). Replace if
Note – Check that a nut corner meets the shaped nut corner in the damaged or deformed.
housing. Assembly after the bowl and filter element have been cleaned
– Position the other unit so the two units meet surface to surface and – Smear the O-ring (30) with grease and fit it in place.
the complete unit forms a straight line with regard to the yellow – Push in the filter element. Position the separator disk and turn it 90°
front covers. clockwise.
– Hold the units together and locate the clamps (65). Screw in one of – Push the bowl and the bayonet ring into the housing with the
the screws (66) half-ways. Screw in the other one and tighten to bayonet tabs fitting in corresponding recesses. Turn the bayonet
bottom position. Finally, tighten the first one to bottom position. ring clockwise until the arrow marked tab on lock ring (43) snaps
into locked position.
– Check that the bayonet ring is locked by trying to turn it
counter-clockwise.
2 Atlas Copco Tools - No. 9836 1551 00

ENGLISH - Instructions
Dismantling for cleaning of the regulator unit

Note – The dismantling procedure described below is valid for an
uninstalled filter/regulator. When a filter/regulator which is installed in
the compressed air line is to be dismantled, the air line must first be
vented.
– Pull the setting knob (2) out and turn it counter-clockwise as far as
it goes.
– Carefully, simultaneously, bend out a little the upper end of the
three tabs on ring (8) and lift off the setting knob.
– Grip, e.g. in a vice, the outer end of the bonnet (5) firmly and turn it
counter-clockwise. Remove the complete housing.
– Remove the spring (11) and take out the complete diaphragm (13)
and support ring (12). Note the side of the support ring which is
facing the diaphragm. Check the condition of the rubber diaphragm
(15). Replace if worn.
– Pull the tab on the lock ring (43) in the arrow direction and turn the
bayonet ring (44) counter-clockwise to stop.
– Pull down the complete bowl.
– Turn the separator disk (26) 90° counter-clockwise. Pull out the
disk and the filter element (27/28).
– Remove the splash shield (25). Turn counter-clockwise.
– Take care of the spring (29) located inside the splash shield.
– Take out the complete regulating valve (19). Check the rubber seat
on the valve. Replace valve if seat is damaged. Check the O-ring
(21). Replace if damaged or deformed.
– Check the valve seat inside the filter/regulator housing.
– Remove the O-rings (22) and (30). Replace if they are damaged or
deformed.
Assembling after cleaning of the regulator unit
Note – In assembling, conditions of scrupulous cleanliness must be
observed.
– Grease and install the O-rings (22) and (30) in the housing.
– Grease the regulating valve pin (notice the play pin relative to valve
body) as well as the outer cylindrical part of the regulating valve
and its O-ring (21).
– Insert the complete regulating valve (19) in the housing.
– Locate the spring (18) on the regulating valve.
– Screw in the splash shield. Turn clockwise. Use suitable tool in
centre part to grip and tighten.
– Push in the filter unit. Position the separator disk and turn it 90°
clockwise.
– Push the bowl and the bayonet ring into the housing with the
bayonet tabs fitting in corresponding recesses. Turn the bayonet
ring clockwise until the arrow marked tab on lock ring (43) snaps
into locked position.
– Check that the bayonet ring is locked by trying to turn it
counter-clockwise.
– Check the seat for the diaphragm assembly (13) in the housing.
– Fit the diaphragm assembly into the housing.
– Push the valve pin and the diaphragm a couple of times to make
sure that the regulating valve is operating at full stroke (approx. 3
mm).
– Fit the support ring (12). Position so the internal radius will face the
diaphragm.
– Position the spring (11) on top of the diaphragm assembly.
– Turn the square shaped spindle (4) on top of the complete bonnet
(3) counter-clockwise to stop.
– Screw the complete bonnet (3) 1-2 turns into the regulator housing.
– Turn the square shaped spindle 3-4 turns clockwise to centre the
diaphragm relative to the stem on regulating valve (19).
– Turn the setting screw (4) counter-clockwise back to stop.
– Screw in the complete bonnet (3) clockwise and tighten it firmly.
– Push on the setting knob (2) until the tabs on ring (8) locks the
knob.
Installation of filter/regulator after overhaul
– Install the filter/regulator and pressurize the air line.
– Turn the setting knob (2) to build up some pressure. Turn the knob
to and fro to make sure that the pressure follows the setting.
Atlas Copco Tools - No. 9836 1551 00 3

FRANÇAIS - Instructions
! Attention
Le bol en polycarbonate ne peut pas entrer en contact avec des
– Maintenez les deux unités ensemble et repérez les brides (65).
Vissez une des deux vis (66) à mi-course, puis vissez l’autre à
substances chimiques agressives. fond. Enfin, serrez la première vis à fond.
Exemples de produits chimiques qui attaquent les Protection de l’environnement
réservoirs en polycarbonate :
Les emballages et les pièces usagées doivent être éliminés en
Acétone, benzol, liquide de frein, glycérine, certaines huiles
accord avec la réglementation en vigueur dans le pays dans lequel le
synthétiques, chloroforme, tétrachloride de carbone (et solvants
produit est installé.
similaires), bisulfure de carbone, alcool méthylique,
tétrachloréthylène, toluène, trichloréthylène, xylène Réglage
(nitrocellulose, thinner), acide acétique.
– Tirez le bouton de réglage (2) vers l’extérieur, puis tournez-le à
Important fond vers la gauche.
– Plage de températures ±0°C à +50°C. – Mettez l’alimentation à air comprimé sous tension.
– Pression de travail maximum (e) = 16 bars = 1,6 MPa à +50°C – Réglez la pression secondaire statiquement (absence de flux d’air)
avec réservoir métallique. Maximum 16 bars à +25°C et maximum ou dynamiquement (pendant le fonctionnement de l’outil alimenté
10 bars = 1,0 MPa à +50°C avec réservoir en polycarbonate. en air comprimé).
– Tournez le bouton vers la droite jusqu’à ce que la pression
Installation secondaire atteigne le niveau désiré.
– Eliminez les corps étrangers ou les impuretés de la conduite d’air – Réglage de la pression secondaire inférieure : tournez le bouton
en la nettoyant à l’air comprimé. dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d’une montre afin de libérer la
pression secondaire dans l’atmosphère, par l’intermédiaire du
– Le filtre/régulateur doit être installé aussi près que possible de
membrane (13).
l’outil qui doit être alimenté en air comprimé.
– Verrouillez à nouveau le bouton de réglage en l’enfonçant dès que
– Si vous devez installer un graisseur à brouillard d’huile MIDI DIM
vous avez terminé de régler la pression.
15C ou un graisseur direct DOS 15B dans la conduite d’air,
montez-le après le le filtre/régulateur. Maintenance
– Vous devez installer le filtre en positionnant le réservoir
verticalement et le robinet de vidange (45/51) vers le bas. Outre la vidange et le nettoyage, le filtre/régulateur ne nécessite
qu’un entretien minimum.
Notez le sens de la flèche indiquant la direction du flux.
En présence d’une fuite provoquée par un encrassement du
– Les condensats qui s’écoulent du réservoir du filtre peuvent être
régulateur, vous devez déposer et nettoyer l’ensemble de la soupape
acheminés à l’aide d’un flexible en plastique d’un diamètre intérieur
(19) et de la membrane (13).
de 6 mm, qui peut être fixé au robinet de vidange (45), au lieu du
flexible en plastique (50). Vidange du filtre
Assemblage de la protection du réservoir (55) Type -A
– Tirez l’ergot de la rondelle-ressort (43) dans le sens de la flèche et L’eau est automatiquement vidangée lorsque le flotteur du robinet
tournez la bague à baïonnette (44) dans le sens inverse des de vidange (51) est relevé à une hauteur déterminée.
aiguilles d’une montre pour commander l’arrêt. Vous pouvez aussi ouvrir manuellement le robinet en tournant
– Maintenez la bague à baïonnette de façon à ce que le réservoir son tuyau de sortie à molette dans le sens inverse des aiguilles
demeure dans le fond. Démontez la rondelle-ressort à partir de la d’une montre.
bague à baïonnette. Vous pouvez éventuellement insérer un petit Type -B
tournevis (à bord plat) derrière les ergots de la rondelle-ressort Le réservoir est automatiquement vidangé lorsque sa pression
pour faciliter son démontage. interne descend au-dessous de 0,2 bar. Si l’eau a atteint le
– Retirez la bague à baïonnette (44) du réservoir en plastique (40). niveau maximal indiqué, vous devez vider manuellement le
– Assemblez la bague à baïonnette (57) sur le réservoir (56). Insérez réservoir en serrant les ergots de la poignée de vidange (48) l’un
le réservoir en plastique dans la bague à baïonnette. Maintenez contre l’autre.
cette dernière de façon à ce que le réservoir et la protection Type -C
demeurent dans le fond. L’eau ne peut pas dépasser le niveau maximal indiqué.
– Assemblez la rondelle-ressort (43). L’ergot marqué d’une flèche Vidangez-la donc régulièrement (idéalement chaque jour ou
doit s’adapter dans la rainure de la bague à baïonnette. selon l’intervalle adéquat déterminé par l’expérience) en serrant
les ergots de la poignée de vidange (48) l’un contre l’autre.
Assemblage du support de fixation mural (60)
Type -D
– Déposez les deux petits couvercles prépercés du capot (32/33), de L’eau ne peut pas dépasser la mire supérieure. Vidangez-la donc
part et d’autre du filtre/régulateur. régulièrement (idéalement chaque jour ou selon l’intervalle
– Insérez les vis (62). adéquat déterminé par l’expérience) en serrant les ergots de la
– Le support (61) peut être fixé à l’aide de vis murales, au-dessous poignée de vidange (48) l’un contre l’autre.
ou au-dessus du carter du filtre/régulateur par brouillard d’huile.
Nettoyage du filtre
Assemblage de deux unités MIDI 15C
Vous devez nettoyer régulièrement le réservoir et l’unité du filtre
L’assemblage doit être effectué à l’aide d’un lot d’assemblage (63). (27/28) afin de préserver leur efficacité. Le filtre doit être nettoyé avec
– Déposez la plaque de protection noire, du côté de la sortie de la de l’essence ou tout autre produit similaire, puis séché à l’air par
première unité, dans le sens du flux (désigné à l’aide des flèches l’intérieur. Le réservoir, par contre, doit être nettoyé avec de l’eau et
apposées sur les carters), ainsi que la plaque de protection du côté un peu de détergent.
de l’admission de la seconde unité. Ne retirez pas les plaques de Démontage de la pièce d’insertion du filtre et du réservoir en vue
protection de couleur jaune. de leur nettoyage
– Posez une des deux unités sur une table en plaçant la surface de Notez – Il n’est pas nécessaire de retirer le filtre de la conduite d’air
connexion à l’horizontale et en l’orientant vers le haut. Repérez le comprimé.
joint torique (64) logé dans la rainure qui entoure le port – Purgez la conduite d’air.
d’aspiration. Positionnez les deux écrous(67) dans les encoches – Tirez l’ergot de la rondelle-ressort (43) dans le sens de la flèche,
correspondantes. puis tournez la bague à baïonnette (44) dans le sens inverse des
Notez – Assurez-vous qu’un coin de l’écrou est en contact avec le aiguilles d’une montre pour commander l’arrêt.
coin de l’écrou usiné du carter. – Tirez l’ensemble du réservoir vers le bas.
– Positionnez l’autre unité de façon à ce que sa surface soit en – Tournez le disque séparateur (26) de 90° dans le sens inverse des
contact avec celle de l’autre unité et à ce que les deux unités aiguilles d’une montre, puis retirez-le ainsi que l’unité du filtre (25).
forment une ligne droite au niveau des protections avant de couleur – Retirez la protection de la dérivation (27/28) en la tournant dans le
jaune. sens inverse des aiguilles d’une montre.

FRANÇAIS - Instructions
– Retirez le joint torique (30) et contrôlez son état. S’il est déformé, – Adaptez l’ensemble de la membrane dans le carter.
remplacez-le. – Appuyez plusieurs fois sur la goupille de la soupape et la
Assemblage après nettoyage du réservoir et de l’unité du filtre membrane afin de vous assurer que la soupape atteint la fin de
course (environ 3 mm).
– Graissez le joint torique (30) et installez-le.
– Adaptez la bague d’appui (12) en orientant le rayon interne face à
– Vissez la protection de la dérivation en la tournant dans le sens des
la membrane.
aiguilles d’une montre.
– Positionnez le ressort (11) par dessus l’ensemble de la membrane.
– Enfoncez l’unité du filtre, positionnez correctement le disque
– Tournez l’arbre carré (4) en haut de l’ensemble du capot (3) dans
séparateur, puis tournez-le de 90° dans le sens des aiguilles d’une
le sens inverse des aiguilles d’une montre pour commander l’arrêt.
montre.
– Vissez l’ensemble du capot (3) d’un ou deux tours dans le carter du
– Enfoncez le réservoir et la bague à baïonnette dans le carter, en
régulateur.
adaptant les ergots à baïonnette dans les encoches
correspondantes. Tournez la bague à baïonnette dans le sens des – Tournez l’arbre carré de 3 à 4 tours dans le sens des aiguilles
aiguilles d’une montre jusqu’à ce que l’ergot marqué d’une flèche d’une montre pour centrer la membrane par rapport à la tige de la
de la rondelle-ressort (43) se verrouille. soupape (19).
– Assurez-vous que la bague à baïonnette est correctement – Tournez à nouveau l’arbre carré dans le sens inverse des aiguilles
verrouillée en essayant de la tourner dans le sens inverse des d’une montre pour commander l’arrêt.
aiguilles d’une montre. – Vissez l’ensemble du capot (4) dans le sens des aiguilles d’une
montre en les serrant fermement.
Démontage du régulateur en vue de son nettoyage
– Enfoncez le bouton (2) jusqu’à ce qu’il soit verrouillé par les ergots
Notez – La procédure de démontage décrite ci-dessous s’applique à de la bague (8).
un régulateur qui n’est pas installé. Avant de démonter un régulateur
Installation du régulateur/filtre après l’entretien
déjà installé dans la conduite d’air comprimé, purgez celle-ci.
– Tirez le bouton (2) vers l’extérieur et tournez-le à fond dans le sens – Installez le régulateur/filtre et mettez la conduite d’air sous
inverse des aiguilles d’une montre. pression.
– Pliez délicatement et légèrement l’extrémité supérieure des trois – Tournez le bouton de réglage (2) de façon à augmenter légèrement
ergots (8) en levant simultanément le bouton. la pression. Tournez le bouton vers l’avant et vers l’arrière de façon
– Maintenez fermement, dans un étau par exemple, l’extrémité à ce que la pression soit conforme au réglage.
extérieure du bonnet (5) et tournez-la dans le sens inverse des
aiguilles d’une montre. Déposez l’ensemble du carter.
– Déposez le ressort (11), puis retirez l’ensemble de la membrane
(13) et de la bague d’appui (12). Notez le côté de la bague d’appui
qui est face à la membrane. Contrôlez l’état de la membrane en
caoutchouc (15) et remplacez-la si elle est usée.
– Tirez l’ergot de la rondelle-ressort (43) dans le sens de la flèche,
puis tournez la bague à baïonnette (44) dans le sens inverse des
aiguilles d’une montre pour commander l’arrêt.
Tirez l’ensemble du réservoir vers le bas.
– Tournez le disque séparateur (26) de 90° dans le sens inverse des
aiguilles d’une montre, puis retirez-le ainsi que l’unité du filtre
(27/28).
– Retirez la protection de la dérivation (25) en la tournant dans le
sens inverse des aiguilles d’une montre.
– Veillez à ne pas endommager le ressort (29) logé à l'interieur de la
protection de la dérivation.
– Retirez l’ensemble de la soupape (19). Contrôlez le siège en
caoutchouc de la soupape. S’il est endommagé, remplacez la
soupape. Contrôlez le joint torique (21) et remplacez-le s’il est
endommagé ou déformé.
– Contrôlez le siège de la soupape à l’intérieur du carter du
régulateur.
– Déposez les joint toriques (22et 30) et remplacez-les s’il est
endommagé ou déformé.
Montage du régulateur après son nettoyage
Notez - Pendant l’assemblage, veillez à ce que toutes les pièces
soient parfaitement propres.
– Graissez et installez les joints toriques (22) et (30) dans le carter.
– Graissez la goupille de la soupape (notez le jeu entre la goupille et
le corps de la soupape) ainsi que la partie cylindrique externe de la
soupape, et son joint torique (21).
– Insérez l’ensemble de la soupape (19) dans le carter.
– Repérez le ressort (18) monté sur la soupape.
– Vissez la protection de la dérivation (dans le sens des aiguilles
d'une montre), en saisissant et en serrant sa partie centrale à l'aide
d'un outil adéquat.
– Enfoncez le réservoir et la bague à baïonnette dans le carter, en
adaptant les ergots à baïonnette dans les encoches
correspondantes. Tournez la bague à baïonnette dans le sens des
aiguilles d’une montre jusqu’à ce que l’ergot marqué d’une flèche
de la rondelle-ressort (43) se verrouille.
– Assurez-vous que la bague à baïonnette est correctement
verrouillée en essayant de la tourner dans le sens inverse des
aiguilles d’une montre.
– Contrôlez le siège de l’ensemble de la membrane (13) dans le
carter.

DEUTSCH - Bedienunganleitung
! Warnung
Um Rißbildung durch Spannungen zu verhindern, darf der
– Die andere Einheit so plazieren, daß sich die beiden Einheiten
Fläche gegen Fläche treffen und daß die komplette Einheit eine
Kunststoffbehälter nicht mit agressiven Mitteln in Berührung gerade Linie entsprechend den gelben Frontabdeckungen bildet.
kommen. – Die Einheiten gegeneinander halten und die Klammern (65)
Beispiele für Chemikalien, die Behälter aus Polykarbonat anbringen. Eine der Schrauben (66) halb einschrauben. Die andere
angreifen einschrauben und bis zum Anschlag eindrehen. Abschließen die
Aceton, Benzol, Bremsflüssigkeit, Glyzerin, gewisse synthetische erste Schraube bis zum Anschlag festziehen.
Öle, Chloroform, Kohlenstofftetrachlorid (und ähnliches), Umweltschutz
Schwefelkohlenstoff, Methanol, Perchloräthylen, Toluol,
Kartonmaterial und verbrauchten Teile müssen entsprechend den
Trichloräthylen, Xylolen (Nitrozellulose, Verdünnung),
Anweisungen der Behörden des Landes gehandhabt werden, in dem
Essigsäure.
das Produkt installiert ist.
Wichtig
Einstellung
– Temperaturbereich ±0°C bis +50°C.
– Den Einstelldrehknopf (2) herausziehen und so weit wie möglich im
– Max. Arbeitsdruck (e) = 16 bar = 1,6 MPa bei +50°C mit einem
Gegenuhrzeigersinn drehen.
Behälter aus Metall. Mit einem Behälter aus Polykarbonat max. 16
bar bei +25°C und max. 10 bar = 1,0 MPa bei +50°C. – Druckluft anschließen.
– Den Sekundärdruck statisch (kein Luftdurchfluß) oder dynamisch
Installation einstellen (während luftverbrauchende Ausrüstung im Betrieb ist)
– Eventuelle Verunreinigungen in der Luftleitung durch Reinigung mit – Den Drehknopf im Uhrzeigersinn drehen, bis der gewünschte
Druckluft entfernen. Sekundärdruck erreicht ist.
– Ein Filter/Regler ist so nahe wie möglich an der Ausrüstung zu – Einstellung auf einen niedrigeren Sekundärdruck: Den
installieren, die mit Druckluft angetrieben wird. Einstelldrehknopf im Gegenuhrzeigersinn drehen. Dabei wird die
Sekundärluft durch Membraneinheit (13) ins Freie geleitet.
– Wenn ein Ölnebelschmierer MIDI DIM 15C oder ein
Direktschmierer DOS 15B in der Luftleitung installiert werden soll, – Nach der Druckeinstellung wird der Einstelldrehknopf durch
sind diese hinter dem Filter/Regler zu montieren. Eindrücken wieder gesperrt.
– Der Filter/Regler soll mit senkrechtem Behälter und mit dem Pflege
Entleerungsventil (45/51) nach unten gerichtet montiert werden.
Den Pfeil für die Durchflußrichtung beachten. Das Filter/Regler erfordert außer Entleerung und Reinigung nur wenig
Wartung.
– Kondensat, das aus dem Filterbehälter entleert wird, kann durch
Bei Undichtheiten aufgrund von Verunreinigung der Reglereinheit
einen flexiblen Kunstoffschlauch mit einem Innendurchmesser von
sollten das Reglerventil (19) und die Membraneinheit (13) zwecks
6 mm geführt werden, der anstelle des Kunststoffschlauchs (45) an
Reinigung ausgebaut werden.
das Drainageventil (50) angeschlossen werden kann.
Entleerung der Filtereinheit
Montage des Schutzkorbes (55)
– Die Zunge des Sicherungsrings (43) in Richtung des Pfeils ziehen Typ -A
und den Bajonettring (44) gegen den Uhrzeigersinn bis zum Das Wasser wird automatisch entleert, wenn der Schwimmer des
Anschlag drehen. Drainageventils (51) auf eine bestimmte Höhe gehoben wurde.
– Den Bajonettring so halten, daß der Behälter in der unteren Das Ventil kann auch manuell geöffnet werden, indem das
Position verbleibt. Den Sicherungsring vom Bajonettring entfernen. geriffelte Auslaßrohr gegen den Uhrzeigersinn gedreht wird.
Ein kleiner Schraubendreher (flache Klinge) kann hinter die Zungen Typ -B
Der Behälter wird automatisch entleert, wenn der Druck unter 0.2
des Sicherungsrings eingeführt werden, um den Ausbau zu
bar abfällt. Wenn das Wasser den angezeigten Höchststand
vereinfachen. Darauf achten dass des Sicherungsring nicht zerstört
erreicht, muß der Behälter manuell geleert werden, in dem die
werden.
Zungen des Drainagegriffs (48) zusammengedrückt werden.
– Den Bajonettring (44) vom Kunststoffbehälter (40) entfernen.
– Den Bajonettring (57) an die Schutzkorbes (56) montieren. Den
Typ -C
Der Wasserstand darf den angegebenen Höchststand nicht
Kunststoffbehälter in den Bajonettring einführen. Den Bajonettring
überschreiten. Das gesammelte Wasser in regelmäßigen
so halten, daß Behälter und Schutzkorbes in der unteren Position
Abständen entleeren, täglich oder entsprechend den
verbleiben.
Erfahrungswerten, in dem die Zungen des Drainagegriffs (48)
– Den Sicherungsring montieren (43). Die Zunge mit dem Pfeil muß
zusammengepreßt werden.
in die Aussparung im Bajonettring passen.
Typ -D
Montage der Wandhalterung (60) Das Wasser darf das obere Schauglas nicht Überschreiten. Das
– Die vorgestanzten kreise in Abdeckung(32/33) auf beiden Seiten gesammelte Wasser in regelmäßigen Abständen entleeren,
des Filter/Reglers entfernen. entweder täglich oder entsprechend den Erfahrungswerten,
– Die Schrauben (62) montieren. indem die Zungen des Drainagegriffs (48) zusammengepreßt
– Die Halterungen (61) können entweder mit den Wandschrauben werden.
unterhalb oder oberhalb des Filter/Regler montiert werden. Reinigung der Filtereinheit
Zusammenbau von zwei MIDI 15C-Einheiten Behälter und Filterheit (27/28) müssen in regelmäßigen Abständen
Für den Zusammenbau kann ein Montagesatz (63) verwendet gereinigt werden, damit sich ihr Wirkungsgrad nicht verringert. Die
werden. Filtereinheit sollte in Benzin o.ä. gereinigt und dann von innen trocken
– Die schwarze Abdeckplatte auf der Auslaßseite der ersten Einheit geblasen werden. Der Behälter wird mit Wasser gereinigt, dem etwas
in Flußrichtung (die Flußrichtungspfeile sind auf den Gehäusen Reinigungsmittel zugefügt wird.
markiert) und die Abdeckplatte auf der Einlaßseite der zweiten Ausbau zur Reinigung des Behälters und Filtereinsatzes
Einheit entfernen. Die gelben Abdeckplatte dürfen nicht entfernt
Achtung! – Filter/Regler müssen nicht von der Druckluftleitung
werden.
ausgebaut werden.
– Eine der Einheiten auf einen Tisch legen, so daß die
– Die Druckluftleitung entlüften.
Anschlußfläche horizontal ist und nach oben weist. Den O-Ring
– Die Zunge am Sicherungsring (43) in Pfeilrichtung ziehen und den
(64) in die Aussparung rund um die Durchflußöffnung plazieren.
Bajonettring (44) gegen den Uhrzeigersinn bis zum Anschlag
Die beiden Muttern (67) in die entsprechenden Aussparungen
drehen.
legen.
Den kompletten Behälter herunterziehen.
Anmerkung – Kontrollieren, daß eine der Ecken der Mutter in die
– Die Wasserabscheiderscheibe (26) 90° gegen den Uhrzeigersinn
entsprechend gestaltete Ecke im Gehäuse paßt.
drehen. Die Scheibe und die Filtereinheit (27/28) herausziehen.

DEUTSCH - Bedienunganleitung
– Den O-Ring (30) entfernen und seinen Zustand kontrollieren. Bei – Den Stützring (12) montieren. Zuvor angebrachte Markierung
Beschädigung oder Verformung austauschen. beachten.
Zusammenbau nach Reinigung des Behälters und der – Die Feder (11) oben auf die Membraneinheit legen.
Filtereinheit – Die vierkantige Spindel (4) auf dem kompletten Oberteil (4) gegen
– Den O-Ring (30) mit Fett einschmieren und in Einbaulage bringen. den Uhrzeigersinn bis zum Anschlag drehen.
– Den Spritzschutz einschrauben. Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen. – Das komplette Oberteil (3) 1-2 Umdrehungen in das
– Die Filtereinheit einschieben. Den Wasserabscheider einsetzen Reglergehäuse drehen.
und 90° im Uhrzeigersinn drehen. – Die vierkantige Spindel 3-4 Umdrehungen im Uhrzeigersinn
– Den Behälter und den Bajonettring in das Gehäuse führen, so daß drehen, um die Membran im Verhältnis zur Spindel des
die Zungen des Bajonettrings in die entsprechenden Aussparungen Regelventils (19) zu zentrieren.
passen. Den Bajonettring im Uhrzeigersinn drehen, bis die Zunge – Die vierkantige Spindel (4)gegen den Uhrzeigersinn bis zum
mit dem Pfeil am Sicherungsring (43) in verriegelter Position Anschlag zurückdrehen.
einschnappt. – Das komplette Oberteil (3) im Uhrzeigersinn einschrauben und fest
– Die Verriegelung des Bajonettrings kontrollieren, indem versucht anziehen.
wird, ihn gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen. – Das Einstellrad (2) eindrücken, bis die Zungen im Ring (8) das Rad
verriegeln.
Ausbau zur Reinigung der Reglereinheit
Anmerkung – Der nachstehende Zerlegungsvorgang gilt für einen Installation von Filter/Regler nach der Überholung
nicht installierten Regler. Wenn ein Regler, der in die Druckluftleitung
– Filter/Regler installieren und die Luftleitung unter Druck setzen.
installiert ist, ausgebaut werden soll, muß die Leitung zuerst entlüftet
– Den Einstelldrehknopf (2) drehen, um einen gewissen Druck
werden.
aufzubauen. Den Drehknopf drehen und wieder zurückdrehen, um
– Das Einstellrad (2) herausziehen und soweit wie möglich gegen
zu überprüfen, ob der Druck der jeweiligen Einstellung entspricht.
den Uhrzeigersinn drehen.
– Gleichzeitig vorsichtig das obere Ende der drei Zungen an Ring (8)
herausbiegen und das Einstellrad herausnehmen.
– In z.B. einem Schraubstock das Außenende des Oberteils (5)
vorsichtig ergreifen und gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen. Das
komplette Gehäuse entfernen.
– Dann die Feder (11) entfernen und die komplette Membran (13)
und den Stützring (12) herausnehmen. Die Seite des Stützrings
markieren, die zur Membran hin liegt. Den Zustand der
Gummimembran (15) kontrollieren. Bei Verschleiß austauschen.
– Die Zunge am Sicherungsring (43) in Pfeilrichtung ziehen und den
Bajonettring (44) gegen den Uhrzeigersinn bis zum Anschlag
drehen.
Den kompletten Behälter herunterziehen.
– Die Wasserabscheiderscheibe (26) 90° gegen den Uhrzeigersinn
drehen. Die Scheibe und die Filtereinheit (27/28) herausziehen.
– Den Spritzschutz (25) entfernen. Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen.
– Die Feder (29) aus dem Spritzschutz entfernen.
– Das komplette Regelventil (19) herausnehmen. Den Gummisitz des
Ventils kontrollieren. Das Ventil austauschen, wenn der Sitz
beschädigt ist. Ebenfalls den O-Ring (21) kontrollieren. Bei
Beschädigung oder Verformung austauschen.
– Dann den Ventilsitz im inneren des Reglergehäuses kontrollieren.
– Die O-Ringe (22und 30) entfernen. Bei Beschädigung oder
Verformung austauschen.
Einbau nach der Reinigung der Reglereinheit
Anmerkung - Beim Zusammenbau muß unbedingte Sauberkeit
beachtet werden.
– Die O-Ringe (22) und (30) schmieren und in das Gehäuse
montieren.
– Den Stift des Regelventils einschmieren (das Spiel des Stifts im
Verhältnis zum Ventilkörper beachten) sowie das äußere
zylindrische Teil des Regelventils und seinen O-Ring (21).
– Das komplette Regelventil (19) in das Gehäuse einsetzen.
– Die Feder (18) am Regelventil anordnen.
– Den Spritzschutz einschrauben (im Uhrzeigersinn). Ein geeignetes
Werkzeug für das Festziehen im mittleren Teil verwenden.
– Die Filtereinheit einschieben. Den Wasserabscheider einsetzen
und 90° im Uhrzeigersinn drehen.
– Den Behälter und den Bajonettring in das Gehäuse führen, so daß
die Zungen des Bajonettrings in die entsprechenden Aussparungen
passen. Den Bajonettring im Uhrzeigersinn drehen, bis die Zunge
mit dem Pfeil am Sicherungsring (43) in verriegelter Position
einschnappt.
– Die Verriegelung des Bajonettrings kontrollieren, indem versucht
wird, ihn gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen.
– Den Sitz der Membraneinheit (13) im Gehäuse kontrollieren.
– Die Membraneinheit in das Gehäuse montieren.
– Den Stift des Regelventils und die Membran einige Male
eindrücken, um sicherzustellen, daß das Regelventil mit vollem
Hub (ca. 3 mm) arbeitet.

ESPAÑOL- Instrucciones
! Atención
El recipiente de policarbonato no debe ponerse en contacto con
– Mantenga unidas las unidades y coloque las abrazaderas (65).
Atornille a medias uno de los tornillos (66). Atornille el otro y
productos químicos agresivos. apriételo a fondo. Por último, atornille el primer tornillo a fondo.
Ejemplos de productos químicos que atacan los recipientes Protección del medio ambiente
de policarbonato
El material de embalaje y las piezas usadas deben desecharse de
Acetona, benzol, líquido de frenos, glicerina, algunos aceites
acuerdo con la normativa del país en que se instale el producto.
sintéticos, tetracloruro de carbono (y disolventes similares),
bisulfuro de carbono, al colhol metílico, percloroetileno, tolueno, Ajuste
tricloroetileno, xileno (nitrocelulosa, thinner), ácido acético.
– Tirar del volante de ajuste (2) y girarlo en sentido contrahorario
Importante hasta tope.
– Intervalo de temperaturas ±0°C a +50°C. – Abrir la alimentación de aire comprimido.
– Presión máx. de trabajo (e) = 16 bares = 1.6 MPa a +50°C con – Ajustar la presión secundaria de forma estática (sin flujo de aire) o
recipiente de metal. Con recipiente de policarbonato máx. 16 bares dinámica (mientras esté funcionando el equipo de accionamiento
a +25°C y máx. 10 bares = 1.0 MPa a +50°C. neumático).
– Girar el volante en sentido horario hasta obtener la presión
Instalación secundaria deseada.
– Quitar las materias extrañas o las impurezas de la tubería de aire, – Ajuste a una presión secundaria más baja: Girar el volante en
soplando aire comprimido a través de la misma. sentido contrahorario. Esto causará el vaciado de aire secundario a
través del diafragma (13) a la atmósfera.
– Instalar el filtro/regulador lo más cerca posible del equipo que se va
a accionar con el aire comprimido. – Bloquear de nuevo el volante de ajuste, presionándolo hacia
adentro cuando se haya efectuado el ajuste definitivo de la presión.
– Si se instala un lubricador de niebla de aceite MIDI DIM 15C o un
lubricador directo DOS 15B en la tubería, tendrá que estar situado Mantenimiento
después del filtro/regulador.
El filtro/regulador requiere un mínimo de mantenimiento, aparte del
– Instalar el filtro/regulador con el recipiente vertical y la válvula de
vaciado y limpieza.
drenaje (45/51) hacia abajo.
Si ocurre una fuga en la parte del regulador debido a obturación,
Notar la flecha que indica la dirección de flujo.
quitar el conjunto de válvula reguladora (19) y diafragma (13) para
– La condensación desprendida de la cuba de filtro puede
limpiarlo.
conducirse mediante una manguera flexible de plástico con un
diámetro interior de 6 mm, que puede conectarse a la válvula de Drenaje de la unidad de filtro
drenaje (45), en lugar de con la manguera de plástico (50). Tipo -A
Montaje del cubrecubas (55) El agua se drena automáticamente cuando el flotador de la
– Tire de la pestaña del anillo de bloqueo (43) en dirección de la válvula de drenaje (51) se eleva a determinada altura.
flecha y haga girar el anillo de bayoneta (44) en dirección contraria La válvula también puede abrirse manualmente haciendo girar el
a las manecillas del reloj hasta el tope. tubo estriado de entrada en dirección contraria a las manecillas
– Sostenga el anillo de bayoneta de forma que la cuba permanezca del reloj.
en posición inferior. Desmonte el anillo de bloqueo del anillo de Tipo -B
bayoneta. Puede introducir un pequeño destornillador (de punta La cuba se drena automáticamente cuando su presión interior
plana) detrás de las pestañas del anillo de bloqueo para facilitar el desciende por debajo de 0,2 bar. Si el agua llega al nivel máximo
desmontaje. indicado, la cuba debe vaciarse manualmente pulsando
– Retire el anillo de bayoneta (44) de la cuba de plástico (40). conjuntamente las pestañas de la empuñadura de drenaje (48).
– Monte el anillo de bayoneta (57) en la cuba (56). Introduzca la Tipo -C
cuba de plástico en el anillo de bayoneta. Mantenga el anillo de El agua no debe rebasar el nivel máximo indicado. Vacíe el agua
bayoneta de forma que la cuba y el cubrecubas permanezcan en el agua acumulada periódicamente, de preferencia cada día o
posición inferior. cuando resulte adecuado según su experiencia, pulsando
– Monte el anillo de bloqueo (43). La pestaña marcada con la flecha conjuntamente las pestañas de la empuñadura de drenaje (48).
debe entrar en la muesca para el anillo de bayoneta. Tipo -D
El agua no debe rebasar la ventana superior de la mirilla. Vacíe
Montaje de la brida de fijación de pared (60)
el agua el agua acumulada periódicamente, de preferencia cada
– Retire a ambos lados del filtro/regulador las pequeñas tapas día o cuando resulte adecuado según su experiencia, pulsando
perforadas situadas en la cubierta (32/33). conjuntamente las pestañas de la empuñadura de drenaje (48).
– Introduzca los tornillos (62).
– La brida (61) puede montarse con tornillos por debajo o por encima Limpieza de la unidad de filtro
de la caja del filtro/regulador. La cuba y la unidad de filtro (27/28) deben limpiarse periódicamente
Montaje de las dos unidades MIDI 15C a fin de evitar una pérdida de eficiencia. La unidad de filtro debe
Para el montaje debe utilizarse un kit de montaje (63). lavarse con gasolina o una sustancia similar y su interior debe
– Retire la placa negra de cierre situada en el lado de salida de la secarse con aire comprimido. La cuba debe lavarse con agua a la
primera unidad en la dirección del flujo (observe las flechas de que se añade un poco de detergente.
indicación de la dirección de flujo en las cajas) y la placa de cierre Desarmado para limpiar el recipiente y el cartucho de filtro
situada en el lado de entrada de la segunda unidad. No retire las Nota - No es necesario retirar el filtro de la tubería de aire
placas de cierre de color amarillo. comprimido.
– Coloque una de las unidades sobre una mesa de forma que la – Ventile la tubería neumática.
superficie de conexión quede en posición horizontal y viendo hacia – Tire de la pestaña del anillo de bloqueo (43) en dirección de la
arriba. Coloque la junta tórica (64) en el hueco alrededor del puerto flecha y haga girar a tope el anillo de bayoneta (44) en dirección
de flujo. Coloque las dos tuercas (67) en los huecos contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
correspondientes. Baje la cuba completa.
Nota: – Compruebe que las esquinas de la tuerca coincidan con – Haga girar el disco separador (26) 90° en dirección contraria a las
las esquinas de la caja. manecillas del reloj. Extraiga el disco y la unidad de filtro (27/28).
– Coloque la otra unidad de forma que las dos unidades se – Retire y compruebe el estado de la junta tórica (30). Cámbiela si
encuentren superficie a superficie y la unidad completa forme una está dañada o deformada.
línea recta respecto a las tapas amarillas frontales.

ESPAÑOL- Instrucciones
Montaje tras la limpieza de la cuba y la unidad de filtro – Coloque el anillo de soporte (12). Colóquelo de forma que el radio
– Engrase la junta tórica (30) y póngala en su lugar. interno quede frente al diafragma.
– Atornille la pantalla contra salpicaduras. Hágala girar en dirección – Coloque el muelle (11) encima de la unidad del diafragma.
de las manecillas del reloj. – Haga girar a tope el husillo cuadrado (4) situado encima del
– Introduzca la unidad de filtro. Coloque el disco separador y hágalo sombrerete (3) en dirección contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
girar 90° en dirección de las manecillas del reloj. – Atornille el sombrerete completo (3) 1-2 vueltas hacia el interior de
– Introduzca la cuba y el anillo de bayoneta en la caja de forma que la caja del regulador.
las pestañas de la bayoneta encajen en las muescas – Haga girar el husillo cuadrado 3-4 vueltas en dirección de las
correspondientes. Haga girar el anillo de bayoneta en dirección de manecillas del reloj a fin de centrar el diafragma respecto al
las manecillas del reloj hasta que la pestaña marcada con la flecha vástago situado sobre la válvula de regulación (19).
del anillo de bloqueo (43) quede bloqueada. – Vuelva a hacer girar a tope el husillo cuadrado (4) en dirección
– Para comprobar que el anillo de bayoneta está bloqueado, intente contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
hacerlo girar en dirección contraria a las manecillas del reloj. – Atornille el sombrerete completo (3) en dirección de las manecillas
Desarmado para limpiar la unidad reguladora del reloj y apriételo firmemente.
Nota: – El procedimiento de desmontaje que se describe a – Empuje el selector de ajuste (2) hasta que quede bloqueado por
las pestañas del anillo (8).
continuación es aplicable a un regulador sin instalar. Si debe
desmontarse un regulador instalado en la tubería de aire comprimido, Instalación del filtro/regulador después de la revisión
primero debe ventilarse la tubería neumática. – Instalar el filtro/regulador y presurizar la tubería de aire.
– Extraiga el selector de ajuste (2) y hágalo girar a tope en dirección – Girar el volante de ajuste (2) para acumular cierta presión. Girar el
contraria a las manecillas del reloj. volante en ambos sentidos para asegurarse de que la presión
– Al mismo tiempo, doble con cuidado el extremo superior de las tres sigue el ajuste.
pestañas del anillo (8) y extraiga el selector de ajuste hacia arriba.
– Sujete firmemente, por ejemplo, en un tornillo de banco, (5)el
extremo exterior del sombrerete y hágalo girar en dirección
contraria a las manecillas del reloj. Retire toda la caja.
– Retire el muelle (11) y extraiga el diafragma (13) y el anillo de
soporte (12). Observe el lado del anillo de soporte que da hacia el
diafragma. Compruebe el estado del diafragma de caucho (15).
Cámbielo si está desgastado.
– Tire de la pestaña del anillo de bloqueo (43) en dirección de la
flecha y haga girar a tope el anillo de bayoneta (44) en dirección
contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
Baje la cuba completa.
– Haga girar el disco separador (26) 90° en dirección contraria a las
manecillas del reloj. Extraiga el disco y la unidad de filtro (27/28).
– Retire la pantalla contra salpicaduras (25). Hágala girar en
dirección contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
– Sujete el muelle (29) situado dentro de la pantalla contra
salpicaduras.
– Extraiga la válvula de regulación completa (19). Compruebe si el
asiento de la válvula está dañado. En tal caso, cámbielo.
Compruebe la junta tórica (21). Cámbiela si está dañada o
deformada.
– Compruebe el asiento de la válvula situada dentro de la caja del
regulador.
– Retire les juntas tóricas (22 y 30). Cámbiela si está dañada o
deformada.
Armado después de limpiar el regulador
Nota: - Durante el montaje deben observarse condiciones de
limpieza absoluta.
– Engrase e instale las juntas tóricas (22) y (30) en la caja.
– Engrase el perno de la válvula de regulación (observe el juego del
perno respecto al cuerpo de la válvula) así como la pieza cilíndrica
exterior de la válvula de regulación y su junta tórica (21).
– Introduzca la válvula de regulación completa (19) en la caja.
– Coloque el muelle (18) sobre la válvula de regulación.
– Atornille la pantalla contra salpicaduras (haciéndola girar en
dirección de las manecillas de reloy). Utilice euna herramienta
adecuada en la parte central para sujetarla y apretarla.
– Introduzca la unidad de filtro. Coloque el disco separador y hágalo
girar 90° en dirección de las manecillas del reloj.
– Introduzca la cuba y el anillo de bayoneta en la caja de forma que
las pestañas de la bayoneta encajen en las muescas
correspondientes. Haga girar el anillo de bayoneta en dirección de
las manecillas del reloj hasta que la pestaña marcada con la flecha
del anillo de bloqueo (43) quede bloqueada.
– Para comprobar que el anillo de bayoneta está bloqueado, intente
hacerlo girar en dirección contraria a las manecillas del reloj.
– Coloque la unidad del diafragma dentro de la caja.
– Pulse el perno de la válvula y el diafragma un par de veces para
asegurarse de que la válvula de regulación funciona con carrera
total. (aprox. 3 mm).

ITALIANO - Istruzioni
! Attenzione
A causa del rischio di infortuni a persone, dovuti alla proiezione
– Posizionare l’altra unità in modo che le due unità combacino ed i
coperchi anteriori gialli del gruppo ottenuto formino una linea retta.
di frammenti in caso di rottura della vaschetta di policarbonato; – Tenere unite le due unità e posizionare i morsetti (65). Avvitare a
essa non deve venire a contatto con sostanze chimiche metà una delle viti (66). Avvitare l’altra vite e serrarla in posizione
aggressive come: inferiore. Serrare infine la prima vite in posizione inferiore.
Esempi di agenti chimici che intaccano le vaschette in Cura dell’ambiente
policarbonato
Il materiale di imballaggio e le parti usate devono essere smaltite in
Acetone, benzene, olio dei freni, glicerina, alcuni oli sintetici,
conformità alle direttive delle autorità locali del Paese in cui è stato
cloroformio, tetracloruro di carbonio (e solventi simili), bisolfuro di
installato il prodotto.
carbonio, alcool metilico, percloroetilene, toluene, tricloroetilene,
– Regolazione
xilene (nitrocellulosa, diluente), acido acetico.
– Tirare la manopola di regolazione (2) verso l’esterno e girarla a
Importante fondo in senso antiorario.
– Attivare l’alimentazione dell’aria compressa.
– Temperatura di esercizio ±0°C +50°C.
– Impostare la pressione secondaria staticamente (senza flusso
– Pressione max. di esercizio (e) = 16 bar = 1,6 MPa a +50°C con
d’aria) oppure dinamicamente (con l’utenza di aria compressa).
vaschetta in metallo. Con vaschetta in policarbonato max. 16 bar a
+25°C e max. 10 bar = 1,0 MPa a +50°C. – Girare la manopola di regolazione in senso orario fino ad ottenere
la pressione secondaria desiderata.
Installazione – Per diminuire la pressione secondaria, girare la manopola in senso
antiorario – tale operazione provoca uno scarico dell’aria dal
– Eliminare eventuali corpi estranei o impurità dalla conduttura
membrana nell’atmosfera (13).
dell’aria utilizzando aria compressa.
– Una volta impostata la pressione desiderata, bloccare nuovamente
– Il filtro/regolatore deve essere installato il pi· vicino possibile
la manopola di regolazione premendola verso l’interno.
all'attrezzatura alimentata dall'aria compressa.
– Nel caso in cui si decida di adottare un lubrificatore a nebbia d'olio Assistenza
MIDI DIM 15C o un lubrificatore DOS 15B nella conduttura dell'aria,
Il filtro/regolatore richiede una manutenzione minima a parte lo
tali dispositivi devono essere installati a valle del filtro/regolatore.
svuotamento e la pulitura.
– Installare il filtro/regolatore con la vaschetta in posizione verticale e la
In caso di perdite dalla sezione regolatore dovute ad incrostazioni,
valvola di spurgo (45/51) rivolta verso il basso.
rimuovere e pulire la valvola di regolazione (19) ed il gruppo
– Il manometro puµ essere installato a piacere su uno dei due
membrana (13).
raccordi dell'alloggiamento del filtro/regolatore. Bloccare il raccordo
non utilizzato con l'apposito tappo. Spurgo
Osservare la freccia che indica la direzione del flusso.
– La condensa all’interno della vaschetta del filtro deve essere
Tipo -A
convogliata con un flessibile di plastica con diametro interno di 6 L’acqua viene spurgata automaticamente quando il galleggiante
della valvola di spurgo (51) raggiunge una determinata altezza.
mm, che può essere collegato alla valvola di spurgo (45) in
La valvola può anche essere aperta manualmente girando il tubo
sostituzione del tubo di plastica (50).
di uscita zigrinato in senso antiorario.
Montaggio della protezione della vaschetta (55)
Tipo -B
– Tirare la linguetta sull’anello di bloccaggio (43) in direzione della La vaschetta viene spurgata automaticamente quando la
freccia e girare l’anello a baionetta (44) in senso antiorario per pressione scende al di sotto di 0,2 bar. Se l’acqua raggiunge il
bloccarlo. livello max. indicato, svuotare manualmente la vaschetta
– Tenere l’anello a baionetta in modo che la vaschetta resti in premendo insieme le linguette della maniglia di spurgo (48).
posizione inferiore. Smontare l’anello di bloccaggio dall’anello a Tipo -C
baionetta. Per facilitare lo smontaggio è possibile inserire un L’acqua non deve raggiungere il livello max. indicato. Spurgare
cacciavite piccolo (a punta piatta) dietro le linguette dell’anello di l’acqua ad intervalli regolari (cioè ogni giorno oppure in base
bloccaggio. all’esperienza) premendo insieme le linguette della maniglia di
– Togliere l’anello a baionetta (44) dalla vaschetta di plastica (40). spurgo (48).
– Montare l’anello a baionetta (57) sulla protezione della vaschetta Tipo -D
(56). Inserire la vaschetta di plastica nell’anello a baionetta. Tenere L’acqua non deve raggiungere la finestrella superiore del vetro
l’anello a baionetta in modo che la vaschetta e la protezione restino spia. Spurgare l’acqua ad intervalli regolari (cioè ogni giorno
in posizione inferiore. oppure in base all’esperienza) premendo insieme le linguette
– Montare l’anello (43) di bloccaggio. La linguetta marcata con la della maniglia di spurgo (48).
freccia deve essere inserita nella scanalatura per l’anello a
baionetta. Pulizia
Montaggio della staffa di fissaggio a muro (60) Per evitare perdite di efficienza, la vaschetta ed il filtro (27/28) devono
– Togliere ad entrambi i lati del filtro/regolatore i piccoli coperchi essere puliti ad intervalli regolari. Il filtro deve essere lavato con
pre-punzonati nel coperchio (32/33). benzina o simile, quindi asciugato soffiando aria dall’interno. La
– Inserire le viti (62). vaschetta deve essere lavata con acqua aggiungendo una piccola
– La staffa (61) può essere fissata al muro sia con le viti al di sotto quantità di detergente.
che al di sopra dell’alloggiamento del filtro/regolatore. Smontaggio per la pulizia della vaschetta e dell'elemento
filtrante
Montaggio delle due unità MIDI 15C
Nota - Non è necessario staccare il filtro del tubo dell’aria compressa.
Per il montaggio è necessario il kit di montaggio (63).
– Sfiatare il tubo dell’aria.
– Togliere la piastra di copertura nera sul lato di uscita della prima
– Tirare la linguetta sull’anello di bloccaggio (43) in direzione della
unità in direzione del flusso (notare le frecce di direzione del flusso
freccia e girare l’anello a baionetta (44) in senso antiorario per
sugli alloggiamenti) e la piastra di copertura nera sul lato di entrata
bloccarlo.
della seconda unità. Non togliere le piastre di copertura gialle.
Abbassare il gruppo vaschetta completo.
– Posizionare una delle unità su un tavolo in modo che la superficie
– Girare il disco del separatore (26) di 90° in senso antiorario.
di adesione sia orizzontale e rivolta verso l’alto. Posizionare l’O-ring
Estrarre il disco ed il filtro (27/28).
(64) nella cavità intorno al foro del flusso. Posizionare i due dadi
– Togliere e controllare le condizioni dell’O-ring (30). Sostituirlo nel
(67) nelle relative cavità.
caso in cui sia danneggiato o deformato.
– Nota – Controllare che un angolo del dado sia inserito nell’apposito
Montaggio al termine della pulizia di filtro e vaschetta
angolo dell’alloggiamento.
– Lubrificare l’O-ring (30) con grasso ed inserirlo in posizione.
– Avvitare il paraspruzzi. Girare in senso orario.

ITALIANO - Istruzioni
– Inserire il filtro. Posizionare il disco del separatore e girarlo di 90°in – Girare l’albero quadrato di 3-4 in senso orario per centrare la
senso orario. membrana relativa allo stelo sulla valvola di regolazione (19).
– Inserire la vaschetta e l’anello a baionetta nell’alloggiamento – Girare nuovamente l’albero quadrato (4) in senso antiorario per
inserendo le linguette dell’anello a baionetta nelle relative sedi. bloccarlo.
Girare l’anello a baionetta in senso orario finché la linguetta – Avvitare il fermo completo (3) in senso orario e serrarlo
marcata con la freccia sull’anello di bloccaggio (43) non è bloccata. saldamente.
– Controllare che l’anello a baionetta sia bloccato provando a girarlo – Premere il pomello di regolazione (2) finché le linguette sull’anello
in senso antiorario. (8) non bloccano il pomello.
Smontaggio per la pulizia della sezione regolatore
Installazione del regolatore dopo la revisione
Nota - La seguente procedura di smontaggio si riferisce ad un
filtro/regolatore non installato. Prima di smontare un filtro/regolatore – Installare il regolatore ed attivare l’alimentazione dell’aria
collegato alla conduttura d'aria compressa, spurgare l'aria dalla compressa.
conduttura stessa. – Agire sulla manopola di regolazione per creare una certa
– Estrarre il pomello di regolazione (2) e girarlo a fondo in senso pressione. Girare la manopola (2) in un senso e nell’altro per
antiorario. accertarsi che la pressione venga regolata sul valore impostato.
– Piegare contemporaneamente con cautela l’estremità superiore
delle tre linguette sull’anello (8) ed estrarre il pomello di
regolazione.
– Bloccare saldamente, ad es. in una morsa, l’estremità esterna del
fermo (5) e girarla in senso antiorario. Togliere l’alloggiamento
completo.
– Togliere la molla (11) ed estrarre la membrana completa (13) e
l’anello di supporto (12). Notare il lato dell’anello di supporto rivolto
verso la membrana. Controllare le condizioni della membrana di
gomma (15). Sostituirla nel caso in cui sia usurata.
– Tirare la linguetta sull’anello di bloccaggio (43) in direzione della
freccia e girare l’anello a baionetta (44) in senso antiorario per
bloccarlo.
Abbassare il gruppo vaschetta completo.
– Girare il disco del separatore (26) di 90° in senso antiorario.
Estrarre il disco ed il filtro (27/28).
– Togliere il paraspruzzi (25). Girare in senso antiorario.
– Prestare attenzione alla molla (29) situata all'interno del
paraspruzzi.
– Estrarre la valvola di regolazione completa (19). Controllare la sede
di gomma sulla valvola. Sostituire la valvola nel caso in cui la sede
sia danneggiata. Controllare l’O-ring (21). Sostituirlo nel caso in
caso in cui sia danneggiato o deformato.
– Controllare la sede della valvola all’interno dell’alloggiamento del
regolatore.
– Togliere l’O-ring (22 e 30). Sostituirlo nel caso in caso in cui sia
danneggiato o deformato.'
Montaggio dopo la pulizia della sezione regolatore
Nota - In sede di montaggio, osservare sempre condizioni di
massima pulizia.
– Ingrassare ed installare gli O-ring (22) e (30) nell’alloggiamento.
– Ingrassare il perno della valvola di regolazione (notare il gioco del
perno sul corpo della valvola), la parte cilindrica esterna della
valvola di regolazione ed il relativo O-ring (21).
– Inserire la valvola di regolazione completa (19) nell’alloggiamento.
– Posizionare la molla (18) sulla valvola di regolazione.
– Avvitare il paraspruzzi (girare in senso orario). Utilizzare un
attrezzo con parte centrale adequata per afferrarlo e serrarlo.
– Inserire il filtro. Posizionare il disco del separatore e girarlo di 90° in
senso orario.
– Inserire la vaschetta e l’anello a baionetta nell’alloggiamento
inserendo le linguette dell’anello a baionetta nelle relative sedi.
Girare l’anello a baionetta in senso orario finché la linguetta
marcata con la freccia sull’anello di bloccaggio (43) non è bloccata.
– Controllare che l’anello a baionetta sia bloccato provando a girarlo
in senso antiorario.
– Controllare la sede del gruppo membrana (13) nell’alloggiamento.
– Montare il gruppo membrana nell’alloggiamento.
– Premere un paio di volte il perno della valvola e la membrana per
accertarsi che la valvola di regolazione sia impostata sulla corsa
massima (circa 3 mm).
– Montare l’anello di supporto (12). Posizionarlo in modo che il raggio
interno sia rivolto verso la membrana.
– Posizionare la molla (11) in cima al gruppo membrana.
– Girare l’albero quadrato (4) in cima al fermo completo (3) in senso
antiorario per bloccarlo.
– Avvitare il fermo completo (3) di 1-2 giri nell’alloggiamento del
regolatore.

NEDERLANDS - Instructies
! Waarschuwing
De polycarbonaat beker mag niet in contact komen met een van
Milieuzorg
Verpakkingsmateriaal en versleten onderdelen moeten worden
de onderstaande agressieve chemicaliën. verwerkt volgens de richtlijnen van de plaatselijke overheden in het
Voorbeelden van chemicaliën die polycarbonaatbekers land waar het product wordt geïnstalleerd.
aantasten
Aceton, benzeen, remvloeistof, glycerine, bepaalde synthetische Instelling
oliën, chloroform, koolstoftetrachloride (en vergelijkbare – Trek de instelknop (2) uit en draai deze zover mogelijk rechtsom.
oplosmiddelen), koolstofdisulfide, methylalcohol, – Schakel de persluchttoevoer aan.
perchloorethyleen, tolueen, trichloorethyleen, xyleen – Stel de secundaire druk in statisch (geen luchtstroming) of
(nitrocellulose, thinner), azijnzuur. dynamisch (terwijl de luchtverbruikende apparatuur in werking is).
– Draai de knop rechtsom tot u de gewenste secundaire druk bereikt.
Belangrijk – Instelling op lagere secundaire druk: draai de knop linksom B
– Temperatuurbereik ±0°C tot +50°C. hierdoor ontsnapt secundaire lucht doorheen de diafragma (13)
– Max. werkdruk (e) = 16 bar = 1,6 MPa bij +50°C met een metalen naar de atmosfeer.
beker. Met een polycarbonaat beker max. 16 bar bij +25°C en max. – Hervergrendel de instelknop door deze in te drukken zodra de
10 bar = 1,0 MPa bij +50°C. drukinstelling volledig is afgeregeld.
Installatie Onderhoud
– Verwijder alle vreemde stoffen of onzuiverheden uit de luchtleiding De filter/drukregelaar vergt een minimum aan onderhoud. Als lekkage
door ze met perslucht schoon te blazen. optreedt ten gevolge van vervuiling, verwijder dan de regelklep (19)
– De filter/drukregelaar moet zo dicht mogelijk geïnstalleerd worden en de zuiger (13) om deze te reinigen.
bij de apparatuur die door de perslucht wordt aangedreven. Aflaten
– Als een olienevelsmeertoestel MIDI DIM 15C of een rechtstreekse Type -A
smeerinrichting DOS 15B op de persluchtleiding dient te worden Het water wordt automatisch afgelaten wanneer de vlotter van het
geïnstalleerd, moet deze na de filter/drukregelaar geïnstalleerd
aflaatventiel (51) op een zekere hoogte wordt opgetild.
worden.
Het ventiel kan ook manueel geopend worden door zijn
– De filter/drukregelaar moet worden aangebracht met de beker
gekartelde afvoerpijp linksom te draaien.
verticaal en de aflaatkraan (45/51) naar beneden gericht.
Type -B
Let op de pijl die de stroomrichting aanduidt.
De beker wordt automatisch afgelaten wanneer de inwendige
– Het condensaat dat uit de filter afgelaten wordt, kan worden
druk onder 0,2 bar daalt. Als het water gestegen is tot aan het
afgevoerd via een soepele plastic slang met een binnendiameter
aangeduide maximumpeil moet de beker manueel leeggemaakt
van 6 mm, die aan een aflaatklep kan worden (45) verbonden in
worden door de lippen van de afvoergreep samen te drukken
plaats van de plastic slang (50).
(48).
De bekerbeschermkap (55) samenbouwen Type -C
– Trek aan de lip op de borgring (43) in de richting van de pijl en Het water mag niet boven het opgegeven maximumpeil uitkomen.
draai de bajonetring (44) linksom tot tegen de aanslag. Laat het verzamelde water geregeld af - meestal dagelijks of
– Houd de bajonetring zodat de beker in de onderste stand blijft. volgens de opgedane ervaring - door de lippen van de
Demonteer de borgring van de bajonetring. U kunt eventueel een afvoergreep samen te drukken (48).
kleine platte schroevendraaier achter de lippen op de borgring Type -D
steken om de demontage te vergemakkelijken. Het water mag niet hoger komen dan het bovenste kijkglas. Laat
– Verwijder de bajonetring (44) van de plastic beker (40). het verzamelde water geregeld af - meestal dagelijks of volgens
– Zet de bajonetring (57) op de beker (56). Steek de plastic beker in de opgedane ervaring – door de lippen van de afvoergreep
de bajonetring. Houd de bajonetring zo dat de beker en de samen te drukken (48).
bekerbeschermkap in de onderste positie blijven staan.
– Bouw de borgring samen (43). De richting van de pijl die De filtereenheid reinigen
aangebracht is op de lip, moet passen in de groef voor de De beker en de filtereenheid (27/28) moeten geregeld worden
bajonetring. gereinigd om rendementsverlies te vermijden. De filtereenheden
Samenbouwen van de wandmontagebeugel (60) moeten in petroleum of dergelijke worden uitgewassen en dan droog
– Verwijder aan beide kanten van de filter/drukregelaar de kleine geblazen vanaf de binnenkant. De beker moet gewassen worden met
water waaraan een beetje detergens werd toegevoegd.
voorgeponste openingen in het deksel (32/33).
– Breng de schroeven (62) aan. Demontage om de beker en het filterpatroon te reinigen
– De beugel (61) kan gemonteerd worden met de Noot - Het is niet nodig de filter van de persluchtleiding te
wandbevestigingsschroeven onder het huis van de demonteren.
filter/drukregelaar of erboven. – Ontlucht de luchtleiding
Samenbouwen van twee MIDI 15C-eenheden – Trek aan de lip op de borgring (43) in de richting van de pijl en
Voor de assemblage moet een assemblagekit (63) worden gebruikt. draai de bajonetring (44) linksom tot tegen de aanslag.
– Verwijder de zwarte dekselplaat aan de uitlaatkant van de eerste Trek de hele beker naar beneden.
eenheid in de stroomrichting (noteer de stroomrichting van de pijlen – Draai de separatorschijf (26) 90° linksom. Trek de schijf en de
op de huizen) en de dekselplaat aan de inlaatkant van de tweede filtereenheid (27/28) uit.
– Verwijder de O-ring (30) en controleer zijn staat. Vervang indien
eenheid. De gele dekselplaten mogen niet verwijderd worden.
– Plaats een van de eenheden op een tafel zodat het vlak van de Samenbouw na reiniging van de beker en filtereenheid
– Smeer de O-ring (30) in met vet en breng hem op zijn plaats aan.
aansluiting horizontaal is en naar boven gericht. Positioneer de
– Druk de filtereenheid op zijn plaats. Positioneer de separatorschijf
O-ring (64) in de uitsparing rond de stromingspoort. Breng de twee
en draai hem 90° rechtsom.
moeren (67) in de overeenkomstige uitsparingen aan.
– Druk de beker en de bajonetring in het huis met de lippen van de
Noot – Controleer of een hoek van de moer de voorgevormde hoek
bajonetkoppeling in de overeenkomstige uitsparingen. Draai de
van de moer in het huis raakt.
bajonetring rechtsom tot de met de pijl gemerkte tab op de borgring
– Positioneer de andere eenheid zodat de twee eenheden elkaar met
(43) in de geborgde stand klikt.
het oppervlak raken en de complete eenheid een rechte lijn vormt
– Controleer of de bajonetring vastgeklikt is door hem te proberen
ten opzichte van de gele voorste deksels.
linksom te draaien.
– Hou de eenheden samen en breng de klemmen (65) aan. Schroef
een van schroeven (66) half in. Schroef de andere in en draai hem
vast. Draai tenslotte ook de eerste vast.

NEDERLANDS - Instructies
Demontage om de drukregelaar te reinigen

Noot - De hieronder beschreven demontageprocedure is geldig voor
een niet-geïnstalleerde regelaar. Wanneer een regulator die in de
persluchtleiding is geïnstalleerd gedemonteerd moet worden, moet de
luchtlijn eerst drukloos gemaakt worden.
– Trek de instelknop (2) uit en draai hem zo ver mogelijk linksom.
– Buig het bovenste uiteinde van de drie lippen op de ring (8)
gelijktijdig en voorzichtig een beetje naar buiten en hef de
instelknop omhoog.
– Grijp b.v. in een bankschroef, het buitenste uiteinde van de kap (5)
stevig vast en draai het linksom. Verwijder het huis volledig.
– Verwijder de veer (11) en neem het diafragma (13) en de steunring
volledig uit (12). Noteer welke kant van de steunring naar het
diafragma wijst. Controleer de toestand van het rubberdiafragma
(15). Vervang indien het versleten is.
– Trek aan de lip op de borgring (43) in de richting van de pijl en
draai de bajonetring (44) linksom tot tegen de aanslag.
Trek de hele beker naar beneden.
– Draai de separatorschijf (26) 90° linksom. Trek de schijf en de
filtereenheid (27/28) uit.
– Verwijder het spatscherm (25). Draai linksom.
– Let op voor de veer (29) die zich in het spatscherm bevindt.
– Verwijder het regelventiel (19) volledig. Controleer de rubber zitting
op het ventiel. Vervang indien het ventiel of de ventielzitting
beschadigd is. Controleer de O-ring (21). Vervang indien hij
beschadigd of vervormd is.
– Controleer de ventielzitting binnen in het regelaarhuis.
– Verwijder de O-ringen (22) en (30). Vervang indien hij beschadigd
of vervormd is.
Montage na reiniging van de drukregelaar
Noot – Bij de samenbouw moet u een uiterste zuiverheid in acht nemen.
– Vet de O-ringen (22) en (30) in en breng ze in het huis aan.
– Vet de pin van het regelventiel in (merk op dat er speling is tussen
de pin en het ventiellichaam); smeer ook het buitenste cilindrische
deel van het regelventiel en zijn O-ring (21) in.
– Steek het complete regelventiel (19) in het huis.
– Breng de veer (18) op het regelventiel aan.
– Schroef het spatscherm in (rechtsom draaien). Gebruik passend
gereedschap om het middelste deel vast te grijpen en draai vast.
– Druk de filtereenheid op zijn plaats. Positioneer de separatorschijf
en draai hem 90° rechtsom.
– Druk de beker en de bajonetring in het huis met de lippen van de
bajonetkoppeling in de overeenkomstige uitsparingen. Draai de
bajonetring rechtsom tot de met de pijl gemerkte tab op de borgring
(43) in de geborgde stand klikt.
– Controleer of de bajonetring vastgeklikt is door hem te proberen
linksom te draaien.
– Controleer de zitting van de diafragmasamenstelling (13) in het
huis.
– Breng de diafragmasamenstelling in het huis aan.
– Druk de ventielpin en het diafragma een aantal keren in om er
zeker van te zijn dat het regelventiel over zijn hele slag werkt (ca. 3
mm).
– Breng de steunring (12) aan. Plaats deze zo dat de binnenstraal
naar het diafragma wijst.
– Breng de veer (11) boven op het diafragma geheel aan.
– Draai de vierkante spindel (4) bovenop de kap (3) linksom tot tegen
de aanslag.
– Schroef de kap op zijn geheel (3) 1-2 toeren in het huis van de
regelaar.
– Draai de vierkante spindel 3-4 toeren rechtsom om het diafragma
te centreren ten opzichte van de schacht van het regelventiel (19).
– Draai de vierkante spindel (4) linksom tot tegen de aanslag.
– Schroef de complete kap (3) rechtsom en draai hem stevig vast.
– Druk de instelknop (2) in tot de lippen op de ring (8) de knop
borgen.
Installatie van de filter/drukregelaar na het nazicht

– Installeer de filter/drukregelaar en breng de luchtleiding onder druk.
– Draai aan de instelknop (2) om enige druk op te bouwen. Draai de
knop heen en weer om te controleren of de druk de instelling volgt.

SUOMI - Ohjeita
! Varoitus
Polykarbonaattikulho ei saa joutua kosketuksiin jäljempänä
Säätäminen
– Vedä säätönuppi (2) ulos ja käännä se ääriasentoon vastapäivään.
lueteltujen syövyttävien kemikaalien kanssa. – Kytke paineilman syöttö.
Esimerkkejä polykarbonaattisäiliöit’ vaurioittavista aineista – Säädä toisiopaine staattisesti (ei ilmavirtaa) tai dynaamisesti (ilmaa
Asetoni, benseeni, jarruneste, glyseriini, jotkut synteettiset öljyt, kuluttava laitteisto toimii).
kloroformia, hiilitetrakloridi (ja vastaavat), rikihiili, metanoli, – Käännä nuppia myötäpäivään, kunnes toisiopaine on haluttu.
perkloorietyleeni, tolueeni, ksyleeni (nitroselluloosa, tinneri), – Toisiopaineen pienentämien: säädä nuppia vastapäivään -
etikkahappo. toisioilma purkautuu silloin männän (13) kautta ilmakehtään.
– Lukitse nuppi painamalla se sisään, kun paine on säädetty
Tärkeää lopullisesti.
– Lämpötila-alue ±0°C ... +50°C.
– Suurin työpaine (e) = 16 bar = 1,6 MPa +50°C lämpötilassa
Huolto
(metallissäiliö). Polykarbonaattisäiliötä käytettäessä max 16 bar Suodatin/säädin vaatii vain vähän huoltoa. Jos se vuotaa likaantu-
+25°C lämpötilassa ja max 10 bar = 1,0 MPa +50°C lämpötilassa. misen seurauksena, irrota säätöventtiili (19) ja kalvo (13) puhdis-
tamista varten.
Asennus
Tyhjentäminen
– Poista mahdolliset epäpuhtauden ilmalinjasta puhaltamalla Tyyppi -A
puhtaaksi paineilmalla.
Vesi tyhjenee automaattisesti, kun tyhjennysventtiilin (51) uimuri
– Suodatin/säädin on asennettava mahdollisimman l¤helle nousee tiettyyn korkeuteen.
paineilmakäyttöistä laitteistoa. Venttiilin voi avata myös manuaalisesti kääntämällä pyällettyä
– Jos ilmalinjaan asennetaan öljysumuvoitelulaite MIDI DIM 15C tai poistoputkea vastapäivään.
suoravoitelulaite DOS 15B, ne on asennettava suodattimen/ Tyypi -B
säätimen jälkeen.
Säiliö tyhjenee automaattisesti, kun sen paine on alle 0,2 bar. Jos
– Suodatin/säädin säiliö asennetaan pystysuoraan ja tyhjennys- veden pinta nousee merkittyyn enimmäiskorkeuteen, säiliö on
venttiili (45/51) alaspäin.
tyhjennettävä manuaalisesti painamalla tyhjennyskahvan (48)
Huomaa nuoli, joka näyttää virtaussuunnan.
kielekkeet yhteen.
– Suodatinkuppiin kertyvän lauhteen voi poistaa joustavalla Tyyppi -C
muoviletkulla (sisäläpimitta 6 mm), joka kiinnitetään
Veden pinta ei saa ylittää merkittyä maksimikorkeutta. Tyhjennä
tyhjennysventtiiliin (45) muoviletkun (50) tilalle.
vesi säännöllisesi - joko päivittäin tai kokemuksen mukaan. Paina
Säiliön suojuksen (55) asentaminen tyhjennyskahvan (48) kielekkeet yhteen.
– Vedä lukkorenkaan (43) kieltä nuolen suuntaan ja käännä Tyyppi -D
bajonettirengas (44) ääriasentoon vastapäivään. Veden pinta ei nousta yli ylemmän näkölasin. Tyhjennä vesi
– Pidä bajonettirenkaasta niin, että säiliö pysyy ala-asennossa. Irrota säännöllisesi - joko päivittäin tai kokemuksen mukaan. Paina
lukkorengas bajonettirenkaasta. Käytä apuna pientä ruuvitalttaa, tyhjennyskahvan (48) kielekkeet yhteen.
jonka voi työntää lukkorenkaan kielien taakse.
– Irrota bajonettirengas (44) muovisäiliöstä (40). Suodatinyksikön puhdistaminen
– Kiinnitä bajonettirengas (57) säiliöön (56). Sovita muovisäiliö Säiliö ja suodatinyksikkö (27/28) on puhdistettava säännöllisesti, jotta
bajonettirenkaaseen. Pidä bajonettirengasta niin, että säiliö ja sen ne eivät menetä tehoaan. Pese suodatin petrolilla tai vastaavalla ja
suojus pysyvät ala-asennossa. puhalla kuivaksi sisäpuolelta. Pese säiliö vedellä, johon on lisätty
– Asenna lukkorengas (43). Kohdista nuolella merkitty kieli bajonetti- hieman pesuainetta.
renkaan uraan. Säiliön ja suodatinpanoksen purkaminen puhdistamista varten
Seinäkannattimen (60) asentaminen Huom! - Suodatinta ei tarvitse poistaa paineilmalinjasta.
– Poista kotelon merkitty pieni kansi (32/33) suodatin/säädin – Tyhjennä ilmalinja.
kummaltakin puolelta. – Vedä lukkorenkaan (43) kieltä nuolen suuntaaan ja käännä
– Asenna ruuvit (62). bajonettirengas (44) ääriasentoon vastapäivään.
– Kannattimen (61) voi asentaa niin, että kiinnitysruuvit ovat Vedä säiliöasennelma pois.
suodatin/säädin ala- tai yläpuolella. – Käännä erotilevyä (26) 90° vastapäivään. Vedä levy ja
Kahden MIDI 15C -yksikön yhdistäminen suodatinyksikkö (27/28) pois.
– Irrota O-rengas (30) ja tarkasta sen kunto. Vaihda se, jos on
Yhdistämiseen on käytettävä asennussarjaa (63).
– Poista musta peitelevy virtaussuunnassa ensimmäisen yksikön vaurioitunut tai muuttanut muotoaan.
lähtöpuolelta (huomaa kotelon virtaussuuntanuolet) ja toisen Kokoaminen säiliön ja suodatinyksikön puhdistamisen jälkeen
yksikön tulopuolen peitelevy. Älä poista keltaisia peitelevyjä. – Sivele O-renkaaseen (30) rasvaa ja asenna se paikalleen.
– Aseta toinen yksiköistä pöydälle niin, että liitospinta on – Kierrä roiskelevy paikalleen. Käännä myötäpäivään.
vaakasuorasa ja ylöspäin. Sovita O-rengas (64) virtausaukon – Työnnä suodatinyksikkö paikalleen. Kohdista erotinlevy ja käännä
syvennykseen. Sovita kaksi mutteria (67) vastaaviin syvennyksiin. 90° myötpäivään.
– Huom! – Tarkasta, että mutterin kulma osuu kotelon muotoiltuun – Sovita bajonetin kielet syvennyksiinsä ja paina säiliö sekä
kulmaan. bajonettirengas koteloon. Käännä bajonettirengasta myötäpäivään,
– Aseta toinen yksikkö niin, että yksiköiden pinnat osuvat toisiinsa ja kunnes lukkorenkaan (43) nuolella merkitty kieli napsahtaa kiinni.
ovat linjassa yksiöiden keltaisiin peitelevyihin nähden. – Tarkasta vastapäivään kääntämällä, että bajonettirengas on
– Pidä yksiköitä yhdessä ja sovita pitimet (65) paikalleen. Kiristä lukkiutunut.
toinen ruuveista (66) puoliksi. Kierrä toinen ruuvi paikalleen ja Säädinyksikön purkaminen puhdistamista varten
kiristä pohjaan asti. Kiristä sitten ensimmäinen ruuvi pohjaan asti. Huom! - Tämä ohjee koskee irrallista säädintä. Jos ilmalinjaan
Kierrätys asennettu säädin on purettava, ilmalinja on ensin tyhjennettävä.
Pakkausmateriaalit ja käytetyt osat on käsiteltävä tuotteen – Vedä säätönuppi (2) ulos ja käännä ääriasentoon vastapäivään.
käyttömaan viranomaisten ohjeiden mukaan. – Väännä renkaan (8) kolmen pienen kielen yläpäätä
samanaikaisesti varoen ja nosta säätönuppi pois.
– Kiinnitä yläosa (5) ulkopää esimerkiksi ruuvipenkkiin ja käännä
vastapäivään. Poista koko kotelo.
– Irrota jousi (11) ja poista kalvoasennelma (13) sekä tukirengas (12).
Merkitse muistiin tukirenkaan puoli, joka on kalvoon päin. Tarkasta
kumikalvon (15) kunto. Vaihda, jos se on kulunut.

SUOMI - Ohjeita
– Vedä lukkorenkaan (43) kieltä nuolen suuntaaan ja käännä

bajonettirengas (44) ääriasentoon vastapäivään.
Vedä säiliöasennelma pois.
– Käännä erotilevyä (26) 90° vastapäivään. Vedä levy ja
suodatinyksikkö (27/28) pois.
– Poista roiskelevy (25). Käännä vastapäivään.
– Poista jousi (29) roiskesuojasta.
– Poista säätöventtiiliasennelma (19). Tarkasta venttiilin
kumi-istukka. Vaihda, jos se on vaurioitunut. Tarkasta O-rengas
(21). Vaihda se, mikäli se on vaurioitunut tai muuttanut muotoaan.
– Tarkasta venttiilin istukka säätimen kotelosta.
– Poista O-rengas (22) ja (30). Vaihda se, mikäli se on vaurioitunut
tai muuttanut muotoaan.
Kokoaminen säädinyksikön puhdistamisen jälkee
Huom! - Koottaessa on huolehdittava moitteettomasta puhtaudesta.
– Rasvaa ja asenna O-renkaat (22) ja (30) koteloon.
– Rasvaa säätöventtiilin tappi (huomaa tapin ja venttiilin rungon
välys) sekä säätöventtiilin ulompi lieriömäinen osa ja sen O-rengas
(21).
– Asenna säätöventtiiliasennelma (19) koteloon.
– Sovita säätöventtiilin jousi (18) paikalleen.
– Kierrä roiskesuoja paikalleen (myötäpäivään). Kiinnitä keskelle
sopiva työkalu, jolla voi pitää kiinni ja kiristää.
– Työnnä suodatinyksikkö paikalleen. Kohdista erotinlevy ja käännä
90° myötpäivään.
– Sovita bajonetin kielet syvennyksiinsä ja paina säiliö sekä
bajonettirengas koteloon. Käännä bajonettirengasta myötäpäivään,
kunnes lukkorenkaan (43) nuolella merkitty kieli napsahtaa kiinni.
– Tarkasta vastapäivään kääntämällä, että bajonettirengas on
lukkiutunut.
– Tarkasta kalvoasennelma (13) istukka, joka on kotelossa.
– Sovita kalvoasennelma koteloon.
– Paina venttiilintappia ja kalvoa pari kertaa, jotta voit varmistaa, että
säätöventtiili tekee täyden liikkeen (noin 3 mm).
– Asenna tukirengas (12). Käännä se niin, että sisäinen säde on
kalvoon päin.
– Aseta jousi (11) kalvoasennelman päälle.
– Käännä kansiasennelman (4) yläpuolella oleva nelikulmainen (4)
ääriasentoon vastapäivään.
– Kierrä kansiasennelmaa (3) 1-2 kierrosta säätimen koteloon.
– Käännä nelikulmaista akselia 3-4 kierrosta myötäpäivään, jolloin
kalvo keskittyy säätöventtiilin (19) varren suhteen.
– Käännä nelikulmainen (4) akseli takaisin vastapäivään
ääriasentoon.
– Kierrä kansiasennelmaa (3) myötäpäivään ja kiristä se kunnolla.
– Paina säätönuppia (2), kunnes renkaan (8) kielet lukitsevat nupin.
Säätimen asennus huollon jälkeen
– Asenna säädin ja paineista linja.
– Käännä säätönuppia (2) jotta paine nousee hieman. Käännä
nuppia edestakaisin ja varmista, että paine vaihtelee liikkeen
mukaan.

SVENSKA - Skötselinstruktion
! Varning
För att spänningssprickbildning ej skall uppstå får
Återvinning
Kartongmaterial och förbrukade delar skall hanteras enligt de lokala
plastbehållaren ej komma i kontakt med aggressiva medier. myndigheternas anvisningar i landet där produkten är installerad.
Exempel på kemikalier som angriper behållare av
polykarbonat Inställning
Aceton, bensol, bromsvätska, glycerin, vissa syntetoljor, – Drag ut inställningsratten (2) och vrid den moturs så långt det går.
kloroform, koltetraklorid (och liknande), kolsvavla, metanol, – Koppla till tryckluften.
perkloretylen, toluen, trikloretylen, xylen (nitrocellulosa, thinner), – Ställ in sekundärtrycket statiskt (inget luftflöde) eller dynamiskt
ättiksyra. (under drift av luftförbrukande utrustning).
– Vrid ratten medurs tills det önskade sekundärtrycket uppnås.
Viktigt – Inställning på lägre sekundärtryck: Vrid ratten moturs. Därvid
– Temperaturområde ±0°C till +50°C. avluftas sekundärluft genom membranenheten (13) till atmosfären.
– Max. arbetstryck (e) =16 bar vid +50°C med metallbehållare. Med – Spärra åter inställningsratten genom intryckning efter avslutad
behållare av polykarbonat max. 16 bar vid +25°C och max. 10 bar tryckinställning.
vid +50°C.
Skötsel
Installation Filter/regulatorn kräver ringa underhåll förutom tömning och
– Avlägsna eventuella föroreningar i luftledningen genom renblåsning rengöring. Vid otätheter på grund av nedsmutsning bör reglerventilen
med tryckluft. (19) och membranenheten (13) demonteras för rengöring.
– Filter/regulatorn skall installeras så nära som möjligt den utrustning
tryckluften skall driva.
Tömning av filterenheten
– Om en dimsmörjapparat MIDI DIM 15C eller en direktsmörjare Typ -A
DOS 15B skall installeras i luftledningen skall dessa monteras efter Behållaren töms automatiskt när flottören i dräneringsventilen
filter/regulatorn. (51) har lyfts en viss sträcka.
– Filter/regulatorn skall monteras med behållaren lodrätt och med Ventilen kan även öppnas manuellt genom att vrida dess räfflade
dräneringsventilen (45/51) nedåt. utloppsrör moturs.
– Tryckmätaren kan monteras valfritt i endera av Typ -B
filter/regulatorhusets båda anslutningar. Blockera den anslutning Behållaren töms automatiskt när trycket i denna sjunker under 0,2
som ej används med den plugg som medföljer filter/regulatorn. bar. Om vattnet når upp till angiven maximalnivå måste
Observera pilen för genomströmningsriktningen. behållaren tömmas manuellt genom att pressa samman tungorna
– Kondensat som dräneras av behållaren kan ledas bort via en på dräneringsgreppet (48).
flexibel plastslang, med innerdiameter 6 mm, som kan anslutas till Typ -C
dräneringsventilen (45), i stället för plastslangen (50). Vattennivån får ej nå över angiven maximalnivå. Töm ur med
Montering av skyddskåpa (55) jämna mellanrum – lämpligen dagligen eller efter erfarenhet – det
avskilda vattnet genom att pressa samman tungorna på
– Drag tungan på låsringen (43) i pilens riktning och vrid
dräneringsgreppet (48).
bajonettringen (44) motsols till stopp. Dra bort den kompletta
behållaren. Typ -D
– Håll i bajonettringen så att behållaren befinner sig i bottenläge. Vattennivån får ej nå över övre synglasfönstret. Töm ur med
jämna mellanrum – lämpligen dagligen eller efter erfarenhet – det
Demontera låsringen från bajonettringen. En mindre skruvmejsel
avskilda vattnet genom att pressa samman tungorna på
(för spår) kan stickas in bakom bajonettringens tungor för att
dräneringsgreppet (48).
underlätta demonteringen.
– Ta bort bajonettringen (44) från plastbehållaren (40). Rengöring av filterlelement
– Montera bajonettringen (57) på skyddskåpan (56). Sätt in
Behållare och filterelementet (27/28) skall rengöras regelbundet för
plastbehållaren i bajonettringen så att behållare och skyddskåpa
att undvika effektivitetsförlust. Filterelementet bör tvättas i bensin eller
befinner sig i bottenläge.
liknande och därefter blåsas torr inifrån. Behållaren skall tvättas med
– Montera låsringen (43) så att den pilförsedda tungan passar i
vatten med lite tillsats av tvättmedel.
urtaget i bajonettringen.
Demontering för rengöring av behållare och filterelement
Montering av väggfäste (60)
OBS – Filter/regulatorn behöver ej demonteras från
– Avlägsna de små förstansade locken i täckplattorna (32/33) på
tryckluftledningen.
båda sidorna av filter/regulatorn.
– Avlufta tryckluftledningen.
– Montera skruvarna (62).
– Drag tungan på låsringen (43) i pilens riktning och vrid
– Väggfästet (61) kan monteras med väggskruvarna nedanför eller
bajonettringen (44) motsols till stopp.
ovanför filter/regulatorhuset.
– Dra bort den kompletta behållaren.
Hopmontering av två MIDI 15C enheter – Vrid avskiljningsskivan (26) 90° motsols. Drag ut skivan och
För hopmonteringen används en monteringssats (63). filterelementet (27/28).
– Avlägsna den svarta täckplattan på utloppet på den första enheten i – Demontera och kontrollera konditionen hos O-ringen (30). Byt ut
flödesriktningen (se flödespilarna på husen) och täckplattan på om den är skadad eller deformerad.
inloppssidan på den andra. De gula täckplattorna skall inte Montering efter rengöring av behållare och filterelement
avlägsnas.
– Smörj O-ringen (30) med fett och montera den på plats.
– Lägg en av enheterna på ett bord så att anslutningsplanet är
– För in filterelementet. Sätt in avskiljningsskivan och vrid den 90°
horisontellt och vänt uppåt. Placera O-ringen (64) i försänkningen
medurs.
runt flödesporten. Lägg in de två muttrarna (67) i motsvarande
– För in behållaren och bajonettringen i huset så att bajonettringens
urtag.
tungor passar in i motsvarande håligheter.
OBS -Kontrollera att ett mutterhörn passar in i det motsvarande
– Vrid bajonettringen medurs tills den pilmärkta tungan på låsringen
utformade mutterhörnet i huset.
(43) snäpper in i låsläget.
– Positionera den andra enheten så att de två enheterna möts plan
– Kontrollera att bajonettringen är låst genom att försöka vrida den
mot plan och att den kompletta enheten bildar en rak linje med
motsols.
avseende på de gula täckplattorna.
– Håll samman enheterna och placera in klämbackarna (65). Skruva
in en av skruvarna (66) till hälften. Skruva in den andra skruven och
dra den i botten. Avsluta med att dra den första skruven i botten.

SVENSKA - Skötselinstruktion
Demontering för rengöring av regulatorenheten – För in den kompletta reglerventilen (19) i huset.
OBS – Demonteringen nedan gäller en oinstallerad filter/regulator. – Placera fjädern (18) på reglerventilen.
När en filter/regulator, som är installerad i tryckluftledning skall – Skruva in stänkskyddet. Vrid medurs. Använd lämpligt verktyg i
demonteras, måste ledningen först vara avluftad. centrumdelen för att gripa och dra fast.
– Dra ut inställningratten (2) och vrid den moturs så långt det går. – För in filterenheten. Sätt in avskiljningsskivan och vrid den 90°
– Försiktigt, och samtidigt, bänd ut överänden på de tre tungorna på medurs.
ring (8) en aning och lyft bort inställningsratten. – För in behållaren och bajonettringen i huset så att bajonettringens
– Greppa, t. ex. i ett skruvstycke, ytteränden av överdel (5) stadigt tungor passar in i motsvarande håligheter.
och vrid det moturs. Lyft bort det kompletta huset. Vrid bajonettringen medurs tills den pilmärkta tungan på låsringen
– Ta bort fjädern (11) och lyft ut membranenheten (13) och (43) snäpper in i låsläget.
stödringen (12). Notera vilken sida av stödringen som är vänd mot – Kontrollera att bajonettringen är låst genom att försöka vrida den
membranen. Kontrollera konditionen hos gummimembranen (15). motsols.
Ersätt om den är sliten. – Kontrollera sätet för membranenheten (13) i huset.
– Drag tungan på låsringen (43) i pilens riktning och vrid – Placera membranenheten i huset.
bajonettringen (44) motsols till stopp. – Tryck in reglerventilens pinne och membranenheten några gånger
Dra bort den kompletta behållaren. för att vara säker på att reglerventilen arbetar med sitt fulla slag
– Vrid avskiljningsskivan (26) 90° motsols. Drag ut skivan och (ca. 3 mm).
filterelementet (27/28). – Lägg i stödringen (12). Vänd den så att den invändiga radien ligger
– Avlägsna stänkskyddet (25). Vrid moturs mot membranen.
– Ta ut fjädern (29) ur stänkskyddet. – Placera fjädern (11) ovanpå membranenheten.
– Ta ut den kompletta reglerventilen (19). Kontrollera gummisätet på – Vrid den fyrkantiga spindeln (4) på den kompletta överdelen (3)
ventilen. Ersätt ventilen om sätet är skadat. Kontrollera också motsols till stopp.
O-ringen (21). Ersätt om den är skadad eller deformerad. – Skruva in den kompletta överdelen (3) 1-2 varv i regulatorhuset.
– Kontrollera ventilsätet inuti filter/regulatorhuset. – Vrid den fyrkantiga spindeln 3-4 varv medurs för att centrera
– Ta ut O-ringarna (22) och (30). Ersätt om de är skadade eller membranenheten i förhållande till spindeln på reglerventilen (19).
deformerade.För ökad prestanda och minskade servicekostnader – Vrid den fyrkantiga spindeln (4) moturs tillbaka till stopp.
använd alltid Atlas Copco originaldelar. Garantin upphör att gälla – Skruva in den kompletta överdelen (3) medurs till stopp med
om främmande delar används. normal åtdragning.
Montering efter rengöring av regulatorenheten – Sätt på inställningsratten (2) så att tungorna på ring (8) låser ratten.
OBS – Minutiös renlighet måste ovillkorligen iakttas vid monteringen. Installation av filter/regulator efter översyn
– Smörj O-ringarna (22) och (30) med fett och installera i huset. – Installera filter/regulatorn och trycksätt luftledningen.
– Smörj reglerventilens pinne (notera spel pinne relativt – Vrid inställningsratten (2) för att bygga upp visst tryck. Vrid ratten
ventilkroppen), samt även den yttre cylindriska delen av fram och tillbaka för att kontrollera att trycket följer inställningen.
reglerventilen och dess O-ring (21), med fett.
ENGLISH - General spare parts information ITALIANO - Informazioni generali sui ricambi
Bold type Recommended service kit, part assembly, consumption part Contrasse- Kit di assistenza, gruppi di particolari, parti di consumo
for guaranteed highest performance. gnati in raccomandati per garantire prestazioni eccellenti.
Parts without ordering number are for technical reasons not delivered neretto
separately. Per ragioni tecniche, le parti prive di numero di catalogo non possono
The use of other than genuine Atlas Copco replacement parts may result essere fornite separatamente.
in decreased tool performance and increased maintenance and may, at Per migliori prestazioni e ridotti costi di assistenza, servirsi sempre di
the company option, invalidate all warranties. ricambi originali Atlas Copco. L’impiego di altre marche comporta la
cessazione della validità della garanzia.
FRANÇAIS - Informations relatives aux pièces de rechange
Caractères Le lot de réparation recommandé, l’ensemble de pièces, le NEDERLANDS - Algemene informatie over reserveonderdelen
gras consommable garantissant des performances optimales. Vetjes Aanbevolen service-set, onderdelen en samenstellingen voor
Pour des raisons techniques, les pièces dépourvues de référence ne sont gegarandeerd hoge prestaties.
pas livrées séparément. Onderdelen zonder bestelnummer worden om technische redenen niet
L’utilisation de pièces de rechange autres que les pièces d’origine Atlas afzonderlijk geleverd.
Copco peut réduire les performances ainsi que les temps de bon Het gebruik van andere onderdelen dan originele Atlas
fonctionnement de la machine et invalider la garantie. Copco-reserveonderdelen kan verminderde prestaties en extra onderhoud
tot gevolg hebben en kan, naar goeddunken van de onderneming, alle
DEUTSCH - Allgemeine Information über Ersatzteile garanties doen vervallen.
Fett- Empfohlener Service-Satz, Teilmontage, Verbrauchsteil für
gedrukt garantiert höchste Leistung. SUOMI - Yleistä tietoa varaosista
Bauteile ohne Best.-Nr (Ordering No.) sind aus technischen Gründen nicht Paksu Suositeltu huoltosarja, osakokonaisuus tai kulutusosa, jolla
einzeln lieferbar. teksti varmistetaan täysi suorituskyky.
Grundsätzlich nur Original-Ersatzteile von Atlas Copco verwenden. Es Osia, joilla ei ole tilausnumeroa, ei teknisistä syistä toimiteta erikseen.
besteht sonst die Gefahr, dass die Maschinenleistung nachlässt und ein Muiden kuin alkuperäisten Atlas Copco -varaosien käyttö voi vaikuttaa
grösserer Wartungsaufwand erforderlich ist. Wenn fabrikatfremde koneen toimintaan ja lisätä huollon tarvetta. Koneen valmistajalla on
Ersatzteile eingebaut werden, ist der Maschinenhersteller berechtigt, lisäksi oikeus kieltäytyä kaikista takuuvelvoitteista
sämtliche Gewährleistungsverpflichtungen für nichtig zu erklären.
SVENSKA - Allmänna reservdelsanvisningar
ESPAÑOL - Información general sobre piezas de repuesto Fetstil Rekommenderad servicesats, delmontering, slitdetalj för
Letra Juegos de servicio, conjuntos de piezas y piezas de consumo garanterat högsta prestanda.
negrita recomendadas para garantizar el rendimiento máximo. Detaljer utan beställningssnummer (Ordering No.) levereras ej separat av
Por razones técnicas, las piezas sin número de designación no se tekniska skäl.
entregan por separado.
El uso de piezas de repuesto que no sean originales de Atlas Copco
puede reducir las prestaciones de la máquina y exigir más mantenimiento
y, a discreción de la empresa, puede cancelar la validez de todas las
garantías.

MIDI F/R 15C - Filter/Regulator Unit
2
11 4
14 5
13 6 3
15
7
12
8
31 9 32 33
31
1 23
22 20
19
21
30 27
29
28 Optional
25
24
26
Bowls,
please see page 19
35
34
61551 00A
= Included in
Service Kit
Ref.No. Ordering No. N.B. Qty Description Ref.No. Ordering No. N.B. Qty Description
1 - 1 Housing 26 - 1 Separator disc
2 9090 2068 00 1 Setting knob 27 9090 2064 00 1 Filter element, 30µm
3 (4-9) 9090 2069 90 1 Bonnet, compl. (white)
4 - 1 Set screw 29 - a 1 Spring
5 - 1 Bonnet 30 0663 9064 00 1 O-ring (48x2)
6 - 1 Nut 31 - 2 Protective cover
7 - 1 Pin (2.5x12) 32 - 1 Plate (AC No.)
8 - 1 Ring 33 - 1 Plate (AC type)
9 - 1 Sleeve 34 - 1 Protective cover
11 - 1 Spring 35 - 1 Plug (BSP 1/4")
12 - a 1 Support ring OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
13 (14,15) - a 1 Diaphragm assembly 28 9090 2065 00 Filter element, 5 µm
14 - 1 Support disc (yellow)
15 - 1 Diaphragm SERVICE KITS
19 (20,21) - a 1 Regulating valve, compl. Service kit - 9090 2072 90
20 - 1 Regulating valve 12 - 1 Support ring
21 - 1 O-ring (10x2) 13 (14,15) - 1 Diaphragm assembly
22 - a 1 O-ring (3x2) 19 (20,21) - 1 Regulating valve, compl.
23 - 1 Aspirator tube 22 - 1 O-ring (3x2)
24 (25,26) 9090 2071 90 1 Filtering-Separation kit 29 - 1 Spring
25 - 1 Splash shield a Parts included in Service Kit 9090 2072 90

MIDI F/R 15C - Bowls
MIDI F/R 15C-BS, (-CS) MIDI F/R 15C-AS MIDI F/R 15C-DS
43
43 43
44
44 44
42
40 40
41
38 39
46
46
47 45
47 45
51 48
48
50
50
57
55
56
MIDI F/R 15C-AES

MIDI F/R 15C-BES, (-CES)
6155100B
MIDI F/R 15C-BS, -BES, (-CS, -CES) MIDI F/R 15C-DS
38 (40-48) 9090 2060 90 1 Bowl, complete with 41 (42-48) 9090 2062 90 1 Metal bowl, compl. with
semi-automatic drainage semi-automatic drainage
40 - 1 Bowl 42 - 1 Metal bowl
43 9090 2066 00 1 Lock ring 43 9090 2066 00 1 Lock ring
44 9090 2067 00 1 Bayonet ring 44 9090 2067 00 1 Bayonet ring
45 (46-48) 9090 1662 00 1 Draining valve, 45 (46-48) 9090 1662 00 1 Draining valve,
semi-autom. semi-autom.
46 - 1 Draining valve 46 - 1 Draining valve
47 - 1 O-ring (14x2) 47 - 1 O-ring (14x2)
48 - 1 Drain grip 48 - 1 Drain grip
50 9090 1626 00 1 Plastic hose (8/6) 50 9090 1626 00 1 Plastic hose (8/6)
MIDI F/R 15C-AS, AES MIDI F/R 15C-AES, -BES, (-CES)
39 (40-51) 9090 2061 90 1 Bowl, complete with 55 (56,57) 9090 1717 00 1 Bowl guard, compl.
automatic drainage 56 - 1 Bowl guard
40 - 1 Bowl 57 1 Bayonet ring
43 9090 2066 00 1 Lock ring
44 9090 2067 00 1 Bayonet ring
51 9090 1848 00 1 Automatic drain valve

MIDI F/R 15C - OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
BSP 1/8"
64
72
65 BSP 1/4"
63
66
70, 71 BSP 1/2"
62 67
60 68
61
6155100C
60 (61,62) 9090 1655 80 Wall mounting bracket kit 68 9090 1719 00 Air distribution block
61 - 1 Bracket kit with BSP1/2" and
62 - 2 Screw (M5x65) BSP 1/8"thread
(Assembly kit included)
63 (64-67) 9090 1654 00 Assembly kit, for
assembling 70 9090 2052 00 Pressure gauge 0-10 bar
filter/regulator to other 50 mm BSP 1/4"
MIDI-unit 71 9090 2053 00 Pressure gauge 0-16 bar
64 - 1 O-ring ( 23x2.5) 50 mm BSP 1/4"
65 - 2 Clamp 72 9090 1173 00 Pressure gauge,panel
66 - 2 Screw (M5x14) mounting 0-10 bar, 85
67 - 2 Nut (M5) flange BSP 1/4"
Germany France Italy Great Britain

Atlas Copco Tools GmbH Atlas Copco Applications Industrielles S.A Atlas Copco Tools Italia Atlas Copco Tools Limited
Postfach 10 02 44 B.P 49 Casella Postale 10076 P O Box 79
D 45002 Essen F - 95132 Franconville CEDEX I - 20110 Milano Swallowdale Lane
Tel 0201 - 8555 - 0 Tel 01 - 3072 3250 Tel 02 - 61 79 91 Hemel Hempstead, Herts HP2 7HA
Telefax 0201 - 8555 - 100 Telefax 01 - 3072 3253 Telefax 02 - 6601 4699 Tel 01442 - 612 01
Telefax 01442 - 24 05 96
Netherlands Finland Spain

Atlas Copco Tools Nederland Oy Atlas Copco Tools AB Atlas Copco S.A.E, ITE Div.
P O Box 200 Tuupakankuja 1 Apartado 175
NL - 3330 AE Zwijndrecht FIN-01740 Vantaa, Finland E-28820 Coslada (Madrid)
Tel 078 - 623 02 30 Tel 09 - 296 443 Tel 91 - 627 91 00
Telefax 078 - 610 47 02 Telefax 09 - 296 4333 Telefax 91 - 627 91 23
Atlas Copco have own sales companies in 70 countries. For information about sales companies not listed here please contact ;
Atlas Copco Tools AB

S - 105 23 STOCKHOLM, Sweden In respect to wildlife and nature, our technical literature is
Telephone: +46 8 743 9500 printed on environmentally safe paper.
Telefax: +46 8 743 94 99 Printed in Sweden Tierps Tryckeri AB
Telex: 14090 copco s
6$&
6HUYLFH 0DQXDO
0DQXDOH GL $VVLVWHQ]D
%HWULHEV $QOHLWXQJ
1RWLFH (QWUHWLHQ
0DQXDO GH $VLVWHQFLD
0DQXDO GH $VLVWûQFLD
%HGULMIVYRRUVFKULIW
6HUYLFHPDQXDO
+XROWR RKMHNLUMD
6HUYLFHKxQGERN
6HUYLFHPDQXDO
(HXFJSEJP 5VOUISITIK
'DWH 5HY
&RGH
,167$//$7,21 326 ,QVWDOOHG
&2'( '(6&5,37,21
7KH 6$& ZKR
V GLVFKDUJH FDSDFLW\ LV DV LQ )LJ LV LQVWDOOHG DV IROORZV )LJ TXDQWLW\
127( %HIRUH FRQQHFWLQJ WKH GUDLQ EORZ FRPSUHVVHG DLU WKURXJK WKH SLS FRPSOHWH GUDLQ FDVLQJ
LQJ LQ RUGHU WR WKRURXJKO\ FOHDQ RXW DQ\ LPSXULWLHV ZLWKLQ LW

%637 FRQQHFWLRQ QLSSOH LI

: ,QVWDOO WKH GUDLQ DW D OHYHO EHORZ WKH UHFHLYHU )LJ LI QRW WKH UHFHLYHU 137 VXSSOLHG
ZLOO ILOO XS ZLWK FRQGHQVDWH )LJ

ERG\ JDVNHW
: 7R DOORZ DLU HTXDOL]DWLRQ LQVWDOO RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ
IORDW OHYHU
D WKH FRQQHFWLRQ QLSSOH LI VXSSOLHG ZLWK EDODQFLQJ SLSH ZKLFK PXVW
EH FRQQHFWHG EHWZHHQ WKH GUDLQ DQG UHFHLYHU ZLWKRXW DQ\ H[WUD SLSH PDQXDO GLVFKDUJH YDOYH

RU ILOWHU )LJ 2 ULQJ
E D l WXEH EHWZHHQ WKH GUDLQ DQG WKH UHFHLYHU )LJ FRXSOLQJ IRU
%637 H[WHUQDO SUHVVXUH
UHFHLYHU DYDLODEOH RQ UHTXHVW RU WKH UHFHLYHU
V DLU RXWOHW WXEH
137 HTXDOL]LQJ SOXJ
: 'LVFKDUJH FDQ EH
IUHH RULILFH
RU XVLQJ D WXEH DOVR DERYH WKH GUDLQ )LJ

QXWV EROWV 0 [

0$,17(1$1&( 2 ULQJ 25
VFUHZ 0 [
:((./< RSHQ DQG FORVH WKH GUDLQ YDOYH DV VKRZQ LQ )LJ DQG OHW DLU EORZ
WKURXJK IRU D IHZ PLQXWHV VHDO
,I D VLJQLILFDQW DPRXQW RI ZDWHU PRUH WKDQ OLWUHV H[LWV WKH YDOYH GXULQJ
6SDUHV IRU \HDUV VXSSOLHG DV NLW
WKLV RSHUDWLRQ WKHQ WKH GUDLQ PXVW EH WKRURXJKO\ FOHDQHG DV EHORZ
<($5/< 'LVPDQWOH WKH GUDLQ )LJ DQG FOHDQ DOO FRPSRQHQWV HVSHFLDOO\

1% $OVR SHUIRUP WKLV RSHUDWLRQ ERWK DQG ZHHNV DIWHU LQVWDOODWLRQ
127( 7KH GUDLQ

V VHDO )LJ FDQ EH VLPSO\ LQYHUWHG ZKHQ RQH VLGH
EHFRPHV ZRUQ
,167$//$=,21( 326 4XDQWLWD
&2',&( '(6&5,=,21(
,O 6$& OD FXL FDSDFLWD
GL VFDULFR H
FRPH GD )LJ VL LQVWDOOD FRPH VHJXH )LJ LQVWDOODWD
127$ 3ULPD GL FROOHJDUH OR VFDULFR VRIILDUH DULD FRPSUHVVD DWWUDYHUVR OD FRUSR FRPSOHWR

WXED]LRQH SHU WRJOLHUH HYHQWXDOL LPSXULWD
VFDULFDWRUH
: ,QVWDOODUH OR VFDULFDWRUH DO GL VRWWR GHO VHUEDWRLR )LJ DOWULPHQWL LO VHU %637 QLSSOR GL DFFRSSLDPHQWR

EDWRLR VL ULHPSLUD
GL FRQGHQVD )LJ 137 VH IRUQLWR
: 3HU SHUPHWWHUH OD FRPSHQVD]LRQH DULD LQVWDOODUH XQR GHL VHJXHQWL GLVSRVL

JXDUQL]LRQH GL WHQXWD
WLYL
JDOOHJJLDQWH OHYHULVPR
D LO QLSSOR GL DFFRSSLDPHQWR VH IRUQLWR FRQ WXER GL FRPSHQVD]LRQH
FKH GHYH HVVHUH FROOHJDWR WUD OR VFDULFDWRUH H LO VHUEDWRLR VHQ]D QHVVXQ YDOYROD VFDULFR PDQXDOH

DOWUR WXER R ILOWUR )LJ 2 ULQJ
E XQ WXER GD l GDOOR VFDULFDWRUH DO VHUEDWRLR )LJ PDQLFRWWR VXO

%637 WDSSR FRPSHQVD]LRQH
VHUEDWRLR GLVSRQLELOH VX ULFKLHVWD R DOOD WXED]LRQH GL XVFLWD DULD GHO
137 HVWHUQD
VHUEDWRLR

: /R VFDULFDWRUH SXR
VFDULFDUH D ERFFD OLEHUD R WUDPLWH XQ WXER DQFKH VRSUD
GDGL EXOORQL 0 [

OR VFDULFDWRUH )LJ
2 ULQJ 25
0$187(1=,21(
YLWH 0 [
6(77,0$1$/0(17( DSULUHFKLXGHUH OD YDOYROD GL VFDULFR FRPH GD )LJ

2WWXUDWRUH
H IDU VRIILDUH DULD SHU DOFXQL PLQXWL
5LFDPEL SHU DQQL IRUQLWL FRPH VHW
6H XQD TXDQWLWD
ULOHYDQWH GL DFTXD SLX
GL OLWUL HVFH GDOOD YDOYROD GXUDQWH
TXHVWD RSHUD]LRQH DOORUD OR VFDULFDWRUH GHYH HVVHUH SXOLWR LQWHUDPHQWH FRPH
VRWWR GHVFULWWR
$118$/0(17( 6PRQWDUH OR VFDULFDWRUH )LJ H SXOLUH WXWWL L FRPSR
QHQWL VSHFLDOPHQWH LO

1% (VHJXLUH TXHVWD RSHUD]LRQH DQFKH GRSR H VHWWLPDQH GDOO

LQVWDOOD
]LRQH
127$ /
RWWXUDWRUH )LJ SXR
HVVHUH LQYHUWLWR TXDQGR XQ ODWR VL
XVXUD
,167$//$7,21 326
$57 15 %(1(1181*
,QVWDOOLHUWH
'DV 0RGHOO 6$& GHVVHQ $EOD|OHLVWXQJ LQ )LJ GDUJHVWHOOW LVW ZLUG ZLH )LJ $Q]DKO
IROJW LQVWDOOLHUW .RPSOHWWHU

+,1:(,6 9RU $QVFKOX| GHV $EODVVHUV GLH /HLWXQJHQ PLW 'UXFNOXIW $EODVVHUNRUSXV
DXVEODVHQ
%637 $QVFKOX|QLSSHO VRIHUQ
: 'HQ $EODVVHU XQWHU GHP 6DPPHOEHKOWHU )LJ LQVWDOOLHUHQ
137 JHOLHIHUW
DQGHUQIDOOV IÚOOW VLFK GHU 6DPPHOEHKOWHU PLW .RQGHQVZDVVHU )LJ
'LFKWXQJ
: )ÚU GHQ /XIWDXVJOHLFK HLQH GHU IROJHQGHQ 9RUULFKWXQJHQ LQVWDOOLHUHQ
D $QVFKOX|QLSSHO VRIHUQ JHOLHIHUW PLW $XVJOHLFKOHLWXQJ GHU ]ZLVFKHQ 6FKZLPPHU +HEHO
GHP $EODVVHU XQG GHP 6DPPHOEHKOWHU RKQH GD| ]XVW]OLFK HLQH
+DQGEOD|YHQWLO 2 ULQJ
5RKUOHLWXQJ RGHU HLQ )LOWHU HUIRUGHUOLFK VLQG DQ]XVFKOLH|HQ LVW
)LJ
%637 6WRSIHQ IÚU GHQ H[W
E (LQH /HLWXQJ YRQ l ]ZLVFKHQ GHP $EODVVHU XQG GHP
137 'UXFNDXVJOHLFK
6DPPHOEHKOWHU )LJ 0XIIH DXI GHP 6DPPHOEHKOWHU DXI
$QIUDJH RGHU GHU /XIWDXVWULWWOHLWXQJ GHV 6DPPHOEHKOWHUV 0XWWHUQ 6FKUDXEHQ

: 'HU $EODVVHU NDQQ ÚEHU HLQH IUHLH ÑIIQXQJ RGHU HLQH 5RKUOHLWXQJ GLH 0 [
DXFK ÚEHU GHP $EODVVHU YHUOHJW ZHUGHQ NDQQ DEODVVHQ )LJ 2 ULQJ 25
6FKDUDXEH 0 [
:$5781*
6FKLHEHU
:Ñ&+(17/,&+ $EOD|YHQWLO JHP| )LJ ÐIIQHQVFKOLH|HQ XQG HLQLJH
0LQXWHQ ODQJ /XIW DEODVVHQ (UVDW]WHLOH IÚU -DKUH DOV 6DW] JHOLHIHUW
)DOOV DXV GHP 9HQWLO ZKUHQG GLHVHV 9RUJDQJHV HLQH HUKHEOLFKH

:DVVHUPHQJH PHKU DOV O DXVWULWW LVW GHU $EODVVHU ZLH XQWHQ
EHVFKULHEHQ YROOVWQGLJ ]X UHLQLJHQ

- +5/,&+ 'HQ $EODVVHU )LJ DEEDXHQ XQG DOOH %DXWHLOH LQVEHVRQGHUH
UHLQLJHQ
%HDFKWH 'LHVH 5HLQLJXQJ DXFK QDFK GHU XQG :RFKH QDFK GHU
,QVWDOODWLRQ DXVIÚKUHQ
%HDFKWH 'HU 6FKLHEHU )LJ NDQQ ZHQQ HU DXI HLQHU 6HLWH
9HUVFKOHL|HUVFKHLQXQJHQ DXIZHLVW XPJHGUHKW ZHUGHQ
,167$//$7,21 326 4XDQWLWÿV
&2'( '(6&5,37,21
/H 6$& GRQW OD FDSDFLWÿ GH YLGDQJH HVW LOOXVWUÿH )LJ GRLW ûWUH LQVWDOOÿ )LJ LQVWDOOÿHV
FRPPH VXLW
&RUSV YLGDQJHXU FRPSOHW
127( $YDQW GH UDFFRUGHU OH GLVSRVLWLI ÿOLPLQHU OHV LPSXUHWÿV ÿYHQWXHOOHV

%637 1LSSOH GH UDFFRUGHPHQW
VH WURXYDQW GDQV OH WX\DX O
DLU FRPSULPÿ
137 VL IRXUQL

: ,QVWDOOHU OH YLGDQJHXU VRXV OH UÿVHUYRLU )LJ GÿIDXW OH UÿVHUYRLU VH

-RLQW G
ÿWDQFKÿLWÿ
UHPSOLUD GH FRQGHQVDWLRQ )LJ
: 3RXU OD FRPSHQVDWLRQ GH O
DLU LQVWDOOHU XQ GHV GLVSRVLWLIV VXLYDQWV
)ORWWHXU OHYLHUV
D OH UDFFRUG G
DFFRXSOHPHQW VL IRXUQL DYHF OH WX\DX GH FRPSHQVDWLRQ 6RXS GH UHFFRUGHPHQW

TXL GRLW ûWUH LQVWDOOÿ HQWUH OH YLGDQJHXU HW OH UÿVHUYRLU VDQV DXFXQ DXWUH MRLQW WRULTXH
WX\DX RX ILOWUH )LJ

%637 %RXFKRQ GH FRPSHQVDWLRQ
E XQ WX\DX GH l DOODQW GX YLGDQJHXU DX UÿVHUYRLU )LJ PDQFKRQ VXU
137 H[WHUQH
OH UÿVHUYRLU GLVSRQLEOH VXU GHPDQGH RX DX WX\DX GH VRUWLH G
DLU GX
(FURXV ERXORQV
UÿVHUYRLU

0 [
: /H GLVSRVLWLI SHXW IRQFWLRQQHU HQ ÿYDFXDWLRQ OLEUH RX SDU WX\DX PûPH
LQVWDOOÿ DX GHVVXV GH FHOXL FL )LJ -RLQW WRULTXH 25
9LV 0 [
(175(7,(1
2EWXUDWHXU
+(%'20$'$,5( RXYULUIHUPHU OD YDQQH GH SXUJH FRPPH LOOXVWUÿ OD )LJ
3LýFHV GÿWDFKÿHV IRXUQL HQ NLW SRXU DQV
HW VRXIIOHU GH O
DLU SHQGDQW TXHOTXHV PLQXWHV
6L GH O
HDX HQ TXDQWLWÿ LPSRUWDQWH SOXV GH OLWUH V
ÿFKDSSH SDU OD
VRXSDSH ORUV GH FHWWH RSÿUDWLRQ OH YLGDQJHXU GRLW ûWUH QHWWR\ÿ HQWLýUHPHQW
FRPPH GÿFULW FL GHVVRXV
7286 /(6 $16 'ÿPRQWHU OH YLGDQJHXU )LJ HW QHWWR\HU WRXV VHV
FRPSRVDQWV VSÿFLDOHPHQW OH

1% (IIHFWXHU FHWWH RSÿUDWLRQ ÿJDOHPHQW HW VHPDLQHV DSUýV
O
LQVWDOODWLRQ
1% /
REWXUDWHXU )LJ SHXW ûWUH LQYHUVÿ ORUVTX
XQ FÎWÿ V
XVH
,167$/$&,Ë1 326 &DQWLGDG
&Ë',*2 '(6&5,3&,Ë1
(O GLVSRVLWLYR 6$& FX\D FDSDFLGDG GH GHVFDUJD VH LQGLFD HQ OD )LJ VH )LJ LQVWDODGD
LQVWDOD GH OD PDQHUD LQGLFDGD D FRQWLQXDFLÊQ FXHUSR FRPSOHWR

127$ $QWHV GH FRQHFWDU OD GHVFDUJD VRSODU DLUH FRPSULPLGR D WUDYÿV GH OD GHVFDUJDGRU
WXEHUõD SDUD HOLPLQDU OD SRVLEOH VXFLHGDG
%637 QLSOH GH DFRSODPLHQWR VL
: ,QVWDODU HO GHVFDUJDGRU GHEDMR GHO GHSÊVLWR )LJ GH OR FRQWUDULR HO
137 VH LQFOX\H
GHSÊVLWR VH OOHQDU GH FRQGHQVDGR )LJ
MXQWD HVWDQFD
: 3DUD SHUPLWLU OD FRPSHQVDFLÊQ GHO DLUH LQVWDODU XQR GH ORV GLVSRVLWLYRV VL
JXLHQWHV IORWDGRU VLVWHPD

D (O QLSOH GH DFRSODPLHQWR VL VH LQFOX\H FRQ HO WXER GH FRPSHQVDFLÊQ SDODQFDV
TXH VH FRQHFWD HQWUH HO GHVFDUJDGRU \ HO GHSÊVLWR VLQ QLQJÔQ RWUR WXER Y OYXOD GUHQDMH PDQXDO
QL ILOWUR )LJ
MXQWD WÊULFD
E 8Q WXER GH l GHO GHVFDUJDGRU DO GHSÊVLWR )LJ PDQJXLWR SDUD
%637 WDSÊQ FRPSHQVDFLÊQ
HO GHSÊVLWR GLVSRQLEOH D SHWLFLÊQ R D OD WXEHUõD GH VDOLGD GH DLUH GHO
137 H[WHUQD
GHSÊVLWR
: (O GHVFDUJDGRU SXHGH GUHQDU D ERFD OLEUH R D WUDYÿV GH XQ WXER LQFOXVR
WXHUFDV SHUQRV 0 [
VLWXDGR SRU HQFLPD )LJ
MXQWD WÊULFD 25

0$17(1,0,(172 WRUQLOOR 0 [
6(0$1$/ $EULU \ FHUUDU OD Y OYXOD GH SXUJD FRPR VH LQGLFD HQ )LJ \ REWXUDGRU
VRSODU DLUH SRU DOJXQRV PLQXWRV
5HFDPELRV SDUD DÆRV SUHVHQWDFLÊQ HQ VHW
6L GXUDQWH HVWD RSHUDFLÊQ VDOH XQD FDQWLGDG LPSRUWDQWH GH DJXD P V GH
OLWURV GH OD Y OYXOD VLJQLILFD TXH VH GHEH OLPSLDU HO GHVFDUJDGRU SRU GHQWUR
FRPR VH GHVFULEH P V DGHODQWH
$18$/ GHVPRQWDU HO GHVFDUJDGRU )LJ \ OLPSLDU WRGRV ORV FRPSRQHQWHV
HQ SDUWLFXODU HO ll
1% 5HDOL]DU WDPELÿQ HVWD RSHUDFLÊQ DO FDER GH OD SULPHUD \ WHUFHUD
VHPDQDV GHVSXÿV GH OD LQVWDODFLÊQ
127$ &XDQGR HO REWXUDGRU )LJ VH GHVJDVWD GH XQ ODGR VH OH SXHGH
GDU OD YXHOWD
,167$/$ 2 326 4XDQWLGDGH
2 6$& FXMD FDSDFLGDGH GH GHVFDUJD HVW LQGLFDGD QD )LJ VH LQVWDOD QR )LJ
&Ë',*2 '(6&5, 2
LQVWDODGD
VHJXLQWH PRGR
FRUSR FRPSOHWR GR

127$ DQWHV GH FROLJDU D GHVFDUJD DVVRSUH DU FRPSULPLGR DWUDYÿV GD GHVFDUUHJDGRU
WXEDJHP D ILP GH HOLPLQDU TXDLVTXHU LPSXUH]DV

%637 QLSOH GH DFRSODPHQWR VH

: ,QVWDOH R GHVFDUUHJDGRU HPEDL[R GR WDQTXH )LJ GH RXWUD PDQHLUD R 137 IRUQHFLGR
GH FRQGHQVDR )LJ
WDQTXH HQFKHU VH
JXDUQL R GH UHWHQR
: 3DUD SHUPLWLU D FRPSHQVDR GR DU LQVWDOH XP GRV VHJXLQWHV GLVSRVLWLYRV
R QLSOH GH DFRSODPHQWR VH IRUQHFLGR FRP WXER GH FRPSHQVDR TXH
EÊLDFRQMXQWR GH DODYDQFDV
D
GHYH VHU FROLJDGR HQWUH R GHVFDUUHJDGRU H R WDQTXH VHP QHQKXP RXWUR Y OYXOD GH GHVFDUJD

WXER RX ILOWUR )LJ PDQXDO DQHO
2
E XP WXER GH l GR GHVFDUUHJDGRU DR WDQTXH )LJ OXYD QR WDQTXH

%637
GLVSRQõYHO D SHGLGR RX QD WXEDJHP GH VDõGD GR DU GR WDQTXH
WDPSD FRQGHQVD R H[WHUQD
137
: 2 GHVFDUUHJDGRU SRGH GHVFDUUHJDU FRP D ERFD OLYUH RX DWUDYÿV GXP WXER
SRUFDV SDUDIXVRV FRP
PHVPR HQFLPD GR GHVFDUUHJDGRU )LJ

SRUFD 0 [
0$187(1 2 DQHO

2
25
80$ 9(= 325 6(0$1$ DEULUIHFKDU D Y OYXOD GH HVFDSH FRPR LOXVWUDGR SDUDIXVRV 0 [
QD )LJ H DVVRSUH DU SRU DOJXQV PLQXWRV

REWXUDGRU
6H XPD TXDQWLGDGH FRQVLGHU YHO GH JXD DFLPD GH / VDLU GD Y OYXOD

3HDV VREUHVVDOHQWHV SDUD DQRV IRUQHFLGRV FRPR MRJR
GXUDQWH HVWD RSHUD R LVWR VLJQLILFD TXH R GHVFDUUHJDGRU GHYH VHU OLPSR SRU
GHQWUR FRPR GHVFULWR DEDL[R
80$ 9(= 325 $12 GHVPRQWH R GHVFDUUHJDGRU )LJ H OLPSH WRGRV RV
FRPSRQHQWHV HVSHFLDOPHQWH R

2EV UHSLWD HVWD RSHUDR DSÊV D SULPHLUD H D WHUFHLUD VHPDQD GD LQVWDODR

127$ R REWXUDGRU )LJ SRGH VHU LQYHUWLGR TXDQGR XP ODGR VH
GHVJDVWD
,167$//$7,( 326 *HïQVWDOOH
&2'( %(6&+5,-9,1*
'H 6$& ZDDUYDQ GH lDIYRHUl FDSDFLWHLW RS )LJ ZRUGW DDQJHJHYHQ )LJ HUG DDQWDO
ZRUGW DOV YROJW JHïQVWDOOHHUG FRPSOHHW DIYRHUOLFKDDP
230(5.,1* $OYRUHQV GH DIYRHU DDQ WH VOXLWHQ PRHW SHUVOXFKW GRRU GH
%637 NRSSHOQLSSHO LQGLHQ
OHLGLQJ ZRUGHQ JHEOD]HQ RP HYHQWXHOH RQJHUHFKWLJGKHGHQ WH YHUZLMGHUHQ
137 JHOHYHUG
: ,QVWDOOHHU GH DIYRHU RQGHU KHW UHVHUYRLU )LJ DQGHU ]DO KHW UHVHUYRLU
DIGLFKWLQJVSDNNLQJO
YROUDNHQ PHW FRQGHQV )LJ
: 2P GH OXFKWFRPSHQVDWLH WRH WH VWDDQ PRHW ÿÿQ YDQ GH YROJHQGH )ORWWHU NOHSKHQGHO
LQULFKWLQJHQ ZRUGHQ JHïQVWDOOHHUG 0DQXHOH DIYRHUNOHS

D GH NRSSHOQLSSHO LQGLHQ JHOHYHUG PHW FRPSHQVDWLHVODQJ GLH PRHW 2 ULQJ
ZRUGHQ YHUERQGHQ WXVVHQ GH DIYRHU HQ KHW UHVHUYRLU ]RQGHU DQGHUH
%637
VODQJ RI ILOWHU )LJ H[WHUQH FRPSHQVDWLHGRS
137
E HHQ VODQJ YDQ l YDQ GH DIYRHU QDDU KHW UHVHUYRLU )LJ KROOH EXLV
RS KHW UHVHUYRLU YHUNULMJEDDU RS DDQYUDDJ RI QDDU GH OHLGLQJHQ YRRU
PRHUHQ HQ ERXWHQ 0 [
OXFKWDIYRHU YDQ KHW UHVHUYRLU
: 'H DIYRHU NDQ UHFKWVWUHHNV XLW ]LMQ PRQG RI YLD HHQ OHLGLQJ RRN ERYHQ GH 2 ULQJ 25
DIYRHU )LJ DIYRHUHQ
6FKURHI 0 [
6FKXLI
21'(5+28'
:(.(/,-.6 GH DIYRHUNOHS RSHQHQVOXLWHQ ]RDOV RS )LJ HQ ODDW GH OXFKW 5HVHUYH RQGHUGHOHQ YRRU MDDU DOV VHW JHOHYHUG
JHGXUHQGH HQNHOH PLQXWHQ EOD]HQ
,QGLHQ HU HHQ DDQ]LHQOLMNH KRHYHHOKHLG ZDWHU PHHU GDQ OLWHU JHGXUHQGH
GH]H RSHUDWLH XLW GH NOHS NRPW GDQ PRHW GH DIYRHU DDQ GH ELQQHQ]LMGH
ZRUGHQ JHUHLQLJG ]RDOV KLHURQGHU ZRUGW EHVFKUHYHQ
-$$5/,-.6 'HPRQWHHU GH DIYRHU )LJ HQ PDDN DOOH FRPSRQHQWHQ
VFKRRQ LQ KHW ELM]RQGHU GH ll
1% 9RHU GH]H RSHUDWLH RRN HQ ZHNHQ QD GH LQVWDOODWLH XLW
230(5.,1* 'H VFKXLI )LJ NDQ ZRUGHQ RPJHNHHUG ZDQQHHU HU
HHQ ]LMGH YHUVOHWHQ LV
,167$//$7,21 326 ,QVWDOOHUDG
.2' %(6.5,91,1*
,, 6$& YDUV DYOHGQLQJVIÐUPxJD EHVNULYV L )LJ LQVWDOOHUDV Sx IÐOMDQGH )LJ NYDQWLWHW
VWW DYOHGDUHQV VWRPPH
2%6(59(5$ )ÐU DWW HOLPLQHUD HYHQWXHOOD RUHQKHWHU VNDOO OHGQLQJDUQD
%637 NRSSOLQJVQLSSHO RP VxGDQ
EOxVDV UHQD PHG WU\FNOXIW LQQDQ DYOHGDUHQ DQVOXWV
137 PHGIÐOMHU
: ,QVWDOOHUD DYOHGDUHQ XQGHU EHKxOODUHQ )LJ DQQDUV I\OOV GHQQD PHG
SDFNQLQJ
NRQGHQVDW )LJ
: )ÐU DWW PÐMOLJJÐUD WU\FNOXIWVNRPSHQVDWLRQ VNDOO HQ DY IÐOMDQGH IORWWÐU QLYxYDNW
DQRUGQLQJDU LQVWDOOHUDV PDQXHOO XWORSSVYHQWLO

D HQ NRSSOLQJVQLSSHO RP VxGDQ PHGIÐOMHU PHG NRPSHQVDWLRQVVODQJ 2 ULQJ
VRP DQVOXWV PHOODQ DYOHGDUHQ RFK EHKxOODUHQ XWDQ QxJUD DQGUD UÐU
%637 XWYQGLJ
HOOHU ILOWHU )LJ
137 NRPSHQVDWLRQV SOXJJ
E HWW l UÐU PHOODQ DYOHGDUHQ RFK EHKxOODUHQ )LJ UÐUPXII Sx
EHKxOODUHQ NDQ EHVWOODV HOOHU WLOO EHKxOODUHQV XWJxHQGH
PXWWUDU EXOWDU 0[
WU\FNOXIWVOHGQLQJ
: $YOHGDUHQ WÐPV GLUHNW HOOHU JHQRP HQ OHGQLQJ VRP YHQ NDQ YDUD 2 ULQJ 25
SODFHUDG RYDQIÐU DYOHGDUHQ )LJ
VNUXY 0 [
VOXWDUH
81'(5+t//
(1 *t1* 3(5 9(&.$ ÐSSQD VWQJ WÐPQLQJVYHQWLOHQ HQOLJW 5HVHUYGHODU IÐU xU OHYHUHUDV L VHW
DQYLVQLQJDUQD L )LJ RFK EOxV PHG WU\FNOXIW XQGHU QxJUD PLQXWHU
2P HQ VWÐUUH PQJG YDWWHQ PHU Q HQ KDOY OLWHU ULQQHU XU YHQWLOHQ YLG
GHWWD IÐUIDUDQGH VNDOO DYOHGDUHQ UHQJÐUDV KHOW VxVRP EHVNULYHW QHGDQ
(1 *t1* 3(5 t5 0RQWHUD QHG DYOHGDUHQ )LJ RFK UHQJÐU DOOD
NRPSRQHQWHU L V\QQHUKHW QU
2%6 'HWWD VNDOO JÐUDV YHQ RFK YHFNRU HIWHU LQVWDOODWLRQHQ
2%6(59(5$ 6OXWDUHQ )LJXU NDQ YQGDV QU GHQ HQD VLGDQ U
LJHQWSSW
$6(1186 .2+7$ $VHQQHWWX
.22', 1,0,7<6
)LJ Q PXNDLVHQ SRLVWRNDSDVLWHHWLQ RPDDYD 6$& DVHQQHWDDQ )LJ PU
VHXUDDYDVWL SRLVWR RVDQ NRUL
+820 (QQHQ SRLVWR RVDQ DVHQQXVWD SXKDOOD SDLQHLOPDD SXWNHQ OSL
%637
PDKGROOLVWHQ HSSXKWDXNVLHQ SRLVWDPLVHNVL OLLWRVQLSSD MRV WRLPLWHWWX
137
: $VHQQD SRLVWR RVD VLOLÐQ DODSXROHOOH )LJ PXXWHQ VLOLÐ W\WW\\ NRQ
WLLYLVWH
GHQVDDWLVWD )LJ
: ,OPDQ NRPSHQVDDWLRWD YDUWHQ DVHQQD \NVL VHXUDDYLVWD YOLQHLVW XLPXUL YLYXVWR
D OLLWRVQLSSD MRV WRLPLWHWWX NRPSHQVDDWLRSXWNHQ NHUD 6H WXOHH OLLWW PDQXDDOLQHQ

SRLVWR RVDQ MD VLOLÐQ YOLOOH LOPDQ PXXWD SXWNHD WDL VXRGDWLQWD )LJ SRLVWRYHQWWLLOL 2 ULQJ

%637 XONRSXROHQ
E l SXWNL SRLVWR RVDVWD VLOLÐÐQ )LJ VLOLÐQ PXKYL VDDWDYDQD
137 NRPSHQVDDWLRWXOSSD
S\\QQÐVW WDL VLOLÐQ LOPDQ PHQRSXWNHHQ

: 3RLVWR RVD YRL ODVNHD YDSDDVWL WDL SXWNHQ NDXWWD P\ÐV SRLVWR RVDQ SXOWLW PXWWHULW 0[

\OSXROHOOH )LJ
2 ULQJ 25
+82/72 UXXYL 0 [
9,,.2,77$,1 DYDDVXOMH W\KMHQQ\VYHQWWLLOL )LJ PXNDLVHVWL MD DQQD LOPDQ WXOSSD
SXKDOWDD PXXWDPDQ PLQXXWLQ
9DUDRVDW YXRGHNVL WRLPLWHWWX VDUMDQD
-RV YHQWWLLOLVW YLUWDD KXRPDWWDYD PU \OL O YHWW WPQ WRLPLWXNVHQ
DLNDQD RQ NRNR SRLVWR RVD SXKGLVWHWWDYD NXWHQ DOOD NXYDWWX
9826,77$,1 3XUD SRLVWR RVD )LJ MD SXKGLVWD NDLNNL RVDW HULW\LVHVWL
RVDW
+820 6XRULWD WRLPLWXV P\ÐV MD YLLNRQ NXOXWWXD DVHQQXNVHVWD
+820 7XOSSD )LJ YRLGDDQ NQW NXQ WRLQHQ SXROL VLLW NXOXX
,167$//$6-21 326 $QWDOO
.2'( %(6.5,9(/6(
*MzU IzOJHQGH QxU GX VNDO LQVWDOOHUH 6$& WzPPHNDSDVLWHW L )LJ )LJ PRQWHUW
0(5. )zU GX NREOHU WLO DYOzSHW Px GX EOxVH WU\NNOXIW JMHQQRP UzUHQH IRU NRPSOHWW DYOzSVLQQIDWQLQJ
x IMHUQH JUXQGLJ DOW IUHPPHGVWRII

%637 NREOLQJVPXQQVW\NNH

: 0RQWHU DYOzSHW XQGHU PRWWDNHUQLYxHW )LJ VOLN DW PRWWDNHUHQ LNNH 137 KYLV GHW HU LQNOXGHUW
I\OOHV PHG NRQGHQVDW )LJ

SDNQLQJ
: 0RQWHU HQ DY IzOJHQGH DQRUGQLQJHU IRU OXIWMHYQLQJ
IORWWzU YHQWLODUP
D NREOLQJVPXQQVW\NNHW VRP Px KYLV GHW IzOJHU PHG PHG XWMHY
QLQJVUzU NREOHV IUD DYOzSHW WLO PRWWDNHUHQ XWHQ HNVWUD UzU HOOHU ILOWHU PDQXHOO DYOzSVYHQWLO

)LJ 2 ULQJ
E HW WRPPHUV UzU IUD DYOzSHW WLO PRWWDNHUHQ )LJ NREOLQJV
%637 XWMHYQLQJVWDSS IRU \WUH
VW\NNH IRU PRWWDNHUHQ NDQ VNDIIHV Sx IRUHVSzUVHO HOOHU WLO OXIWXWWDNHW
137 WU\NN
Sx PRWWDNHUHQ

: $YOzSHW NDQ WzPPHV GLUHNWH IUD xSQLQJHQ YLD HW UzU HOOHU YLD WLOEHKzU PXWUH RJ 0[ VNUXHU

PRQWHUW RYHU VHOYH DYOzSHW
2 ULQJ (//(5
9('/,.(+2/' 0 VNUXH [
8.(17/,* xSQHOXNN GUHQHULQJVYHQWLOHQ VRP YLVW Sx )LJ RJ EOxV OXIW QxOHVSLVVYHQWLO
JMHQQRP GHQ L HW SDU PLQXWWHU

5HVHUYHGHOHU IRU xUV GULIW OHYHUHV VRP VHWW
+YLV HQ EHW\GHOLJ PHQJGH YDQQ PHU HQQ OLWHU EOLU VOXSSHW XW JMHQQRP
YHQWLOHQ L OzSHW DY GHQQH RSHUDVMRQHQ Px DYOzSHW UHQVHV JUXQGLJ VOLN GHW HU
EHVNUHYHW RYHU
t5/,* 'HPRQWHU DYOzSHW )LJ RJ UHQV DOOH NRPSRQHQWHQH VyUOLJ
NRPSRQHQW

0(5. 'HQQH RSHUDVMRQHQ Px XWIzUHV RJVx HWWHU IzUVWH RJ WUHGMH GULIWVXNH

0(5. 1xOHVSLVVYHQWLOHQ )LJ NDQ YHQGHV QxU GHQ HQH VLGHQ HU VOLWW
,167$//$7,21 326 ,QVWDOOHUHW
.2'( %(6.5,9(/6(
6$& XGOHGQLQJVNDSDFLWHW L )LJ LQVWDOOHUHV VRP IzOJHU )LJ DQWDO
%(0u5. )zU DIWDSQLQJHQ WLOVOXWWHV VNDO UzUHW EOyVHV LJHQQHP PHG NRPSOHW DIWDSQLQJVKXV
WU\NOXIW IRU DW IMHUQH HYHQWXHOOH IUHPPHGOHJHPHU

%637 WLOVOXWQLQJVQLSSHO

: ,QVWDOOÿU DIWDSQLQJHQ XQGHU EHKROGHUHQV QLYHDX )LJ Vx EHKROGHUHQ 137 KYLV GHQ PHGIzOJHU
LNNH I\OGHV PHG NRQGHQVDW )LJ

SDNQLQJ
: ,QVWDOOÿU HW DI IzOJHQGH XGVW\U WLO OXIWXGOLJQLQJ
VYzPPHU YHQWLODUP
D WLOVOXWQLQJVQLSOHQ KYLV GHQ PHGIzOJHU PHG XGOLJQLQJVUzU GHU VNDO
IRUELQGHV PHOOHP DIWDSQLQJ RJ EHKROGHU XGHQ HNVWUD UzU HOOHU ILOWHU PDQXHO DIWDSQLQJVYHQWLO

)LJ 2 ULQJ
E HW l UzU IUD DIWDSQLQJ WLO EHKROGHU )LJ PXIIH WLO EHKROGHU NDQ
%637
EHVWLOOHV HOOHU WLO EHKROGHUHQV OXIWDIJDQJ HNVWHUQ WU\NXGOLJQLQJVSURS
137
: 'UyQHW NDQ WzPPHV GLUHNWH IUD GHWV xEQLQJ YLD HW UzU HOOHU YLD HW WLOEHKzU

PRQWHUHW RYHU VHOYH GUyQHW PzWULNNHU RJ 0[ EROWH

9('/,*(+2/'(/6( 2 ULQJ 25
8*(17/,* xEQOXN DIWDSQLQJVYHQWLOHQ VRP Sx )LJ RJ EOyV OXIW LJHQQHP 0 VNUXH [
GHQ L QRJOH PLQXWWHU QxOHYHQWLO
+YLV GHU XGOHGHV HQ VWRU PyQJGH YDQG RYHU OLWHU JHQQHP YHQWLOHQ
5HVHUYHGHOH WLO xUV GULIW OHYHUHV VRP NLW
XQGHU GHQQH RSHUDWLRQ VNDO DIWDSQLQJHQ UHQJzUHV JUXQGLJW VRP EHVNUHYHW
KHUXQGHU
t5/,* $IPRQWÿU DIWDSQLQJHQ )LJ RJ UHQJzU DOOH NRPSRQHQWHU LVyU
NRPSRQHQW

1% 'HQQH RSHUDWLRQ VNDO RJVx XGIzUHV HIWHU RJ XJHUV GULIW
%(0u5. 1xOHYHQWLOHQ )LJ NDQ YHQGHV RP QxU GHQ HQH VLGH HU
VOLGW
(*-$6$56$5+ 3(5+ (HLBUFTU
-8',-15 2(4,*4$)+
7R 6$& UPV PQPPV I JLBOUIUB BQPTUS|HHJTIK FOBJ QWK TUIO )LJ )LJ QPTUIUB
FHLBRTUBUBJ WK BLPMPRWK QMISFK TNB FLLFOWUI
5+/(,85+ 2SJO TVOE}TFUF UIO BQPTUS|HHJTI GVTIDUF NF QFQJFTN}OP

%637 SBLS TOEFTIK
B}SB UI UJK TWMIOTFJK HJB OB BGBJS}TFUF UVXO CSWNJ}K
137 BO EJBURFUBJ
: (HLBUBTUITUF UPO FLLFOWUI L|UW BQ UP EPXFP )LJ BMMJK UP
GM|OUZB TUFHBOPQPITIK
EPXFP RB HFNTFJ NF TVNQVLOWN}OI VHSBTB )LJ
: *JB OB FQJUS}YFUF UIO BOUJTU|RNJTI UPV B}SB FHLBUBTUITUF NB BQ UJK QMWUISBKTTU NPXMO
QBSBL|UW EJBU|DFJK CBMC XFJSPL BQPTUSBHH

B UP SBLS TOEFTIK BO EJBURFUBJ NF TWMIOB BOUJTU|RNJTIK QPV 2 ULQJ
QS}QFJ OB TVOEFRF NFUBD UPV FLLFOWUI LBJ UPV EPXFPV XWSK

%637 U|QB FDWUFSJLIK
LBO}OB |MMP TWMIOB I GMUSP )LJ
137 BOUJTU|RNJTIK
C }OB TWMIOB l BQ UPO FLLFOWUI TUP EPXFP )LJ I NPGB TUP
EPXFP EJBURFUBJ LBU| QBSBHHFMB I TUI TWMIOWTI FDEPV UPV QBDJN|EJBNQPVMOJB

B}SB UPV EPXFPV 0 [
: 1 FLLFOWUIK NQPSF OB BQPTUSBHHTFJ NF FMFRFSP TUNJP I N}TW FOK 2 ULQJ 25
TWMIOB BLNB LBJ Q|OW BQ UPO FLLFOWUI )LJ

CEFK 0 [
EJ|GSBHNB
5706+4+5+
(%'1/$',$,85 BOPDUFLMFTUF UI CBMCEB FLL}OWTIK QWK TUIO )LJ $OUBMMBLUJL| HJB XSOJB EJBURFOUBJ TBO TFU
LBJ GVTIDUF B}SB HJB NFSJL| MFQU|
$O LBU| UI EJ|SLFJB BVUIK UIK FSHBTBK BQ UI CBMCEB CHBOFJ NJB

TINBUJLI QPTUIUB OFSP QFSJTTPUFSP BQ MUSB UUF P FLLFOWUIK
QS}QFJ OB LBRBSJTUF PMPLMISWUJL| QWK QFSJHS|GFUBJ QJP L|UW
(6+5,85 $QPTVOBSNPMPHITUF UPO FLLFOWUI )LJ LBJ LBRBSTUF MB
UB FDBSUINBU| UPV FJEJLUFSB UP

5IN 0B FLUFM}TFUF BVUI UIO FSHBTB FQTIK LBJ NFU| UIO I LBJ UIO I
FCEPN|EB BQ UIO FHLBU|TUBTI
5+/(,85+ 6P EJ|GSBHNB )LJ NQPSFUF OB UP BOUJTUS}YFUF
UBO GRBSF I NB QMFVS|
)LJ 'LVFKDUJH FDSDFLW\ )LJ )LJ

GLVFKDUJH FDSDFLW\ OK
EDU
PD[ SUHVV

23(1
&/26('

ZRUNLQJ SUHVVXUH EDU
)LJ )LJ )LJ

)LJ
RSWLRQDO

Fuels, Lubricants and Coolants for
MAN Industrial and Marine Diesel Engines
3
4
Preface
Dear Customer,
MAN diesel engines are developed to the state of the art and built using the latest pro
duction technology.
This results in significant properties such as:
D Economical operation owing to low fuel and lubricating oil consumption

D Low weight
D Limited maintenance overhead and spare part requirements and a long service life
D Futureoriented environmental compatibility
D Quick load pickup
D Compact design
However, troublefree operation and high performance can be achieved only if the
specified maintenance intervals are observed and the fuels, lubricants and coolants
approved by MAN are used.
Please observe guidelines for the protection of the environment when handling fuels,
lubricants and coolants.
Yours faithfully
MAN Nutzfahrzeuge Aktiengesellschaft
Nuremberg Plant
We reserve the right to make technical modifications in the course of further development.
© 2008 MAN Nutzfahrzeuge Aktiengesellschaft

Reprinting, copying or translation, even of extracts, is not allowed without written permis
sion from MAN. All rights under the copyright law are strictly reserved by MAN.
MKABA Technical status: 08.2008 51.99589−8001
5
Contents
Page
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Guidelines for the protection of the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Engine oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Antifreeze with corrosion inhibitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Corrosion inhibitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6
Guidelines for the protection of the environment
Fuels, lubricants and coolants are poisonous, inflammable and also harmful to
the environment if they are not used properly. Do not allow them to seep into the
ground or into the sewerage system. Hand used oil over to old oil disposal com
panies or dispose of them as special waste.
Comply with safety regulations.
Follow the instruction sheet for handling used engine oil.
Engine oil
D Hand old oil over to oldoildisposal companies only.
D Ensure without fail that oil does not seep into the sewerage system and / or into the
ground.
Caution:
Risk of contamination of potable water.
D Dispose of used filter elements and cartridges as special waste.
Coolant
D Dispose of undiluted anticorrosion protection and / or antifreeze agents as special

waste.
D When disposing of used coolant, the regulations issued by the relevant local authorit
ies must be observed.
Diesel fuel
D Strict attention should be paid to ensuring that diesel fuel does not seep into the
sewerage system and / or into the ground.
Caution:
Risk of contamination of drinking water.
D Dispose of used filter elements and cartridges as special waste.
7
Engine oils
Engine oils approved by MAN
Engine oils complying with factory standard are to be used for industrial and ship’s diesel
engines.
The choice of a suitable engine oil is based on the scheduled oil use period, the fuel
quality used and the climate conditions at the place of deployment.
Always observe the oil change intervals specified in the operating manual or onboard
service booklet / service booklet.
The permitted engine oils can be found on the Internet:

https://mmrepro.mn.man.de/bstwebapp/BSTServlet
Use of permitted engine oils
Engine model MAN 270 MAN 271 M 3275 M 3277

D 02xx − aspirating engine yes yes yes yes
D 02xx − with turbocharger / intercooler yes yes yes yes
D 0826 − with turbocharger / intercooler yes yes yes yes
D 0826/36 TE/LE 5.. no no yes yes
D 0836 LE 4.. no no no yes
D 2866 TE, D 2866 LE 1.. no no yes yes
D 2876 − with Common Rail no no no yes
D 2842 TE no no yes yes
D 284x − with turbocharger / intercooler yes yes yes yes
D 2842 LE 409 − twostage turbocharging no no yes yes
D 284x − with Common Rail no no no yes
D 2868 LE 4xx no no no yes
D 2862 LE 4xx no no no yes
Caution:
Commonrail engines may only be operated with oils complying with works
standard M 3277.
8
Engine oils
Singlegrade engine oils
SAE 30 or 40 singlegrade engine oils to works standard MAN 270 should be used only
if multigrade engine oils are not available or if the use of singlegrade oils is explicitly
required.
Heed the operating temperature range.
Highperformance diesel engine oils
Highperformance diesel engine oils to works standards M 3275 and M 3277 have a
considerably higher performance level than engine oils to works standards MAN 270
and 271.
In turbocharged diesel engines in particular, highperformance diesel engine oils have
major advantages in terms of piston cleanliness, wear and tear and power reserves.
Highperformance diesel engine oil are of course also suitable for nonturbocharged
engines.
In the interest of greater engine life expectancy we recommend using such oils for
turbocharged and nonturbocharged engines.
Caution:
In highperformance marine diesel engines, extreme operating conditions may
lead to deposits in the chargeair area that reduce the engine output.
For these engines, lowdeposit engine oils complying with factory standard
M 3277 are recommended in particular.
Conditions of approval
The approval for engine oils is valid for two years and can be extended by another two
years at the request of the manufacturer / supplier provided that the quality of the oil in
question has not changed.
Before purchasing a product, make sure that it is still approved by having the supplier
produce the MAN letter of approval.
Engine oils without MAN approval
If in certain countries MANapproved engine oils are not available, use only engine oils
for which the manufacturer or supplier confirms in writing that their quality level complies
at least with ACEA E2 (for MAN 270 / 271), ACEA E3/E5 (for M 3275) or ACEA E4 (for
M 3277) or APICF 4, CG 4 CH4, CI4.
If these engine oils are used, the oil change intervals specified in the operating manual
or onboard service booklet / service booklet are to be reduced on agreement (consult
MAN Nutzfahrzeuge AG, customer service).
9
Engine oils
Engine oils US market
Engine oils approved by MAN for the US market
Permitted engine oils, complying with factory standard MAN 270

Approval granted to Product designation Viscosity class SAE
ChevronTexaco Global Lubricants Chevron Delo 400 SAE 30
Chevron Delo 400 SAE 40
Texaco Ursa Premium TDX SAE 30
Texaco Ursa Premium TDX SAE 40
ExxonMobil Mobil Delvac 1630 SAE 30
Mobil Delvac 1640 SAE 40
Shell International Shell Rimula X SAE 30
Shell Rimula X SAE 40
Permitted engine oils, complying with factory standard MAN 271

PennzoilQuakerstate Pennzoil LongLife SAE 15W−40
Pennzoil LongLife 2000 SAE 15W−40
Pennzoil LongLife 2000 SAE 20W−50
Permitted engine oils, complying with factory standard M 3275

Caterpillar Caterpillar Diesel Engine Oil SAE 15W−40
ChevronTexaco Global Lubricants Chevron Delo 400 Multigrade SAE 15W−40
Chevron RPM Heavy Duty Motor Oil SAE 15W−40
Texaco Ursa Premium TDX SAE 15W−40
Texaco Ursa Super Plus SAE 15W−40
Shell International Shell Rimula Premium SAE 15W−40
Shell Rimula X CH4 SAE 15W−40
Shell Rotella T SAE 15W−40
Permitted engine oils, complying with factory standard M 3277

ExxonMobil Mobil Delvac 1 SHC SAE 5W−40
Mobil Delvac XHP Extra SAE 10W−40
10
Engine oils
SAE viscosity classes
SAE viscosity class is dependent on ambient air temperatures (see diagram).
SAE20W−40
SAE15W−40
SAE10W−40
SAE 10W−30
SAE 5W−30
SAE0W−30 SAE5W−40
°C −30 −20 −10 0 +10 +25 +35
°F −22 −4 +14 +32 +50 +77 +95

SAE20W−20
SAE30
SAE40
Engine oil additives
Only engine oils which have been tested in accordance with works standards MAN 270,
MAN 271, M 3275 and M 3277 and comply with these standards are approved for use in
MAN diesel engines.
These oils are composed in such a way that they meet the engine requirements in every
case if the specified oil change intervals are complied with.
Additives of any kind that are added later to the engine oil alter the engine oil in an
unpredictable manner.
As the performance and maintenance overhead can be negatively influenced if

additives of this nature are used, claims regarding deficiencies submitted to MAN
Nutzfahrzeuge AG shall be void if the damage results from using such additives.
11
Engine oils
Mixing engine oils
In order to prevent a drop in performance of the engine oil used, and thus a reduction in
the oil change interval, only engine oils with at least the same performance range should
be mixed.
Engine oils from various manufacturers can be mixed and are compatible if used for the
same area of application.
Oil change intervals
The oil change intervals are specified in the operating manual or onboard service
booklet / service booklet.
12
Fuel
Diesel fuel complying with the following standards is suitable for the operation of MAN
diesel engines:
D European norm EN 590

D DIN EN 590 (Germany)
D ASTM D 975 No. 1 D (USA)
D BS 2869 Part 1 Class A 1 (Great Britain)
Low sulphur content in diesel fuel
Diesel fuel − lowsulphur (<50 mg/kg sulphur) according to EN 590

− sulphurfree (<10 mg/kg sulphur) according to DIN EN 590
For environmentalprotection reasons MAN recommends the use of lowsulphur / sul

phurfree diesel fuels.
These fuels can be used if they contain additives which guarantee sufficient lubricity
(request written confirmation from the supplier; for minimum requirements, see EN 590).
To avoid injection nozzle coking, lowsulphur / sulphurfree fuels must in general contain
detergent additives. This must be ensured by the fuel supplier to guarantee the correct
harmonisation and combined effect of lubricity and detergent additives.
High sulphur content in diesel fuel
MAN diesel engines can be operated with fuels whose sulphur content is max. 0.5%.
Fuels with a sulphur content of >0.5% are not permitted as they result in increased
corrosion and hence greatly reduce the service life of engines.
The oil change intervals must be halved if the sulphur content is >0.2%. At the same
time, only engine oil complying with works standard M 3277 may be used.
13
Fuel
Winter operation
As ambient temperatures fall diesel fuel deposits paraffin crystals which increase the flow
resistance in the fuel filter so much that an adequate fuel supply is no longer guaranteed.
Summergrade diesel fuel to DIN EN 590 guarantees coldflow characteristics down to

0_C, wintergrade fuel to DIN EN 590 to temperatures down to −20_C.
Winter diesel fuel is required for troublefree operation in winter. The fuel manufacturer
guarantee operating reliability for this fuel that goes beyond the DIN standard!
Alongside the Limit value of filtering capability" usually defined in the EN 590 standard
(CFPP), a cloudpoint (CP) that is as low as possible is decisive for safe operating char
acteristics (see diagram).
Arctic quality cloudpoint < −25_C (CP)
WinterdieselDINEN590
(16thNov.−29thFeb.)+fuelfilterheating
WinterdieselDINEN590
(16thNov.−29thFeb.)
Summerdieselfuel
_C −30 −20 −10 0
−Ambienttemperature−
Do not add petrol:

If the coldflow characteristics of the diesel fuel are inadequate or the outdoor
temperatures are even lower, we recommend fitting fuel filter heating.
Before winter, dewater the fuel prefilter and fuel tank.
In countries where even lower ambient temperatures are reached, special diesel fuel
(Alpine or Arctic quality) is usually available.
14
Fuel
Danger classes as per German regulation for combustible fluids
Applies only in the Federal Republic of Germany. Countryspecific regulations must be

observed.
Diesel fuel / RME:

Danger class A III (flash point above 55_C)
Number 30
Designation no. 1202
Diesel fuel additives
No fuel additives of any kind are required for the operation of MAN diesel engines if the
diesel fuel meets the requirements in the above specifications.
As the use of additives of this nature negatively influences the performance

characteristics, exhaust clouding, pollutant emissions as well as the maintenance
overhead and service life of the engines, the MAN Nutzfahrzeuge Aktiengesell
schaft warranty is voided in this case.
Use of biodiesel (FAME) according to DIN EN 14214:
(FAME = Fatty Acid Methyl Ester) e.g. rapeseed oil methyl ester (RME)
As a general principle, MAN engines can be operated with FAME if this fuel meets the
standard DIN EN 14214 and has been made of rapeseed oil.
There is currently no approval for FAME made of other substances.
Common Rail:
Engines with CR fuel injection are not approved for operation with FAME!
15
Fuel
A number of special features are important:
In comparison with diesel fuel, FAME has less favourable vaporisation characteristics.
This leads to fuel dilution of the engine oil, a reduction in viscosity and − all things
considered − to increased engine wear. For this reason, the engine oil change inter
vals (including engine oil filter and fuel filter changes) must be halved:
These specifications apply equally to alternating operation of diesel fuel and FAME as
well as for mixtures of diesel fuel with FAME that are not covered by DIN EN 590.
FAME gels at low temperatures, so we recommend using winter diesel in the cold sea
son.
Caution:
It is not permitted to use pure vegetable oils or mixtures thereof!
The same applies to any type of socalled alternative fuels" that do not comply
with the DIN EN 590 or DIN EN 14214 standards mentioned.
16
Fuel
Microorganisms in fuel systems running on diesel fuel and biodiesel
In favourable conditions microorganisms (bacteria, fungi, yeast) contained in diesel fuel

and biodiesel (RME) are likely to multiply. For their growth, water, which is found in the
form of condensation in any fuel or storage tank, as well as vital elements (e.g. sulphur,
phosphorus, nitrogen, oxygen and trace elements) in chemically bound form are needed.
Fuel additives too may be conducive to their growth.
Depending on the temperature, they multiply fast or slowly, which leads to the formation
of fibrous fungal meshwork, sludge and microbial corrosion.
The consequences are: rusting of tanks, cloggingup of fuel prefilters with rust and fibres
(fibrous fungal meshwork) and, as a result of this, frequent filter changes. This leads to
reductions in output and, in extreme cases, to complete engine failure.
Remedial measures in the event of an attack by microorganisms
In the event of an attack by microorganisms we recommend you combat them by using

the following disinfectants:
Product: MAR 71
Manufacturer: Schülke & Mayr
D−22840 Norderstedt
Tel.: 040 / 521 00−0
Fax.: 0 40 / 521 00−108
or:
Product: BAKZID
Manufacturer: Bodechemie Hamburg
Melanchthonstr. 27
D−22525 Hamburg
Tel.: 0 40 / 540 06−0
Fax.: 0 40 / 540 06−200
Both products are soluble in diesel fuel, biodiesel (RME) and water. They form no corros
ive products after combustion. Owing to their alkalinity, acids formed as a result of
microbial growth are neutralised.
17
Fuel
Application:
Fuel tank:
In filling operations, add 50 ml (0.05 %) of disinfectant to every 100 litres of diesel fuel or
biodiesel. This operation is repeated a total of three times.
In doing so, check the fuel prefilter.
Storage tank:
If the tank sump shows no heavy water or sludge contamination, it is not necessary to
flush the tank. In this case, it is sufficient to add 1 litre disinfectant per m3 tank content.
Caution:
Before using the disinfectants mentioned, be sure to observe the EU data sheets
on safety (latest version).
If necessary, contact the manufacturer (e.g. for information on supply sources abroad).
18
Coolant
General recommendations
The cooling system functions properly only if it works at a positive pressure. It is there
fore absolutely necessary that it is kept clean and tight, that the radiator closing and
working valves function correctly and the required coolant level is maintained.
Antifreeze agents tested and approved by us guarantee sufficient protection against

frost, corrosion and cavitation. They do not attack seals and hoses and do not foam.
The cooling systems of the engine must be filled for the whole year with a mixture of 60%
water and 40% antifreeze providing frost protection down to −27°C.
Coolant
Coolants which contain unsuitable antifreeze agents or which are prepared insufficiently
or incorrectly, are liable to cause failure of machinery and components in the cooling
circuit due to cavitation or corrosion damage. Besides, heat insulating deposits may
occur on heat transferring components, so that in the end the engine is overheated and
fails.
To guarantee reliable operation of MAN diesel engines, the coolant must generally
consist of 60% water and 40% antifreeze over the whole year. This guarantees adequate
corrosion protection. In special cases, corrosion inhibitors (chemicals) according to
MAN 248 may be used.
As a matter of fundamental principle, emulsive anticorrosion protection oils are not
permitted.
Specified ingredients of the coolant
Water
Potable tap water with the following restricted analytical data may be used:
Appearance: colourless, transparent, free of mechanical contaminants
Hardness: max 20° German total hardness
835,6° French hardness
825° British hardness
8358 ppm USA hardness
Chlorides: max. 100 ppm
Sulphates: max. 150 ppm
pHvalue at 20°C: 6,5 to 8,5
Enquires on potable water analyses are to be addressed to the competent authorities.
Where no such tap water is available, mix distilled water or distillate or condensate until
the analytic values are reached.
19
Coolant
Antifreeze with corrosion inhibitor
Permitted antifreeze agents complying with factory standard MAN 324
MAN fuels, lubricants and coolants (approved products) can be found on the Internet at:
Caution:
Coolants to MAN 324 Type SNF must not be used in conjunction with silicon
coolant hoses to MAN 334 Type 3 (blue).
Distinguishing feature of silicon coolant hoses: blue colour, the figure 3 in the
item number, e.g. 04.27405−9150, 503x1000.
D Use only such antifreeze agents which have been approved according to MAN 324.
A minimum concentration must always be maintained at 40% b.v. as corrosion protec
tion is inadequate below that level.
D The cooling system is designed such that in Central Europe a coolant charge with
max 40% b.v. antifreeze (frost protection down to −27°C) can be left in the system
during the summer months as well, providing the cooling system is in good working
order.
D At the beginning of the cold weather months the antifreeze content of the coolant may
have be in increased for the outside temperatures to be expected (see mixing table).
Mixing table:
Outside temperature
down to °C Water % Antifreeze %
−27 60 40
−31 55 45
−37 50 50
Prohibited mixture:
Coolants according to MAN 324 type SNF must not be mixed with coolants
type N or type NF.
Readymade antifreezewater mixtures with at least 40% b.v. of an approved antifreeze

agent in deionised water are permitted.
20
Coolant
Coolant check and replacement
D Always supplement incorrect coolant amounts with a mixture of water and a minimum
of 40−50% b.v. (−37°C) antifreeze agent to that there is a reserve if only water needs
to be topped up
D The concentration should be checked once every three months by means of a hydro
meter or refractometer
D Never allow antifreeze concentration to drop below 40% by volume
D A concentration of more than 50% b.v. is to be avoided
Caution:
An increased proportion of antifreeze agent leads to a temperature increase in
the coolant
D Renew complete coolant after 4 years at the latest
D Independent of these intervals, the coolant must be replaced if it turns brown or

becomes cloudy
21
Coolant
Corrosion inhibitor
For certain applications, where the use of antifreeze agents is not mandatory (e.g.
tropical climate), corrosion inhibitors according to MAN 248 must be used.
Permitted anticorrosive agents for engine cooling systems complying with factory
standard MAN 248
MAN fuels, lubricants and coolants (approved products) can be found on the Internet at:
The productspecific application concentration can be found in the service products

database on the Internet.
Anticorrosive agent check and replacement
D Change all the coolant after one year or after 1500 operating hours, whichever period
ends earlier
D Independent of these intervals, the coolant must be replaced if it turns brown or

becomes cloudy
D The productspecific application concentration can be found in the service products

database on the Internet
Prohibited mixture:
Anticorrosive agents according to MAN 248 must not be mixed with antifreeze
agents or coolants according to MAN 324!
When antifreeze agent according to MAN 324 is to be replaced with anticorrosive agent
according to MAN 248 or vice versa, the entire coolant is to be drained off. It is not
necessary to flush the system.
Disposal of antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors
Undiluted antifreeze and corrosion inhibitors are to be treated as special waste.

Regarding the disposal of usedup coolants (mixture of antifreeze or anticorrosive agent
with water), the regulations of the local authorities responsible have to be observed.
22
Documentation
for
Kelly bar
type: MD 28/3/30
manufacturer: EMDE Industrie - Technik GmbH

Lahnstraße 32-34..... 56412 Nentershausen
Tel.: 06485/18704-0 Fax: 06485/18704-22
e-Mail: info@emde.de; Internet: http://www.emde.de
year of 2008
construction:
com.-no.: A308.0755
client: Liebherr-Werk Nenzing GmbH

Postfach 10A
A-6710 Nenzing
ÖSTERREICH
LWN ident no. 10349897

Contents:
1. Kelly bar manual
2. Spare parts list
3. Type designation / Kelly ident.-no.
Kelly Bar
Manual
Contents
Page
1. Maintenance-Instruction 1-2
2. Disassembly 2-3
3. Prescribed Services 4-5
4. Welding-Instructions 6-9
5. Welding Rod Specification 10
6. Replacing the Kelly Tool Joint, Kelly eye, 11-16

Wearing ring, Strengthening ring
1. Instruction
The purpose of Kelly-Bars is to transfer torques and pressures onto the drilling-
tool.
Handle with care and notice the maximaum allowed strenghts. Please pay atten-
tion to the following points, otherwise guaranty will be finished:
• Don‘t immerse Kelly-Bar into fluid concret. Kelly-Bar may be ruined.
• Use Kelly-Bars only for drilling. Earthmoving (levelling), conveying or hammering

are not allowed.
• Don‘t use Kelly-Bars to bring drilling tools or casings into alignment.
• With inserted Kelly-Bars do not make any readjustments. Only if the mast is dis-
placed, due to the working forces readjustment is necessary.
• During drilling pay attention that the sections are properly locked together,
otherwise the wear ist excessiv or Kelly will be damaged. (only for interlocking
typ)
• Deep boreholes or great bore-diameters make necessary teeth and chisels in

good working order.
• During drilling in hard material it is necessary to use drilling tools with 2 cutting
lipps.
• During pulling back keep an eye on the outermost kelly-section. If it lifts from the
rotary drive stop immediately. By interlocking Type one of the inner sections is not
unlocked. Reinsert Kelly-Bar to the borehole-bottom and rotate left hand. Pull
once more by the main winch and retract properly all sections. By „Friction-Type“
the inner sections are pinch together by soil.
• If the winch-load and tool depth is indicated by a monitor you can see, if sections
unlock properly. This method allows also a diagnose which section is not unlock-
ing or pinching.
-1-
2. Disassemble of kelly bar
1 2 3 4
X
to the down
Pict. 1 to the top
(1) Loosen the screws (item. 11) at the cover – with protecttube for Kellywhirl -
(item. 5) and remove it.
(2) Screw off the pin (item. 10) at the stop nut (item. 7) from the kelly eye (item. 8)
and push out the bolt (item. 9).
(3) Pull up the stop nut (item. 7).

11 7 10 5
X
(4) Pull up the complete Inner Kelly

(item. 1) to the down
(5) Pull up the complete Middle Kelly

(item. 2, 3) to the top
Attention for assemble of kelly bar !!!

When pushing together kelly tubes make sure that the 9 8
position of the tubes to one other is the same as befor.
The tubes have a marking on the top (pict. 3) . Use it for Pict. 2
help! If the assemble is not correct, it could be, that the
kelly bar doesn’t work.
-2-
For kelly bar with shock absorber on the top
Disassemble shock absorber on the top
(1) Remove splint (item 1)
(2) Screw off castellated nut (item 2)
(3) Push the complete shock absorber (item 3) to the down
3 2 1
nach unten
to the down
Pict. 3
-3-
3. Prescribed Services
Pay attention for the prescribed intervals in the list. They help detecting a begin-
ning damage and save the user for excessive repair.
The wearing depends on the soil- and rock conditions. So following intervals are
fixed:
prescribed intervals for soil- and rock conditions

2- u. 3-fach
telescopeically kelly-bar -3 4-5 6-
1st inspection after 400-700 h 200-350 h 100-150 h
subsequent inspection every 1000-1200 h 500-600 h 250-300 h
Tab. 1
Explanation of soil- and rock conditions:
condition 1-3: easy soluble soil

condition 4-5: heavy soluble soil
condition 6 and higher : easy to heavy soluble rock
Pay attention to the soil- and rock condition. Also consider if you make ver-
tical or oblique drillings. For Vertical drillings take the upper limiting value of
the times given in Tab. 1. For opligue drillings you must take an earlier in-
spection. Don’t exceed the lower limiting value of the times given in Tab1.
Check regular the shock absorber on the top of Kelly bar or on the rotary
drive.
When inspecting pay special attention to the following damages (Tab. 2).
Check all welds for cracks and bolts that they are properly in place and firm.
The following list gives a few of typical damages and how they could repair
-4-
sketch 1
Item. Damage Repair
2 1 kelly eye cracked, bent exchange kelly eye in Workshop (pay
attention to welding instructions) (2)
2 screws are loose, broken pull up screws or replace with new screws
(pay attention of screw formness)
3 spring worn out, smashed replace with new springs
4 rubber bumpers worn down absent replace with new
5 tube cracked, deformed. Especially at Cut of damaged tubing in a workshop and
the locking recesses and on the end of replace with new. (pay attention to welding
5
tube. instructions) (1)
6 6 Edges of recesses worn down rebuilt by welding (pay attention to welding
9
instructions) (2)
7 Drive gibs cracked or burrs Gring, repair by welding (pay attention to
5 7 welding instructions) (2)
8 Drive shell worn down rebulit by welding (pay attention to welding
instructions) (2)
9 Impact and wear ring worn down replace with new. (see welding instructions)
(2)
8 10 welds area cracked repair by welding (pay attention to welding
instructions) (2)
11 spring are jolted, cracked, broken replace with new
12 Square-shaped tool joint weld cracked Cut of square shaped tool joint and renew the
weld. (pay attention to welding instructions)
(1)
13 Square-shaped tool joint cracked replace with new tool joint (see welding
instructions)
Shock absorbers on top of Kelly
10
Tab. 2
1 (1) - Chapt. 4 Page 6 "Welding-Instructions"
2 11 (2) - Chapt. 6 Page 11 "Replacing the Kelly Tool Joint, Kelly eye"
12
3
13
4
4. Welding instruktions
Consider the following welding instruktions:
- when the repair is of more complicated kind, consult EMDE – Service for
advice
- welding repairs may be done only by trained and qualified personnal.
- surfaces to be joined must be clean and free of grease.
- determine what material the parts are made from
• replace brocken section with new tubing
- grind welding chamfers
- keep linear alignment (pict. 4)
joint
gibs tack-weld spotwise

(15mm) onto the tubing
15 for fixture
use a fit-up fixture to hold the parts linear
Pict. 4
-6-
- welding (pict. 5-6)
max 1mm
Attention !!! "A" und "B"
2-3
¾ parts must be linear

50-60°
¾ a gab of 2-3 mm must be provided for

fusion at the root
Pict. 5
¾ max. leg length of weld 1mm
ca. 100
¾ welded root pass should not protrude
beyond the tubing
"B"
"A"
Pict. 6
After welding, grind all seams smooth and flush.
• rebuilt drive gibs, shells and edges of recesses by welding
10-15mm
- rebuilt drive gibs, shells and edges of recesses

when: shell
10-15mm
¾ wear exeed 10-15 mm

<50mm
locking max 5-10mm
recesse
Rebuilt by welding is prescribed to prevent functional failure.
Pict. 7
-7-
- new gibs welding
Only use original EMDE-Gibs
Locking pocket size are biult with gibs profiled steel.
Pay attention for welding instruktions in pict. 8 !
Attention !!!
¾ keep linear alignment of gibs ans Pict. 8

tack-weld spotwise 25mm length
¾ Weld-on gibs with double-pass weld. tack-weld

Coat pass 1mm deeper than gib (pict.
10)
Pict. 9
1mm
coat pass root pass
Pict. 10
¾ welding sequence
-8-
To balance the temperature of the bar, we recommend the following „al-
ternating“ work procedure.
Start in the middle of the kelly bar and work towards the ends (pict. 11)
500
1
500
rotation
2
120° 1000
rotation
3
„alternating“ work
120° +500 procedure
rotation
1 +500
+1000
120° +1000 +500
rotation
2 +1000
Pict. 11
Do not weld at recesses in zone between arrows marked „_ _ _ _“

(pict. 12)
15-
20m
m
Pict. 12
-9-
5. Welding Rod Specifikation
Welding Rod Rod- and wire Application

Welding Process Denomination Chemical properties electrode dia. according list 2.
1.0 mm
DIN 8559 : SG B1 CY 4254 C = 0.05 % item. 5 – item. 10
DIN EN 758:T 42 4 B C 3/T42 4 BM3 Si = 0.35 % 1.2 mm
AWS/ASME-SFA-5.20: E 70 T-5 Mn =1.40 %
shielded-arc welding MAG
1.0 mm
DIN EN 758: T 46 5 MM 1 C = 0.045% item. 5 – item. 10
AWS/SFA 5.20: E 71 T-5 Si = 0.60 % 1.2 mm
Mn: 1.60 %
arc-welding method
C = < 0.15 % 1.0 mm

DIN 8556: SG X 15 Cr Ni Mn 18 8 Si = 0.40% item. 1; item. 12,13
Werkstoff-Nr. : 1.4370 Mn = 7.00 % 1.2 mm
C = 0.05-1 % 1.0 mm
DIN 8559 : SG 3 C 57 32 Si = 0.6-0.9% item. 5 ; Item. 7; item. 9-10
AWS A5.18 : ER 70S-6 Mn = 1.0-1. 5% 1.2 mm
3.25 mm
4.0 mm
metallic-arc
DIN 1913: E 5143 B(R) 10 C = 0.06 % 2.5 mm item. 1-13

welding
ISO 2560 : E51.4 B (H) Si = 0.65 % 3.25 mm

AWS A5.1 : E 7016 Mn = 1.05%
4.0 mm
10
6. Replacing the kelly tool joint, kelly eye
6.1 replacing kelly tool joint
Two different types of kelly-tool joints are described in the following:
a) tool joint with guiding ring b) tool joint with guiding ring
Before start welding contact EMDE for welding procedure specification
General:
• cut off old kelly-tool joint with guiding ring
• remove gibs at the welded zone
• grind welding chamfers at the end of tube (pict.13)
200 mm
10
10
°
Leiste
gibs
50°
30-40
3
~10
Pict. 13
• align kelly-tool joint and fix it by tack-welding
- 11 -
a) Kelly tool joint with guiding ring
Attention ! - Kelly-tool joint greater than outside diameter of inner kelly

First push guiding ring above inner kelly , than attach kelly-tool joint.
Keep an eye on linear alignment of kelly-tool joint .
• welding kelly-tool joint (item. 14)
welding procedure specification !!

13/DIN 8563-AS/W
1.4370 (SG x-15CrNiMn18.8 mit M21)
od. DIN 1913 E5155 B10
Pict. 14
• welding guiding ring
Pay attention to welding instructions according section “D-D“ and “E-E“
1 2 5 6
1. kelly tool joint
E D
2. guiding ring
3. inner kelly
3
4. gib
4 5. disk spring
6. pressure flange
E D
100
Pict. 15
Weld gibs onto tubing until a distance of 100 mm

before flange of guiding ring (pict. 15)
- 12 -
D-D E-E
100 mm without
no weld weld
12
0°
13/DIN 8563-Ak/hW 120°

a5
SG 3 C 5732
13/DIN 8563-AS/W
a7
1.4370 (SG x-15CrNiMn18.8 mit M21)
Pict. 16 Pict. 17
guiding ring only welded together with gibs along the provided chamfers
b) Kelly tool joint without spring flange
Bild 15
welding procedure specification
gibs ending 13/DIN 8563-AS/W
and absolute notch free
welded 1.4370 (SG x-15CrNiMn18.8 mit M21)
od. DIN 1913 E5155 B10
Bild 17
Pict. 18
- 13 -
6.2 Replacing kelly eye
a) cut off old kelly eye
b) grind welding chamfers at the end of tube (pict. 13)
c) align kelly eye linear to tube and fix it by tack-welding
d) welding kelly eye (pict. 19)
welding procedure specification !!
13/DIN 8563-AS/W
1.4370 (SG x-15CrNiMn18.8 mit M21)
Pict. 19
- 14 -
6.3 Replacing wearing ring
a) cut off the worned out ring in to two parts
b) place and aligne the two parts of the new wearing ring and fix it
by tack-welding
c) weld the two parts of wearing ring together
Pay attention !!!
¾ Take care that the position of the two parts of the wearing ring, are placed cor-
rectly. (The parts are marked at the surface. Use it for help! Pict. 20)
¾ the chamfered edge of the wearing ring must be placed to the stop ring (Pict. 20)
¾ the outer diameter DA (consult EMDE-Service for advice) is not allowed to ex-
ceed (Pict. 20)
¾ the distance between the wearing ring and the kelly-tube must be at least. 1mm
(Pict. 20)
min. 1mm
chamfered edge stop-ring

Marking
DA
150
200
13/DIN 8563-Ak/w
Pict. 20
- 15 -
6.4 Replacing strengthening ring
a) cut off the damaged strengthening ring
b) shape the separating cut at the kelly-tube. Grind welding cham-

fers (Pict. 21). Take care that the cut at the kelly-tube is right-
angled to the centre line of the tube (Pict. 21).
c) place and aligne the new strengthening ring and fix it by tack-
welding
d) weld on the strengthening ring (Pict. 22)
e) if it is necessary, adjust the shape of the strenghtening ring to the

shape of the drive-shells by grinding
t
30°
t/2
°
90
Pict. 21
1 2
3 1. strengthening ring
2. gib
welding procedure specification 3. kelly -tube
4. drive-shell
4
13/DIN 8563-As/w
1.4370 (SG X-15CrNiMn 18.8 mit M21)

od. DIN 1913 E5155 B10
Pict. 22
- 16 -
MD28/3/30 Ident.Nr. 371.275
Ersatzteilliste
Spare-Parts List
MD 28/3/30
EMDE Ident. Nr. 371.275
Pos. Stück Benennung Zeichnungs-Nr.: Seite

Item Pc. Denomination Drawing-no.: Page
1 1 Innenkelly 371.01.8274.0 2
Inner Kelly
2 1 Mittelkelly 371.01.8275.0 3
Middle Kelly
3 1 Außenkelly 371.01.8276.0 4
Outer Kelly
4 1 Abschlussflansch 371.10.8522.0
1
MD28/3/30 Ident.Nr. 371.275
Ersatzteilliste
Spare-Parts List
Innenkelly
Inner kelly
Pos. Stück Benennung Zeichnungs-Nr.:

Item Pc. Denomination Drawing-no.:
1 1 Kellyvierkant SW 200 mm 371.10.8277.0
Tool joint
2 1 Flansch 371.10.8434.0
Flange
3 1 Schraubendruckfeder
Spiral spring
4 1 Dämpfungsring 371.10.8279.0
Damping ring
5 1 Stahlrohr Ø273 x 14.2 371.02.8433.0
Tube
6 Führungsleisten 371.02.3135.0
Drive gibs
7 1 Anschlagring 371.10.8280.0
Stop nut
8 1 Kellyauge 371.10.8278.0
Kelly eye
9 1 Bolzen ∅ 55 L=308 371.10.2596.1
Bolt
10 1 Verschleißring 371.10.8436.0
Wearing ring
11 2 Schraube
Screw
2
MD28/3/30 Ident.Nr. 371.275
Ersatzteilliste
Spare-Parts List
Mittelkelly
Middle Kelly

1 1 Stahlrohr Ø343x12.5 371.10.2136.1
Tube
Drive gibs
3 3 Mitnehmerschale 371.10.8452.0
Drive shell
4 3 Verstärkungsblech 371.10.8453.0
Strengthening shell
5 1 Führungskopf 371.10.8519.0
Guiding head
6 1 Verstärkungsring 371.10.8283.0
strengthening ring
3
MD28/3/30 Ident.Nr. 371.275
Ersatzteilliste
Spare-Parts List
Außenkelly
Outer Kelly

1 1 Rohr Ø419x10 371.10.2137.0
Tube
2 1 Flansch ∅560 mm 371.10.3002.1
Flange
3 1 Flansch ∅750 mm 371.30.2974.0
Flange
Drive gibs
5 6 Knotenblech 371.30.8281.0
Plate
6 3 Mitnehmerschale 371.10.8452.0
Drive shell
7 1 Verstärkungsring 371.10.8284.0
Strengthening ring
4
DAWSON CONSTRUCTION PLANT LIMITED
AUGER CLEANER
OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS & SPARE PARTS LIST
M1000
MODEL NO: .....................................................
RG824
SERIAL NO: .....................................................
MANUFACTURE DATE: 09/12/2004
V2 18/7/97
jlr\standard\acman2
CONTENTS PAGE
Page
1. GUARANTEE 1
2. PRE INSTALLATION CHECK 1
3. INSTALLATION 1
4. OPERATION 3
4.1 During drilling 3

4.2 During extraction 3
5. MAINTENANCE 4
5.1 Hydraulic drive motor 4

5.2 Reduction gearbox 4
5.3 Ball bearing gear ring 5
6. GENERAL INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE POINTS 6
6.1 Changing cleaner shells 6

6.2 Mast guides 6
6.3 Bolted joints 6
APPENDIX A . SECONDARY CLEANING (WHERE FITTED)
A.1 Horizontal Brushes

The responsible person:-
DAWSON CONSTRUCTION PLANT LIMITED

CHESNEY WOLD, BLEAK HALL
MILTON KEYNES MK6 1NE
ENGLAND
EC DECLARATION OF INCORPORATION
Description: Auger Cleaner

___________________________________
Type: M1000
___________________________________
Serial Number: ___________________________________

RG824
The above mentioned equipment conforms to the Machinery Directive 89/392/EEC(a)

as amended by Council Directive 91/368/EEC(b), Council Directive 93/44/EEC(c)
and Article 6 of Council Directive 93/68/EEC(d). The aforementioned equipment must not
be put into service until the machine into which it is to be incorporated has been declared in
conformity with the provisions of the Machinery Directive.
Signed for and on behalf of

Dawson Construction Plant Limited:................................................................
David Brown
Name: ...................................................................
Engineering Director
Position:................................................................
9th December 2004
Date: ………………….............
1. GUARANTEE
D.C.P. undertake to supply replacements for any defective parts (free of charge to the
customer) within the first six months following delivery.
There are three exclusions: -
1. Items damaged by accident or through negligence.
2. Wear parts are not covered e.g. wear pads for mast guides.
3. Labour and handling costs in replacing warranty parts are not recoverable from D.C.P.
No consequential losses due to downtime will be payable.
2. PRE-INSTALLATION CHECK
Auger Cleaners are usually designed and built to suit a specific drilling rig. Whilst they can be
adapted to other rigs, the following points should be checked when installing a new or used Auger
Cleaner. Check:-
The distance from the centre of the rotary drive head to the mast face must be the same as the
distance from the centre of the Auger Cleaner to mast face.
Pitch and diameter of auger flight corresponds to the pitch and diameter of the
cleaner shell.
Auger stem and couplings have adequate clearance for the cleaner blade to pass.
Auger flight has continuity without steps, gaps or severe buckling, particularly at connection
points.
Hydraulic power supply is appropriate for the cleaner.
When all components are correct for the diameter of auger to be used, installation can start.
3. INSTALLATION
Remove auger guide ('gate') or swing out of the way.
Remove the mast guides from the back of the cleaner body and offer the cleaner body up to the
face of the leader. Bolt on the mast guides to the back of the Auger Cleaner in order to clamp the
device to the leader. When moving from site to site, it is usually possible to leave one mast guide
in position i.e. remove one only. The lifting duties of this operation may be done using adequate
lifting strops attached to the rotary drive head.
1
jlr\standard\acman2
The appropriate cleaner shell for the auger flight to be used may be attached before or after
installation of the cleaner to the leader.
Connect the hydraulic power supply, return and drain lines to the Auger Cleaner and electrical
control where the free-wheel valve is fitted. The free-wheel valve should be connected to a
24V DC/5 Amp switchable electrical power supply.
When the cleaner is not in use the free-wheel valve should be off i.e the hydraulic spool is
normally open allowing oil circulation at the drive motor.
When cleaning, or when adjusting the cleaner position above ground level, the free wheel valve
must be switched on. It is most convenient for the operator to have an electrical switch on the
lever which controls the oil flow to the cleaner, or for the electrical switch to control both oil flow
to the cleaner and the status of the free wheel valve.
With the cleaner suspended above ground level, the rotational drive may be checked.
DO NOT LIFT ANY OF THE ROTATING PARTS
If the augers are stored 'in the ground,' the piling rig should travel to the required auger and lower
the cleaner over the auger allowing the cleaner blade and roller to rest on the auger flight. If
necessary, the shell can be rotated to achieve the correct alignment. The cleaner may then be
lowered into a 'safe' condition i.e. to ground level or onto stops on the leader. The lifting strops
should be removed and the rotary drive head connected to the auger.
If the augers are stored horizontally the cleaner should be lowered onto the stops at the bottom of
the leader and held in position . The rig then travels to the CFA section of the auger to be used.
The CFA section (without the lead section) can then be connected to the rotary drive head. As the
auger is hoisted to the vertical position, care should be taken to prevent damage when the flight
swings into the vertical above the auger cleaner. Lower the CFA section flight into the auger
cleaner rotating the auger or the cleaner to engage correct meshing of the blade and roller.
Alignment can be made by lowering the CFA section so that the leading edge of the CFA is
slightly clear , and immediately below the roller By driving the cleaner anti-clockwise , the
cleaner will rise up the flight (or by rotating the auger in the drive direction you will have the
same affect.) Secure the cleaner and then install the lead auger.
In some circumstances, the cutter head (lead auger) can remain on the auger flight. Firstly, it must
be a single flight cutter and the leader must be sufficiently longer than the auger to enable the
auger to be inserted in the cleaner.
2
jlr\standard\acman2
4. OPERATION
4.1 During Drilling

With the correct cleaner shell engaged in the correct auger, the cleaner cannot fall freely.
The cleaner may raise or lower in a number of different ways:-
With the auger stationary - the cleaner can be power driven:

(a) clockwise, which will lower the cleaner on a right hand flight or
(b) anti-clockwise, which will raise the cleaner on a right hand flight.
With the cleaner held stationary - the auger can be:

(c) rotated clockwise on a right hand flight, the cleaner will rise and
(d) rotated anti-clockwise, the cleaner will lower.
During drilling, the Auger Cleaner should be hydraulically powered to rotate at the same
speed as the auger and thus prevent damage to the hydraulic motor by cavitation. (Unless a
'free wheel valve' has been fitted.)
With the auger in position to commence drilling, the cleaner should be approximately 2
metres above ground level. In this position, it acts as an excellent guide. As drilling
commences the cleaner will tend to rise due to the auger rotation and lower due to the auger
penetration. Unless the ground is so soft that the auger penetrates on its exact pitch, the
cleaner will rise slowly. The height of 2 metres should be maintained using
clockwise/anti-clockwise Auger Cleaner rotation.
IMPORTANT
Do not engage the auger cleaner in the Lead section of CFA unless it is a single flight
cutter and the correct pitch for the shell being used.
If a heap of spoil from drilling is generated the cleaner should not be allowed to plough into
this material, but should be kept above. This is particularly relevant where a kelly bar
extension is used. Failure to do so will result in damage to the slew ring bearing of the
Auger Cleaner.
4.2. During extraction
As concreting begins and the auger is extracted, it is the practice in most countries not to
rotate the auger. As the auger rises, ladened with the spoil it is removing, the cleaner
should be rotated clockwise, down the auger flight cleaning the spoil as it rotates. The best
position for the auger cleaner remains about 2 metres above ground level, but rising
gradually as the spoil heap rises. The cleaner should always be kept above the spoil heap.
Ploughing into the spoil heap serves no useful purpose, may overload the cleaner drive
motor and can force mud into the bearing seals and gear drive.
If a kelly bar extension is used, the auger flight will automatically pick up the cleaner.
Clockwise rotation will ensure proper engagement.
DO NOT ROTATE ANTI-CLOCKWISE DURING ENGAGEMENT
3
jlr\standard\acman2
5. MAINTENANCE
5.1 Hydraulic Drive Motor
This unit is a maintenance free unit, but the following points should be observed:-
Carefully clean all hydraulic connections prior to installation - including hose ends.
Ensure hydraulic oil in system is clean at all times and changed at regular service intervals
as recommended by the supplier.
Fill ports of drive motor with hydraulic oil prior to initial start up - this ensures some
lubrication reaches the unit before commencement of work.
Hydraulic oil equivalent to SAE10 or SAE20 should be used.
MAXIMUM PERMITTED SYSTEM HYDRAULIC PRESSURE 210 BAR.
5.2 Reduction Gear Box (See Figure 1)
Lubricant Type
Maintenance on this unit is limited to regular checking/filling of gear lubricating oil.

Gear oils with EP additive and a minimum viscosity index of 95 should be used.
The following lubricant chart gives some guidance on selection:-
AMBIENT -20°C/+5°C +5°C/+40°C -30°C/+65°C

TEMPERATURE
(VISCOSITY (95 min) (95 min) (165 min)
INDEX)
ISO3448 VG 100 VG 150 VG 150-200
Manufacturer
BP GRXP100 GRXP150 SGRXP220

CASTROL ALPHA SP100 ALPHA SP150 ALPHA SN6
ESSO SPARTAN EP150 SPARTAN EP150 LG150
MOBIL - MOBILGEAR 629 GLYGOLE 22
SHELL OMALA 100 OMALA 150 -
QUANTITY PER UNIT APPROXIMATELY 1 LITRE - THE UNIT SHOULD BE

COMPLETELY FILLED WITH OIL.
4
jlr\standard\acman2
Oil Changes
Oil change should be carried out after the first 50/100 hours work and subsequently after
every 2500 hours (or 12 months.) Oil should be changed when hot to prevent build-up of
sludge deposits. Remove the 'oil level plug' then the 'drain plug' to drain the oil. Refit the
drain plug and refill with 1 litre of a suitable fresh oil.
The oil level should be checked monthly - if more than 0.1 litre has to be added check for
leakage. Check the oil level by removing the oil level plug. Some oil should run out. If it
does not, top up with fresh oil until some does.
5.3 Ball Bearing Gear Ring
Maintenance on this item relates to regular greasing with suitable lubricant of the ball
bearing raceway, the ring gear and sealing void.
Lubrication Points
Greasing is achieved by applying grease through a number of grease nipples positioned

around the Auger Cleaner body - see figure 1.
Lubricant Type
Suitable acid-free, non-resinous, water repellent, non-ageing grease with adequate heat
resistance properties must be used.
The following chart gives some guidance on selection:-
MANUFACTURER GREASE TYPE TYPE TEMPERATURE

(FIG. 1) RANGE (ºC)
BP A Energrease LS-EP2 -25 - +130
B Energol WRL 0 - +80
Castrol A Spheerol EPL2 -20 - +120
B Grippa 335 -20 - +80
Esso A Beacon EP2 -25 - +130
B Surett Fluid 4K -20 - +100
Mobil A Mobilux EP2 -20 - +120
B Mobiltac 81 -30 - +120
Shell A Calithia EP Feet T2 -25 - +130
B Cardium Fluid C -30 - +60
A = Raceway
B = Ring Gear & Sealing Void
5
jlr\standard\acman2
Method of Lubrication and Intervals
All greasing should be carried out whilst the cleaner is rotating, viz:
Bearing Raceway
Apply ten operations of a grease gun to all bearing raceway grease nipples every
4 working hours whilst the bearing is rotating.
Ring Gear
Apply ten operations of a grease gun to all ring gear grease nipples every 4 working hours.
Sealing Void
Apply grease to the sealing void grease nipples until a ring of grease appears around the
sealing rings inside the Auger Cleaner.
6 GENERAL INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE POINTS
6.1 Changing Cleaner Shells
When changing shells, ensure that the mating flanges are completely clean and free of any
dirt as this will cause the shell to work loose over a period of time.
Make sure the nuts and bolts are tensioned correctly, keeping the threads clean and well
lubricated at all times. (Tightening torque 60 kgm)
Make regular visual inspections of the guide roller ensuring that it rotates freely - if the
roller diameter wears below 10mm of its original dimension, it should be changed.
Visually inspect the cleaner blade and cutting edge for signs of wear or damage.
6.2 Mast Guides
Check condition and thickness of nylon guide strips monthly. If the heads of the bolts
holding the nylon strips on are within 0.5mm of the surface, the strips should be changed.
Ensure mast is regularly cleaned and lubricated.
6.3 Bolted Joints
Periodically check the tightness of all nuts and bolts on the unit.
6
jlr\standard\acman2
APPENDIX. A.
A1. Horizontal Brushes (where fitted).
The horizontal brush may be easily replaced by levering up the sheet metal retaining strip, prising
out the old brush strip, and then fitting the new one in its place and securing it by knocking the
retaining strip back .
To order a new brush , simply quote the part number shown on the parts list, or give our Sales
Office the length of brush together with the depth of bristle measured over the metal backing .
7
jlr\standard\acman2

Ti 001 en PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Ti 001 en PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Technical information EN

001 - 04.02.2010 / lwnfim2

111 622 / 001

111 622 / 001

111 622 / 001

111 622 / 001

111 622 / 001

­X11.S ­X11.S ­X12.S ­X20.S ­X11.S ­X12.S

auxiliary heating (air) refuelling system digital output module 2.009

E common rail standard Standheizung (Luft) Betankungsanlage Modul Digital Ausgang 2.009 E

­X11.S ­X12.S ­X15.S

0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q 0.75Q

­M +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12

+X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23

+X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23 +X23

%IX1.077.33 %IX1.077.34 %IX1.077.35 %IX1.077.36 %IX1.077.38 %IX1.077.39 %IX1.077.44 0/24V

+P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30 +P1 30

+X1 ­M5 +X1

­X13.S ­X11.S ­S3

­H2 +X1 +X1

sounder LML flashlight switch cabinet fan hour meter cigarette lighter cabin lightning inside lighting switch cabinet room

+4F +4F +X1

+X1 ­S1 ­K32

D +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 D

­X11.S ­X11.S ­X11.S ­X11.S ­X13.S ­X13.S ­X19.S

pressure switch travelling gear +X1 +X1

+X1 +X1 +X1 +X1 +X1

+X1 13 +X1 1.5Q

­E1 ­E11 ­E2 ­E21 ­E3

+4A +4A +4A

­X1.P ­X2.P ­X3.P

E +4A +4A +4A E

+X1 +X1 +X1

­X21.P ­X21.P ­X21.P

+X1 +X1 +X1

floodlight cabin left floodlight cabin right cabin floodlight winch

WHGN 0.14Q LAN3­3

service plug WHOG 0.14Q LAN1­1

­K16 ­K17 ­K18 ­K19

­K2 ­K3 ­K5 ­K6 ­K7 ­K8.1 ­K8.2

­K9 ­K10 ­K11 ­K12 ­K13 ­K14 ­K15

/11.C3 /11.C3 /10.D2 /10.D2 /17.B8 /17.B8 /11.B1 /11.B1

/13.C6 /13.C6 /14.E3 /14.E3 /15.D3 /15.D2 /18.C8 /18.C8

LIEBHERR­WERK NENZING GMBH

/14.D4 /14.E4 /16.E2

/17.E7 /13.D6 /17.E7 /5.A2

/6.D7 /6.D6 /4.F5

LIEBHERR­WERK NENZING GMBH

CABLES COMPONENTS & INSTRUMENTS LOCATION

ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR ­ CODE FOR CABLE CORES

AL boom A general control A amplifier BK black

76611 03.10.08 lwnkas1

CABLES COMPONENTS & INSTRUMENTS LOCATION

ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR ­ CODE FOR CABLE CORES

AL boom A general control A amplifier BK black

­X2.033 ­X2.033 ­X2.033 ­X2.041

enable cylinder adjustment flashlight movement buzzer sounder LML stop engine running winch synchronisation release LS signal leaderpump release leaderpump hydraulic oil heater

%QX2.009.07 %QX2.009.30 %QX2.009.31 %QX2.009.32 %QX2.009.29 %QX2.009.15 %QX2.009.08 %QX2.009.26 %QX2.009.14

­X2.009 ­X2.009 ­X2.009 ­X2.009 ­X2.009 ­X2.009 ­X2.009 ­X2.009 ­X2.009

+4T +4T +4T +4T +4T

S 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V 0/24V

%QX2.010.26 %QW2.017.07 %QW2.017.08 %QW2.018.04 %QW2.018.06 %QW2.018.11

­X2.010 ­X2.017 ­X2.017 ­X2.018 ­X2.018 ­X2.018

X11.S X11.S X12.S X20.S X11.S X12.S

X11.S X12.S X15.S

M +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12 +X12

+X1 M5 +X1

X13.S X11.S S3

H2 +X1 +X1

+X1 S1 K32

X11.S X11.S X11.S X11.S X13.S X13.S X19.S

E1 E11 E2 E21 E3

X1.P X2.P X3.P

X21.P X21.P X21.P

WHGN 0.14Q LAN33

service plug WHOG 0.14Q LAN11

K16 K17 K18 K19

K2 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8.1 K8.2

K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15

LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH

LIEBHERRWERK NENZING GMBH

ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR CODE FOR CABLE CORES

ASSEMBLY GROUP FUNCTION GROUP KIND OF ITEM COLOUR CODE FOR CABLE CORES

X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.041

X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009

X2.010 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018 X2.018 X2.018

X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033

XSP33.57 1 XSP33.58 1 XSP33.28 1

X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.041

X2.017 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.009

X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.017.X1 X2.018.X1 X2.009.X1 X2.009.X1

X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.057 X2.057

X2.017 X2.017 X2.017 X2.018 X2.009 X2.009

X2.017 X2.017 X2.009 X2.009

X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.041 X2.042 X2.042 X2.042 X2.042

0 400 bar 0 400 bar 0 400 bar 0 400 bar

X2.041.X1 X2.041.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1

XB1.S X1.S X1.S

X1.S X1.S X1.S

X2.033 X2.033 X2.033 X2.033

X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010

X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1 X2.010.X1

X2.010 X2.010 X2.010

X2.042 X2.042 X2.042 X2.042 X2.042 X2.042

0 400 bar 0 400 bar 0 400 bar

X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1 X2.042.X1

X2.018 X2.018 X2.018 X2.018 X2.019 X2.019 X2.019

X2.009 X2.009 X2.009 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.018

X13.S X13.S X13.S

X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S X13.S

X2.009 X2.009 X2.010

X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010 X2.010

A X11.P X11.P X11.P A

X11.P X11.P X13.P X13.P

F1 F2 F3 F4

X11.P X11.P X12.P X12.P X14.P

power supply power supply CR canline power supply fan drive level of cooling water air filter 2 dirty